HomeMy WebLinkAboutBID - 7336 SHIELDS STREET & LAPORTE AVE BRIDGE REPLACEMENT (2)Financial Services
Purchasing Division
215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor
PO Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
970.221.6775
970.221.6707
fcgov.com/purchasing
SPECIFICATIONS
AND
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
SHIELDS STREET BRIDGE &
LAPORTE AVENUE BRIDGE
REPLACEMENT
BID NO. 7336
PURCHASING DIVISION
215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS
FEBRUARY 22, 2012 – 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK)
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Pages
BID INFORMATION
00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020-1 - 00020-2
00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100-1 - 00100-9
00300 Bid Form 00300-1 - 00300-3
00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400-1
00410 Bid Bond 00410-1 - 00410-2
00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1 - 00420-3
00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430-1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1
00510 Notice of Award 00510-0
00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6
00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1
00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1
00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2
00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2
00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630-1
00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635-1
00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1
00650 Lien Waiver Release (Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2
00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34
Exhibit GC-A GC-A1 - GC-A2
00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-2
00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1
00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2
00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-4
SPECIFICATIONS
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 2
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 1
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
Date: January 30, 2012
Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at
the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on February 22, 2012, for the
Shields Street Bridge & Laporte Avenue Bridge Replacement; BID NO. 7336. If delivered, they
are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If
mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580.
At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be
publicly opened and read aloud.
The Contract Documents provide for the construction of Shields Street Bridge & Laporte Avenue
Bridge Replacement. The Work includes the following:
1. Shields Street Bridge: The works on this bridge includes removal of existing bridge,
construction of new bridge, excavation, hot mix asphalt, and traffic control and pavement
marking. The project also included installation of urban design element on the bridge,
curb & gutter, riprap and removal of trees and new trees.
2. Laporte Bridge: The works on this bridge includes removal of portion of existing bridge
(CBC), construction of new bridge, excavation, hot mix asphalt, concrete pavement,
traffic control and pavement marking. The project also included installation of storm
water inlet, and curb & gutter.
This is a Federally funded project and the UDBE goal is 13%.
Contractors must turn in CDOT Bidding forms 606 and 714 with the bid. Bids will not be
accepted if these forms are not included.
All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins,
215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524.
A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be
held at 10:00 AM, on February 8, 2012, in the Training Room (Conference Room 2E)
located at 215 N Mason Street, Fort Collins.
Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this
meeting.
The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at:
City of Fort Collins BuySpeed: https://www.fcgov.com/eprocurement
Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents.
The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General
Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement.
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00020 Page 2
The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond
guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the
performance of the Contract.
No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening
Bids.
The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and
irregularities therein.
Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the
form specified in the Instructions to Bidders.
Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have
a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material,
supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision-
making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be
rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift,
gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has
or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited
City of Fort Collins
By ______________________________________
James B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP
Purchasing & Risk Management Director
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 1
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.0 DEFINED TERMS
Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General
Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings
assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits
a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms
"Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to
whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an
award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including
all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to
Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the
locations identified in the Invitation to Bid.
2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither
OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations
resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and
00430 fully executed.
2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the
above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer
a license or grant for any other use.
3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the
time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a
summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of authority to
conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain
evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located
or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. The Statement of
Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420.
3.2. In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins in
determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered: (1) The
ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services
required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly
and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity,
reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the quality of the
bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the previous and existing
compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service, (6)
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 2
the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract
or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials and
services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder to provide future
maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the contract, and (9) any other
circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of the contract.
3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no
just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder who
is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or finance this
Work.
3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract with the City
or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the City.
4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the
Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local
conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c)
familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations
that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study and
carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify
Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of:
Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2.
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder
that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception
the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract
Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey
understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work.
5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA.
5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted
in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or clarifications considered
necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda. Questions
received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be
answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral
and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.
5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the
Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort
Collins' Purchasing Division.
5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed
advisable by OWNER or Engineer.
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 3
5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as
having received the Bidding documents.
6.0 BID SECURITY
6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the
amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be in the form of a
certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed
herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the
General Conditions for surety bonds.
6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has
executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon Bid
Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of
Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will
be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have
reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of
the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day after the
Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid
Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the
Bid opening.
7.0 CONTRACT TIME.
The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially
complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set
forth in the Agreement.
8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement.
9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on
the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible
substitute or "or equal" items. If a specific product type or brand of material or
equipment is indicated on the drawings or specified in the specifications, three types of
such product will be listed and the bidder may use anyone of the three or an approved
equal, if the equal is acceptable to the engineer. The procedure for submittal of any
such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the
General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements.
10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal
subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section 00430 contained within
these Documents.
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 4
10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any
proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the
apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid
price. If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may
award the contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes
to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or
organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection
prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and
ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the
Agreement as provided in the General Conditions.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier or
other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection. The use of
subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the Notice of
Award will be required in the performance of the Work.
11.0 BID FORM.
11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be
retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the
Bid.
11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on the form
must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence.
Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums.
11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or
a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to
sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an
assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown
below the corporate name.
11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a
partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the
partnership must be shown below the signature.
11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by
an authorized agent of each participant. The full name of each person or company
interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form.
11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers
of which must be filled in on the Bid Form).
11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures,
interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or
initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any
alteration so initialed.
11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 5
shown.
12.0 BID PRICING.
Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules.
13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS.
13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and
shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid No.,
and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form,
Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as
required in Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system,
the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID
ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for
receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by
addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned
unopened. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location
designated for receipt of Bids.
13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive
consideration.
13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under different names will
not be accepted from one firm or association.
14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS.
14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in
a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be
submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids.
14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized
representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to the
opening of Bids.
14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of
Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders.
15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS.
Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly as
indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major
alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids.
16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE.
All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 6
OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to
that date.
17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT.
17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all
informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms
with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive,
unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any
Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make
an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is
unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or
criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any
column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct
sum.
17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether
or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices
and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award.
17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work
as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and
organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider the
operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major
items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such
data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award.
17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist
in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial
ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and
organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's
satisfaction within the prescribed time.
17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and
responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award
will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest
base bid excluding alternates. The basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the
Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one
contract will be awarded.
17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice
of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening.
18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY.
The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's
requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers
the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required
Contract Security.
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00100 Page 7
19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT.
When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied
by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written
Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall
sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached
documents to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter,
OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart
is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification.
20.0 TAXES.
OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and
equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the
Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions.
21.0 RETAINAGE.
Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement.
22.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS.
Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be
rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this Bid
assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid.
23.0 BID RESULTS.
For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self-addressed, self-stamped
envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. Bid results will be posted in the
Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 1
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
PROJECT: 7336 SHIELDS STREET BRIDGE & LAPORTE AVENUE BRIDGE REPLACEMENT
Place
Date
1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated __, 20__ and subject to all
conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation,
Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor) authorized to
do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything
required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items
listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules.
2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in
good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for
the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and
conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the
detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which
have been examined by the undersigned.
3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum
of ______________________________________________________
($ ___) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders.
4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and
a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days
from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at
the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which
the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds are as
follows: _________________________________________________________.
5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their
individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or
appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items
listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list.
6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid
Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents.
7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No.
_______through .
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 2
8. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid)
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT COST QUANTITY TOTAL
201-00000 CLEARING AND GRUBBING (ARTHURS DITCH) L S 1
201-00000 CLEARING AND GRUBBING (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1
202-00010 REMOVAL OF TREE EACH 4
202-00019 REMOVAL OF INLET EACH 5
202-00200 REMOVAL OF SIDEWALK SY 267
202-00203 REMOVAL OF CURB AND GUTTER LF 768
202-00206 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE CURB RAMP SY 13
202-00210 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT SY 1,045
202-00220 REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT SY 2,296
202-00250 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKING LS 1
202-00400 REMOVAL OF BRIDGE LS 1
202-00495 REMOVAL OF PORTIONS OF PRESENT STRUCTURE (CONCRETE BOX CULVERT) L S 1
203-00010 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION (COMPLETE IN PLACE) CY 589
203-00100 MUCK EXCAVATION CY 323
203-01597 POTHOLING (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1
203-01597 POTHOLING (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1
206-00000 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CY 2,004
206-00100 STRUCTURE BACKFILL (CLASS 1) CY 1,604
206-00200 STRUCTURE BACKFILL (CLASS 2) CY 58
206-00520 FILTER MATERIAL (CLASS B) CY 200
206-01750 SHORING (AREA 1) L S 1
206-01750 SHORING (AREA 2) L S 1
208-00002 EROSION LOG (12 INCH) LF 717
208-00034 GRAVEL BAG LF 62
208-00045 CONCRETE WASHOUT STRUCTURE EACH 3
208-00070 VEHICLE TRACKING PAD EACH 5
208-00205 EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1
208-00205 EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1
210-04010 ADJUST MANHOLE EACH 2
210-04050 ADJUST VALVE BOX EACH 2
210-00810 RESET GROUND SIGN EACH 2
212-00006 SEEDING (NATIVE) ACRE 1
212-00032 SOIL CONDITIONING ACRE 1
212-00100 TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1
212-00100 TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 3
213-00002 MULCHING (WEED FREE HAY) ACRE 1
214-00230 DECIDUOUS TREE (3 INCH CALIPER) EACH 9
304-05000 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE (CLASS 5) TON 783
403-32821 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING SG) (100) (PG 58-28) (TEMPORARY PAVEMENT) TON 95
403-32821 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING SG) (100) (PG 58-28) TON 369
403-33851 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING S) (100) (PG 64-28) TON 185
412-00600 CONCRETE PAVEMENT (6-INCH) SY 23
412-00950 CONCRETE PAVEMENT (9-1/2 INCH) SY 1,098
420-00112 GEOTEXTILE (DRAINAGE) (CLASS 1) SY 264
420-00133 GEOTEXTILE (SEPARATOR) (CLASS 2) SY 150
502-00460 PILE TIP EACH 22
502-11274 STEELL PILING (HP 12X74) LF 803
506-00218 RIPRAP (18 INCH) CY 240
506-01020 GEOGRID REINFORCEMENT SY 550
514-00200 PEDESTRIAN RAILING (STEEL) (SPECIAL) LF 139
515-00400 CONCRETE SEALER SY 301
601-03030 CONCRETE CLASS D (BOX CULVERT) CY 444
601-03040 CONCRETE CLASS D (BRIDGE) CY 493
601-05540 CONCRETE CLASS HT (DECK TOPPING) CY 36
601-40300 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE COATING SY 307
602-00000 REINFORCING STEEL LB 65,546
602-00020 REINFORCING STEEL (EPOXY COATED) LB 80,736
602-00060 REINFORCING STEEL SPLICE EACH 138
604-19000 INLET SPECIAL EACH 4
604-50200 MANHOLE RING AND COVER EACH 2
606-30010 DECORATIVE COLUMN TYPE 1 EACH 6
606-30020 DECORATIVE COLUMN TYPE 2 EACH 4
608-00006 CONCRETE SIDEWALK (6 INCH) SY 221
608-00010 CONCRETE CURB RAMP SY 32
609-21020 CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 2 (SECTION II-B) LF 571
610-00020 MEDIAN COVER MATERIAL (PATTERNED CONCRETE) SF 1,482
613-00300 3 INCH ELECTRICAL CONDUIT LF 743
618-00000 PRESTRESSING STEEL BAR LB 2,397
618-06036 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE SLAB (DEPTH GREATER THAN 13 INCHES) SF 4,254
620-00020 SANITARY FACILITY EACH 2
626-00000 MOBILIZATION (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 4
626-00000 MOBILIZATION (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1
627-00011 PAVEMENT MARKING PAINT (WATERBORNE) GAL 8
630-00000 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1
630-00000 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1
630-00000 FLAGGING HOUR 3,200
630-00007 TRAFFIC CONTROL INSPECTION DAY 105
630-00012 TRAFFIC CONTROL MANAGEMENT DAY 290
630-80359 PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL DAY 10
630-85006 IMPACT ATTENUATOR (SAND FILLED PLASTIC BARREL) (TEMPORARY) EACH 15
TOTAL BID COST
DOLLARS
700-70010 F/A MINOR CONTRACT REVISIONS FA $375,000.00 1 $375,000
700-70011 F/A PARTNERING FA $6,000.00 1 $6,000
700-70016 F/A FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT FA $5,000.00 1 $5,000
700-70018 F/A ROADWAY SMOOTHNESS INCENTIVE FA $3,000.00 1 $3,000
700-70019 F/A ASPHALT CEMENT COST ADJUSTMENT FA $15,000.00 1 $15,000
700-70023 F/A ON-THE-JOB TRAINEE FA $1,920.00 1 $1,920
700-70380 F/A EROSION CONTROL FA $7,000.00 1 $7,000
IN WORDS: DOLLARS
TOTAL BID COST IN WORDS:
(FOR PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS, AND UDBE & OJT GOALS)
TOTAL BASE BID
The CDOT Form 347, Certification of EEO Compliance, is no longer required to be submitted in
the bid package. This form certified that the contractor/proposed subcontractors were in
compliance with the Joint Reporting Committee EEO-1 form requirements. The EEO-1 Report
must still be submitted to the Joint Reporting Committee if the contractors and subcontractors
meet the eligibility requirements (29CFR 1602.7); we will, however, no longer require
certification. For additional information regarding these federal requirements, please refer to:
http://www.eeoc.gov/stats/jobpat/e1instruct.html
ACCEPTANCE OF FUEL COST ADJUSTMENTS:
Bidders have the option to accept Fuel Cost Adjustments in accordance with the Revision of
Section 109 - Fuel Cost Adjustment. To accept this standard special provision, the bidder must
fill in an "X" next to "YES" below. No Fuel Cost Adjustment will be made due to fuel cost
changes for bidders who answer "NO". If neither line is marked, the Department will assume
the bidder rejects Fuel Cost Adjustments for this project. After bids are submitted, bidders will
not be given any other opportunity to accept or reject this adjustment.
(Mark only one line with an "X"):
____ YES, I choose to accept Fuel Cost Adjustments for this project
____ NO, I choose NOT to accept Fuel Cost Adjustments for this project (if neither line is
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00300 Page 5
marked, the default is "NO", I choose NOT to accept Fuel Cost Adjustments for this project
9. PRICES
The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal,
dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the
several kinds called for.
Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change
quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so
long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total
Agreement Price.
RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:
_______________________________________
CONTRACTOR
BY:___________________________________
________________________________ __________________
Signature Date
________________________________
Title
________________________________
License Number (If Applicable)
(Seal - if Bid is by corporation)
Attest:___________________________
Address _____________________________________
_____________________________________
Telephone _____________________________________
Email _____________________________________
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00410 Page 1
SECTION 00400
SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS
00410 Bid Bond
00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications
00430 Schedule of Subcontractors
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00410 Page 2
SECTION 00410
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned _ as Principal,
and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as
OWNER, in the sum of $ for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we
hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns.
THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City
of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a
Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 7336 Shields Street Bridge
& Laporte Avenue Bridge Replacement.
NOW THEREFORE,
(a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or
(b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the
form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and
shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all
persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all
other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being
expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims
hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein
stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety
and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which
the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such
extension.
Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of
Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER.
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00410 Page 3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals
this day of , 20__, and such of them as are corporations have caused their
corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the
day and year first set forth above.
PRINCIPAL SURETY
Name:_____________________________ __________________________________
Address:__________________________ __________________________________
__________________________________ __________________________________
By:_______________________________ By: ______________________________
Title: ___________________________ Title:____________________________
ATTEST:
By:_______________________________
(SEAL) (SEAL)
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00420 Page 1
SECTION 00420
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This
statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached
sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires.
1. Name of Bidder: _________________________________________________
2. Permanent main office address: __________________________________
3. When organized: _________________________________________________
4. If a corporation, where incorporated: ___________________________
5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present
firm or trade name?___________________________
6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the
appropriate anticipated dates of completion.)
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
7. General character of Work performed by your company:
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you?________
If so, where and why?____________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract?__________________________
If so, where and why?____________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
10. Are you debarred by any government agency? ______________________
If yes list agency name._________________________________________
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00420 Page 2
11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the
approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of
construction.
12. List your major equipment available for this contract.
13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project:
14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including
officers:
15. Credit available: $______________________________________________________
16. Bank Reference:_____________________________________________________
17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other
information that may be required by the OWNER?
______________________________________________________________________
18. Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR?________________________________
If yes, in what city, county and state? __________________________
What class, license and numbers?___________________________________
19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract?_________________
If yes, what percent of total contract?__________________________________
and to whom?___________________________________________________________
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00420 Page 3
20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time?__________
IF yes, DETAIL
21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL
What Company?_________________________________________________________
22. What are your company's bonding limitations?_____________________________
23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to
furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising
this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications.
Dated at ________________ this ______ day of __________________, 20__.
_____________________________________________
Name of Bidder
By:__________________________________________
Title:_______________________________________
State of________________________
)
County of_______________________
___________________________________being duly sworn deposes and says that he is
______________________of_____________________________ and that (name of
organization) the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are
true and correct.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this _______ day of____________, 20__.
___________________________________
Notary Public
___________________________________
___________________________________
My commission expires _____________________________.
Section 00430 Page 1
SECTION 00430
SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS
List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over
15% of the contract.
ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
______________________________ _______________________________
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
BIDDERS LIST DATA and UNDERUTILIZED
DBE (UDBE) BID CONDITIONS ASSURANCE
Project #:
Location:
Prime Contractor Instructions: This form has two sections, both must be completed and submitted with your bid. Complete
Section I to list all subcontract quotes received (non-DBE and DBE). Complete Section II to report only Underutilized DBE
(UDBE) participation percentages which qualify under the contract goal specification for this project. Please review CDOT Form
#715 instructions before completing Section II. Attach additional sheets as necessary.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Colorado Department of Transportation that underutilized disadvantaged business enterprises have equal
opportunity to participate on projects financed with federal, state or local entity funds. Consistent with 49 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Part 26.11, the Bidders List data provided by the Contractors will provide CDOT as accurate data as
possible about the universe of DBE and non-DBE firms actively seeking work on its highway construction contracts, for use in
setting overall DBE goals.
SECTION I: CDOT BIDDERS LIST INFORMATION (Non-DBEs and DBEs)
1) Are all subcontract bids (quotes) received by your firm for this project listed below? ❑ Yes ❑ No
2) If No, make certain any additional subcontract bidding information is submitted to the CDOT Business Programs Office
before 4:00 pm on the day after bids are opened to ensure CDOT has the best data possible for setting future DBE goals
(use the same table format as below):
CDOT Business Programs Office
4201 E. Arkansas Ave., Room 200
Denver, Colorado 80222 FAX: 303-757-9019 EMAIL: eo@dot.state.co.us
3) The most recent CDOT Bidders List will be posted online at: www.dot.state.co.us/EEO/DBEProgramPage.htm
Name of firm submitting Bid/Quote
Certified
DBE firm? Work item(s) description
Firm being
used?
Yes No Yes No
Maybe
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Page 1 of 2 Previous editions are obsolete and may not be used CDOT Form #714 4/08
Name of firm submitting Bid/Quote
Certified
DBE firm? Work item(s) description
Firm being
used?
Yes No Yes No
Maybe
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
SECTION II: UNDERUTILIZED DBE (UDBE) PARTICIPATION COMMITMENT
1) Total eligible Underutilized DBE (UDBE) percentage amount from Box A below: . %
2) Will your company’s Underutilized DBE (UDBE) participation commitment meet the contract goal? ❑ Yes ❑ No
3) List the UDBE firms, committed work items, and eligible UDBE percentage of your bid committed to each.
UDBE Firm name Certification # Committed work item(s)
% Commitment
toward DBE Goal*
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
BOX A: TOTAL ELIGIBLE UDBE PERCENTAGE AMOUNT (Round to nearest hundredth)
* Detailed instructions on how to calculate DBE commitment amounts are available on CDOT Form #715 and in the “Counting DBE Participation
Toward Contract Goals and CDOT’s annual DBE goal” section of the “DBE – Definitions and Requirements” in the Standard Special Provisions.
I understand that, if my company is determined to be the low bidder for the contract on this project, I must submit a completed
CDOT Form #715 CERTIFICATION OF UNDERUTILIZED DBE PARTICIPATION for each firm listed in Section II of this form
to the Transportation Department by 4:00 pm on the third work day after the day bids are opened. The actual amounts
submitted on each CDOT Form #715 must equal or exceed the DBE percentage commitments documented on this
form. In addition, if my company does not meet the DBE/UDBE goal for this project, I must submit a completed
CDOT Form #718 DBE GOOD FAITH EFFORT DOCUMENTATION before 4:00 pm on the day after bids are opened.
CDOT Form #715s submitted for firms not included on this form, OR for amounts exceeding those listed on this
form, will be accepted but NOT counted as Good Faith Efforts. Only the efforts the contractor made prior to the bid
opening will count as Good Faith Efforts.
I understand my obligation to abide by the Policy stated above Section I. I shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color,
age, sex, national origin, or handicap in the bidding process or the performance of contracts.
I DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY IN THE SECOND DEGREE, AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE OR
FEDERAL LAWS, THAT THE STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE TRUE AND COMPLETE TO THE BEST
OF MY KNOWLEDGE.
. %
. %
. %
. %
. %
. %
Company Name: Date:
Company Officer Signature: Title:
/ /
Page 2 of 2 Previous editions are obsolete and may not be used CDOT Form #714 4/08
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
UNDERUTILIZED DBE (UDBE) GOOD FAITH
EFFORT DOCUMENTATION
UDBE CONTRACT GOAL %:
# Of UDBEs
Contacted
# Of UDBEs
"Eligible"
% Of UDBEs
Contacted
Project No.:
Location:
Date:
Project Code (SA#):
No. Of Sheets Attached To Form:
DBE DIRECTORY UPDATES
Go to http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/ and use the
"Directory Updates" button on the DBE Directory to submit any of
the following documented updates on UDBE firms:
• Contact information changes (e.g., phone and address etc.)
• "CDOT GFE Eligibility" status changes (e.g., UDBE firm says they
don't want to be contacted via GFE solicitations etc.)
Note: In order to verify all updates submitted, CDOT may request
additional information from contractors and/or UDBE firms before
posting requested changes to the Directory.
DBE Work Code
From DBE Directory
DBE Work Code
Description
TOTAL CONTRACT %:
The DBE Directory can be found online at:
http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/
• DBE work codes are 5 digit numbers where the 1st digit
corresponds to the overall section the code belongs to
• The 1st 3 digits of a DBE work code identify its category
• DBE work codes ending in "00" represent certification for the
entire work code category
• DBE work codes NOT ending in "00" represent certification in a
specific sub-category only
II. Complete the following table to summarize all outreach efforts made to UDBE firms. For each subcontract item identified, contact by mail, fax, phone and/or email 100% of the Colorado
certified
UDBEs whose DBE work codes match the type of work being solicited and who are marked as "CDOT GFE Eligible" on the DBE Directory. The Contractor shall ensure that initial solicitations
allow
UDBEs at least 10 calendar days to participate effectively in the bidding process. In order to determine with certainty which UDBEs are interested, the Contractor is also required to
take appropriate steps
to follow-up initial solicitations (e.g., regional follow-up phone calls etc.). If soliciting by telephone, attach a summary telephone log of calls, including topic of discussion, date,
time, name of person
contacted, and the response received. If soliciting by mail, fax, and/or email, attach one example copy of the letter, fax, and/or email sent to UDBEs along with a summary log that documents
all dates and
responses received. Letters, faxes and/or emails must specifically identify the project, the items to be subcontracted, and the bid date. Letters, faxes and/or emails must also provide
an address and
phone number where specific quantities or details will be available to bidders.
The Contractor who is the apparent low bidder on a CDOT construction project, and has failed to meet the Underutilized DBE (UDBE) contract goal, shall use this form to document all good
faith efforts that
were made prior to bid opening by said Contractor to meet the goal. FAILURE TO FULLY / CLEARLY COMPLETE THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF THE BID.
Each portion of this form is to be addressed in the space provided, or on supplemental sheets that follow the same tabular structure and format outlined below. Attach supporting documentation
as required
by CDOT. This completed form and required attachments are to be submitted to the Business Programs Office in the Center for Equal Opportunity prior to 4:00 p.m. on the day after the
day bids are
opened. This form may be submitted by FAX (303 -757-9019) with an original copy to follow. An extension may be granted by the DBE Liaison. Only the efforts the Contractor made prior
Closest
DBE Work
Code
Bid Item Description UDBE
Firm?
THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT DEMONSTRATION OF GOOD FAITH EFFORTS IN ACHIEVING THE UDBE GOALS ESTABLISHED BY CDOT IS REQUIRED THROUGHOUT THE
PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT.
Subcontractor Name
(Place an * next to firm being used)
III. Complete the following table to show all subcontract bids received (non-UDBE and UDBE), bid dollar amounts for each bid item, and the name of the successful bidder. Where bundled
subcontract
bids were received, break out quotes per bid item number. If the UDBE bids were rejected, give reasons for each case. If the work is to be counted as a potential UDBE subcontract item,
the Contractor
cannot elect to perform that work itself when a UDBE bid is competitive or only UDBE bids are received. Cost alone may not be adequate justification for failure to use a UDBE bid. When
a non-UDBE bid
is significantly lower than a UDBE bid, the Contractor may choose to perform the item itself. CDOT will determine whether a subcontractor's bid is "competitive" based on factors such
as the percentage
and dollar difference between quote(s), and/or the percentage the quote(s) represents of the overall contract.
CDOT Bid Item #
(Break Out Bundled Quotes)
Actual Bid Item
Quote Price
% Difference On
Items That
UDBE Firms Bid
IV. The efforts required herein are not exhaustive or exclusive. Other factors or types of efforts may be relevant in appropriate cases. In determining whether Good Faith Efforts have
been made, the
quantity and quality of the efforts made as well as kinds of efforts made may be considered. List any additional efforts to increase UDBE contract participation, such as assisting UDBEs
in obtaining
bonding/insurance/lines of credit, effectively using the services of community organizations/publications, and/or requesting subcontractors to assist with providing UDBE participation.
Report the results of
such efforts. Note: Advertising in a publication with low UDBE subscription rates will not be considered as quality efforts by CDOT.
Company Name: Phone: Fax:
Title: Printed Name: Signature:
Original - Business Programs Office THIS FORM IS CONFIDENTIAL - Previous editions may not be used CDOT Form 718 - Page 2 of 2 1/06
Project No.:
Project Code (SA#):
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
CERTIFICATE OF PROPOSED
UNDERUTILIZED DBE (UDBE)
PARTICIPATION Location: Form #: of
Prime Contractor – Send completed/signed form to the Business Programs Office (instructions on second page). The “Eligible UDBE
Amounts” submitted on this form must equal or exceed the commitment(s) documented on the CDOT Form 714 you submitted with your
bid. For the complete list of certified DBE/UDBE firms and their DBE work codes go to http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/
NOTE: See 49 CFR part 26.55, and the “DBE - Definitions and Requirements” in the Standard Special Provisions, for further information concerning
counting DBE participation of truckers, subcontractors, suppliers and service providers toward the project’s UDBE goal.
PART 1a – TRUCKING CONTRACT
If the UDBE is being used as a trucker for one or more “trucking” DBE work codes (25500, 25505 etc.) then:
ACTUAL UDBE AMOUNT = Actual contract amount for the transportation services provided by the UDBE firm and any UDBE lessees.
ELIGIBLE UDBE TRUCKING AMOUNT = [ (ACTUAL UDBE AMOUNT) – (Any non-UDBE lessee amounts in this contract)* ]
* For work done on this UDBE contract with non-UDBE lessees, credit toward the project UDBE goal is given only for the broker fees or commissions
the UDBE trucker receives for arranging the transportations services, because the services themselves are being performed by non-UDBEs.
NAME OF UDBE FIRM CERTIFICATION # EXPIRATION DATE ELIGIBLE UDBE TRUCKING AMOUNT
/ / $
DBE WORK CODE NUMBER(S) THIS UDBE IS BEING USED FOR :
Complete list of work codes is at http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/
PART 1b – SUBCONTRACT
ELIGIBLE UDBE SUBCONTRACT AMOUNT = [ (Actual UDBE contract amount) – (Any non-UDBE lower tier amounts in this contract)* ]
* Work that a UDBE subcontracts to a lower tier non-UDBE firm does not count toward the project UDBE goal.
NAME OF UDBE FIRM CERTIFICATION # EXPIRATION DATE ELIGIBLE UDBE SUBCONTRACT AMOUNT
/ / $
DBE WORK CODE NUMBER(S) THIS UDBE IS BEING USED FOR :
Complete list of work codes is at http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/
PART 1c – SUPPLY CONTRACT
If the supplier is a UDBE with a “Type” field of “Manufacturer” for the item(s):
ELIGIBLE UDBE SUPPLY AMOUNT = [ (Actual UDBE contract amount) X 100% ]
If the supplier is a UDBE with a “Type” field of “Regular Dealer” for the item(s):
ELIGIBLE UDBE SUPPLY AMOUNT = [ (Actual UDBE contract amount) X 60% ]
NOTE: If the supplier is a UDBE with a “Type” field of “Broker” for the item(s) use PART 1d – BROKER / SERVICE CONTRACT.
NAME OF UDBE FIRM CERTIFICATION # EXPIRATION DATE ELIGIBLE UDBE SUPPLY AMOUNT
/ / $
DBE WORK CODE NUMBER(S) THIS UDBE IS BEING USED FOR :
Complete list of work codes is at http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/
PART 1d – BROKER / SERVICE CONTRACT
If purchasing materials or supplies through a UDBE with a “Type” field of “Broker”, count only the amount of brokerage commission
and/or delivery service fees included in the contract. Other examples of services to include in this section are bonding, brokering,
consulting, security guards, and insurance etc.
ELIGIBLE UDBE SERVICE FEE AMOUNT = Actual compensation retained by the UDBE broker/agent for services rendered*
* The amounts that count toward UDBE goals are limited to the compensation retained by the UDBE broker/agent for services rendered, provided the
fee/commission is determined by CDOT to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily charged for similar services.
NAME OF UDBE FIRM CERTIFICATION # EXPIRATION DATE ELIGIBLE UDBE SERVICE FEE AMOUNT
/ / $
DBE WORK CODE NUMBER(S) THIS UDBE IS BEING USED FOR :
Complete list of work codes is at http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/
Original – Business Programs Office Previous editions may not be used CDOT Form 715 – Page 1 of 2 1/06
PART 2 – UDBE PARTICIPATION SUMMARY
A) What is the total dollar value of this proposed trucking, subcontract, supply, OR broker/service
contract that is eligible for counting toward contract goals?
A = [ TOTAL FROM “ELIGIBLE” COLUMNS IN PART 1 ]
NOTE: Provide in actual subcontractor dollars and not prime contract prices.
A> $
B) What is the total dollar value of proposed subcontracts that are eligible for counting towards
contract goals from prior sheets/forms? B> $
C) What is the accumulative value of proposed subcontracts that are eligible for counting towards
contract goals?
C = [ A + B ]
C> $
D) What is the original contract bid total? D> $
E) What is the accumulative percent of contract bid total subcontracted to all underutilized DBEs?
E = [ (C ÷ D) X 100 ] E> %
PART 3 – UDBE CONFIRMATION
I confirm that my company is participating in this contract as documented in the Prime Contractor’s commitment(s) in PART 1
of this form. Only the value of the work that my company is actually performing is being counted on this form.
UDBE Firm Name: Date: / /
UDBE Representative Signature and Title:
PART 4 – PRIME CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION
I certify that:
• my company has met the contracted UDBE goals or has submitted a completed CDOT Form #718.
• my company has accepted a proposal from the UDBE named above.
• my company has notified the proposed UDBE of the contracted UDBE commitment.
• my company has ensured that the proposed UDBE has signed PART 3 of this form.
• my company's use of the proposed UDBE for the items of work listed above is a condition of the contract award.
• my company will invite the proposed UDBE to attend the preconstruction conference.
• my company will not use a substitute UDBE for the proposed UDBE's failure to perform under a fully executed subcontract,
unless my company complies with the definitions and requirements section of the DBE Special Provisions.
• I understand that failure to comply with the information shown on this form will be considered grounds for contract termination.
I declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree, and any other applicable state or federal laws, that the statements
made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge.
Prime Contractor Name: Date: / /
Officer Signature and Title:
FORM INSTRUCTIONS
Prime Contractor:
1. An officer of the contractor(s) must complete this form.
2. Include only DBE firms which meet the underutilized criteria in
the contract goal specification for this project (i.e., UDBE firms).
3. Complete only relevant section(s) for PART 1.
4. Ensure that the proposed UDBE has signed PART 3 of this form.
5. Complete ALL sections of PART 2 and PART 4.
6. Submit a separate CDOT Form #715 for EACH proposed UDBE.
7. Retain a photocopy for your records.
8. Send original to:
Colorado Department of Transportation
Business Programs Office
4201 E. Arkansas Ave.
Denver, Colorado 80222
FAX: (303) 757-9019
Original – Business Programs Office Previous editions may not be used
CDOT Form 715 – Page 2 of 2 1/06
Section 00510
Page 1
SECTION 00500
AGREEMENT FORMS
00510 Notice of Award
00520 Agreement
00530 Notice to Proceed
Section 00430 Page 2
SECTION 00510
NOTICE OF AWARD
Date:
TO:
PROJECT: 7336 SHIELDS STREET BRIDGE & LAPORTE AVENUE BRIDGE
REPLACEMENT
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER")
You are hereby notified that your Bid dated , 20 for the above project has
been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an
Agreement for 7336 Shields Street Bridge & Laporte Avenue Bridge Replacement.
The Price of your Agreement is .
Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany
this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise
made available to you immediately.
You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of
this Notice of Award, that is by , 20 .
1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement
including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your
signature on the cover of the page.
2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as
specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and
Supplementary Conditions.
Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider
your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited.
Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1)
fully-signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By:________________________________________
James B. O’Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP
Director of Purchasing & Risk Management
Section 00520
Page 1
SECTION 00520
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the year of 20 and shall be
effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City.
The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and
(hereinafter called CONTRACTOR)
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth,
agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1. WORK
CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents.
The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part
is defined as the construction of the 7336 Shields Street Bridge & Laporte Avenue Bridge
Replacement.
ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER
The Project has been designed by Atkins North America, Inc. The City Engineering
Department, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and
responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract
Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents, which are administered by the City of Fort Collins Engineering Department.
ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES
3.1 The Work on the Shields Street Bridge shall be Substantially Complete within two
hundred seventy-five (275) calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to
run as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and
Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions within fourteen (14) calendar days after
the date when the Contract Times commence to run.
The Work on the Laporte Avenue Bridge shall be Substantially Complete within one
hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run
as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and
Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions within fourteen (14) calendar days after
the date when the Contract Times commence to run.
3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the
essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not
completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus any extensions thereof
allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions.
They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal
proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time.
Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as
liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the
Section 00520
Page 2
amounts set forth hereafter.
1) Substantial Completion – Shields Street Bridge:
Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that
expires after the Two Hundred Seventy-Five (275) calendar day period for
Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete.
Substantial Completion – Laporte Avenue Bridge:
Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that
expires after the One Hundred Twenty (120) calendar day period for Substantial
Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete.
2) Final Acceptance – Shields Street Bridge:
After Substantial Completion, Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000) for each calendar
day or fraction thereof that expires after the fourteen (14) calendar day period for
Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for Final Payment and
Acceptance.
Final Acceptance – Laporte Avenue Bridge:
After Substantial Completion, Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000) for each calendar
day or fraction thereof that expires after the fourteen (14) calendar day period for
Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for Final Payment and
Acceptance.
ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE
4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: ($ ), $ Dollars, in
accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference.
ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of
the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided
in the General Conditions.
5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of
the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended
by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below. All progress
payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values
established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work
based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements
concerning Unit Price Work.
5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, Owner will be entitled to withhold as contract
retainage five percent (5%) of each progress payment, but, in each case, less the aggregate of
payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER
may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. If , in the sole
discretion of Owner, on recommendation of Engineer, Owner determines that the character and
Section 00520
Page 3
progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER may
determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them,
there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining
progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the
Work completed. 95% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered,
suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in
paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application Section 00520
Page 3 for payment.
5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient, if
necessary, to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less
such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with
paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law.
5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in
accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder
of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13.
ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the
following representations:
6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract
Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in
any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work.
6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of
subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the
Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions.
6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for
obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests,
reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above)
which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise
may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR
considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within
the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions;
and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar
information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.
6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or
indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or
contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground
Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or
similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by
CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the
Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions.
Section 00520
Page 4
6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations,
examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents.
6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or
discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution
thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR.
ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, those items included in the definition of “Contract Documents” in Article 1.10 of the
General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are
incorporated herein by this reference.
7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in
carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated
herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following:
7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion
7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance
7.2.3 Lien Waiver Releases
7.2.4 Consent of Surety
7.2.5 Application for Exemption Certificate
7.2.6 Application for Payment
7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows:
SHEET NO. DESCRIPTION
1 PROJECT TITLE SHEET
2 - 3 PROJECT SUMMARY OF QUANTITIES
4 - 24 ARTHURS DITCH REPLACEMENT PLANS
25 - 62 REPLACEMENT OF SHIELDS STREET BRIDGE
OVER LARIMER COUNTY CANAL NO. 2 PLANS
The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any revisions
made shall be clearly identified and dated.
7.4. Addenda Numbers to , inclusive.
7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents
amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5
and 3.6 of the General Conditions.
Section 00520
Page 5
7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by
reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or
supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS
8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General
Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions.
8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract
Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party
sought to be bound; and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due
and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that
the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary
in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor
from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document.
8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns
and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal
representatives in respect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract
Document.
Section 00520
Page 6
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONTRACTOR:
By: ____________________________ By:_______________________________
JAMES B. O’NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP
DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING __________________________________
AND RISK MANAGEMENT
Title:____________________________
Date:___________________________ Date:_____________________________
(CORPORATE SEAL)
Attest: ________________________ Attest:___________________________
City Clerk
Address for giving notices: Address for giving notices:
P. O. Box 580 __________________________________
Fort Collins, CO 80522 __________________________________
LICENSE NO.:______________________
Approved as to Form
_______________________________
Assistant City Attorney
Section 00530 Page 1
SECTION 00530
NOTICE TO PROCEED
Description of Work: 7336 Shields Street Bridge & Laporte Avenue Bridge Replacement
To:
This notice is to advise you:
That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the
CONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received
by the OWNER.
That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents.
Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby authorized and
directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the
Agreement.
Dated this day of , 20__.
The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be _____ _____, 20_ and
, 20__, respectively.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By:
Title:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of ,
20__.
CONTRACTOR:
By:
Title:
SECTION 00600
BONDS AND CERTIFICATES
00610 Performance Bond
00615 Payment Bond
00630 Certificate of Insurance
00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion
00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance
00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR)
00660 Consent of Surety
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00610 Page
1
SECTION 00610
PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm)
(Address)
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and
(Firm)
(Address)
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 300
Laporte Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as
the "OWNER", in the penal sum of ____________ in lawful money of
the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves,
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a
certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of , 20 , a copy of which
is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins
project, 7336 Shields Street Bridge & Laporte Avenue Bridge Replacement.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the
undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the
original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or
without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall
satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and
save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure
to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER
may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in
full force and effect.
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00610 Page 2
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees
that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the
Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way
affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension
of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the
Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in
the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of
which shall be deemed an original, this __ day of _________, 20__.
IN PRESENCE OF: Principal
______________________________ ________________________________________
______________________________ ________________________________________
(Title)
________________________________________
(Address)
(Corporate Seal)
IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners
_____________________________ By:_____________________________________
_____________________________ By:_____________________________________
IN PRESENCE OF: Surety
_____________________________ By:_____________________________________
_____________________________ By:_____________________________________
(Address)
(Surety Seal)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement.
If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00615 Page 1
SECTION 00615
PAYMENT BOND
Bond No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm)
(Address)
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and
(Firm)
(Address)
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins,
300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to
as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of in lawful money of the United
States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors
and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a
certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of , 20 , a copy of which
is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins
project, 7336 Shields Street Bridge & Laporte Avenue Bridge Replacement.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors,
and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work
provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including
all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools,
consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance
premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or
otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00615 Page 2
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees
that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the
Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way
affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension
of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the
Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in
the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of
which shall be deemed an original, this __ day of , 20__.
IN PRESENCE OF: Principal
______________________________ By:___________________________________
______________________________ ______________________________________
(Title)
______________________________________
(Address)
(Corporate Seal)
IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners
______________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________ ______________________________________
IN PRESENCE OF: Surety
______________________________ By:___________________________________
______________________________ By:___________________________________
(Address)
(Surety Seal)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement.
If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00630
Page 1
SECTION 00630
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance.
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00635 Page 1
SECTION 00635
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(OWNER)
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: 7336 Shields Street Bridge &
_____________________________ Laporte Avenue Bridge Replacement
PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado
INCLUDE:
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
____________________________
____________________________ CONTRACTOR:
____________________________
CONTRACT DATE:
The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of
the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or specified part of the
project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date.
A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be
exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
_________________________________ ________________________________________
ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to
complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated.
________________________________ By: ________________________________________
CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and
will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on
. The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents
shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
By: ____________________________________ ____
OWNER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
REMARKS:
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00640 Page 1
SECTION 00640
CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE
, 20__
TO:
Gentlemen:
You are hereby notified that on the day of , 20__, the City of Fort Collins, Colorado,
has accepted the Work completed by for the City of Fort Collins
project, 7336 Shields Street Bridge & Laporte Avenue Bridge Replacement.
A check is attached hereto in the amount of $_______________________________ as Final
Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated
_____________ __, 20__.
In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees
will continue for the specified time from the following date:____________ __, 20__.
Sincerely,
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Title:
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00650 Page 1
SECTION 00650
LIEN WAIVER RELEASE
(CONTRACTOR)
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER)
FROM: (CONTRACTOR)
PROJECT: 7336 Shields Street Bridge & Laporte Avenue Bridge Replacement
1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the
OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the
CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement,
alteration, addition or repair of the above described project.
2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily
waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller
Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and
material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or
assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for
the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above
described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns,
against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or
against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the
project.
3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or
performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair
of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its
agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various
Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further
affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or
possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the
OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its
officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project.
4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if
any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the
CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns
against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns
arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys
fees, incurred as a result of such claims.
5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes
and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver
Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the
benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any
labor and material bonds for the project.
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00650 Page 2
Signed this day of , 20__.
CONTRACTOR
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Secretary
STATE OF COLORADO )
)ss.
COUNTY OF LARIMER )
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of
20__, by
Witness my hand and official seal.
My Commission Expires: .
Notary Public
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00660 Page 1
SECTION 00660
CONSENT OF SURETY
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER")
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT: 7336 Shields Street Bridge & Laporte Avenue Bridge Replacement
CONTRACT DATE:
In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
as indicated above, for
(Surety)
on bond of
hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to
the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the
OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of
, ____ .
(Surety Company)
By
ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in-Fact.
Section 00670 Page 1
SECTION 00670
Section 00670 Page 1
DR 0172 (12/98)
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE
DENVER CO 80261
(303) 232-2416
DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE
The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building materials
for the exempt project described below. This exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment, supplies, and
materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become part of the structure, highway, road,
street, or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization.
Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided by
law.
A separate certificate is required for each contract.
Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. It is the responsibility of the prime contractor
to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side).
FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED.
Registration/Account No. (to be assigned by DOR)
89 -
Period 0170-750 (999) $0.00
CONTRACTOR INFORMATION
Trade name/DBA: Owner, partner, or corporate name:
Mailing address (City, State, Zip): Contact Person
E-Mail address: Federal Employer’s Identification Number: Bid amount for your contract:
$
Fax Number:
( )
Business telephone number:
( )
Colorado withholding tax account number:
EXEMPTION INFORMATION Copies of contract or agreement pages (1) identifying the contracting parties
and (2) containing signatures of contracting parties must be attached.
Name of exempt organization (as shown on contract):
Exempt organization’s number:
98 -
Address of exempt organization (City, State, Zip):
Principal contact at exempt organization: Principal contact’s telephone number:
Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities and/or County (ies) where project is located)
Scheduled
construction start date:
Month Day Year Estimated
completion date:
Month Day Year
I declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are
true and complete to the best of my knowledge.
Signature of owner, partner or corporate officer: Title of corporate officer: Date:
DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE
CONTRACTOR APPLICATION
FOR
EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Pursuant to Statute
Section 39-26.114(1)(a)(XIX)
6
Section 00670 Page 1
Special Notice
Contractors who have completed this application in the past, please note the following changes
in procedure:
The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exemption to subcontractors. Only
prime contractors will receive a Contractor’s Exemption Certificate on exempt projects.
Upon receipt of the Certificate, the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor
involved in the project and complete it by filling in the subcontractor’s name and address and
signing it.
The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor. Copies of all
Certificates that the prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime
contractor’s place of business for a minimum of three years and be available for inspection in
the event of an audit.
Once an 89# has been assigned to you, please use the next five numbers following it for any
applications submitted for future projects. This should be your permanent number. For
instance, if you were assigned 89-12345-0001, every application submitted thereafter should
contain 89-12345 on the application. The succeeding numbers will be issued by the
Department of Revenue. DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in sequence as this
may delay processing of your application.
SECTION 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Rev 10/20/07
SECTION 00800
CDOT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Conditions of the Contract
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the corresponding paragraphs as
indicated of the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions
1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract
Documents as indicated below.
SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions:
A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General Conditions.
4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests of subsurface
conditions at the site of the Work:
None
Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in the
geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or
opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the
report.
SC-5.3.2 Add the following:
The State of Colorado shall be added as an additional insured.
SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability
A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8.
The State of Colorado shall be added as an additional insured.
The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General
Conditions listed below are as follows:
5.4.1 and 5.4.2
Coverage A - Statutory Limits
Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000
5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1,000,000
combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse,
and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner.
5.4.6 The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of
$1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
5.4.9 This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage
with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
SC-6.4.1 Purchasing Restrictions
Delete the complete paragraph
SC-6.4.2 Cement Restrictions
Delete the complete paragraph
SC-6.5 Contractor Responsibilities—Amended in its entirety to read:
All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents. All warranties, if any, provided in the Specifications shall run
specifically to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer prior to final payment as provided for
herein, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to
the kind and quality of the materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be
applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with
instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
SC- 6.30.1. - Contractor General Warranty and Guarantee-
Delete the complete paragraph
6.30.1.1 Specific Warranties. Contractor further warrants and guarantees that any Work
covered by a specific warranty provision contained in the Specifications shall be performed in
accordance with the applicable warranty and any such Work shall conform to the warranty
requirements during the warranty period stated in the specific warranty.
SC-13.12 Correction Period
Delete the complete paragraph
SC- 14.15.1- Waiver of Claims- Amended in its entirety to read:
14.15.1 a waiver of all claims by Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled
Liens, from defective Work identified and reported to Contractor during final inspection pursuant
to 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents, or the terms of any specific
guarantees or warranties specified therein, or from Contractors’ continuing obligations under the
Contract Documents;
SC-17.6.1 Delete the complete paragraph
SECTION 00900
ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT
950 Contract Change Order
00960 Application for Payment
Rev 10/20/07 Section 00950 Page 1
SECTION 00950
CHANGE ORDER NO.
PROJECT TITLE: Shields Street Bridge & Laporte Avenue Bridge Replacement
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT NUMBER: 7336
DESCRIPTION:
1. Reason for change:
2. Description of Change:
3. Change in Contract Cost
4. Change in Contract Time:
__
ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ .00
TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER 0.00
TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER 0.00
TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER 0.00
TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT
ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ 0.00
(Assuming all change orders approved) _
ACCEPTED BY: DATE:
Contractor's Representative
ACCEPTED BY: DATE: __
Project Manager
REVIEWED BY: DATE:
Title:
APPROVED BY: DATE:
Title:
APPROVED BY: DATE:
Purchasing Agent over $30,000
cc: City Clerk Contractor
Project File Architect
Engineer Purchasing
2
Section 00960
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 1 OF 4
OWNER: City of Fort Collins PROJECT: APPLICATION NUMBER:
APPLICATION DATE:
PERIOD BEGINNING:
ENGINEER: CONTRACTOR: PERIOD ENDING:
PROJECT NUMBER:
CHANGE ORDERS Application is made for Payment as shown below in connection with Contract
NUMBER DATE AMOUNT
The present status of the account for this Contract is as
follows:
1
2 Original Contract Amount:
3 Net Change by Change Order:
Current contract Amount: $0.00
Total Completed and Stored to Date:
Less Previous Applications:
Amount Due this Application - Before Retainage: $0.00
Less Retainage:
Net Change by Change Order $0.00 AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION: $0.00
CERTIFICATION:
The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with
the Work have been satisfied as required in Paragraph 14.3. of the General Conditions of the Contract.
The above Amount Due This Application is requested by the CONTRACTOR.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is recommended by the ENGINEER.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application has been reviewed by the OWNER'S Project Manager.
Date: By:
Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is approved by the OWNER.
Date: By:
3
CONTRACT AMOUNTS
APPLICATION FOR
PAYMENT PAGE 2 OF 4
Work
Completed
Work
Completed
Work
Completed Stored
Bid
This
Month
Previous
Periods
To
Date Materials Total
Item This Earned Percent
Number Description Quantity Units
Unit
Price Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Period To Date Billed
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
4
CHANGE ORDERS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 3 OF 4
Work Completed
Work
Completed
Work
Completed Stored
Bid
This
Month
Previous
Periods
To
Date Materials Total
Item This Earned Percent
Number Description Quantity Units
Unit
Price Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Period
To
Date Billed
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
TOTALS CHANGE ORDERS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
PROJECT TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
STORED MATERIALS PAGE 4 OF 4
5
SUMMARY
On Hand Received Installed On Hand
Item Invoice Previous This This This
Number Number Description Application Period Period Application
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Arthur Ditch Replacement
(Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street)
Replacement of Bridge No. FCSHLD-0.4-DRK
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
January 26, 2012
Prepared for:
City of Fort Collins
Engineering Department
281 North College Avenue
Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580
(970) 221-6605
Prepared by:
4601 DTC Boulevard
Suite 700
Denver, CO 80237
(303) 221-7275
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
1
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
ARTHUR DITCH REPLACEMENT
(LAPORTE AVENUE TO WHITCOMB STREET)
SOUTH SHIELDS STREET OVER LARIMER CANAL NO. 2
REPLACEMENT OF BRIDGE NO. FCSHLD-0.4-DRK
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
The Colorado Department of Transportation, 2011 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
controls construction of this project. The following special provisions supplement or modify the Standard
Specifications and take precedence over the Standard Specifications and plans.
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Page
Index Pages (January 26, 2012) 1-2
Notice to Bidders (January 26, 2012) 3
Commencement and Completion of Work – Arthur Ditch (January 26, 2012) 4
Commencement and Completion of Work – Shields Street (January 26, 2012) 5
Contract Goal (Combined) (January 26, 2012) 6
On the Job Training Contract Goal (January 26, 2012) 7
Summary of Work (January 26, 2012) 8-9
Revision of Section 105 – Claims for contract Adjustments (January 26, 2012) 10
Revision of Section 106 – Conformity to the Contract of Hot Mix Asphalt (January 26, 2012) 11
Revision of Section 107 – Insurance (January 26, 2012) 12
Revision of Section 107 – Performance of Safety Critical Work (January 26, 2012) 13-14
Revision of Section 108 – Specialty Items (January 26, 2012) 15
Revision of Section 201 – Clearing and Grubbing (January 26, 2012) 16
Revision of Section 202 – Removal of Bridge (January 26, 2012) 17-20
Revision of Sections 202 and 412 – Removal and Replacement of Concrete Pavement (January 26, 2012) 21-22
Revision of Section 203 – Excavation and Embankment (January 26, 2012) 23
Revision of Section 208 – Erosion Control (January 26, 2012) 24
Revision of Section 212 – Tree Retention and Protection (January 26, 2012) 25-30
Revision of Section 214 – Planting (January 26, 2012) 31-37
Revision of Section 304 – Aggregate Base Course (January 26, 2012) 38
Revision of Section 403 – Hot Mix Asphalt (January 26, 2012) 39-41
Revision of Section 403 – Warranted Hot Mix Asphalt (January 26, 2012) 42-49
Revision of Section 411 – Bituminous Materials (January 26, 2012) 50
Revision of Section 412 – Portland Cement Concrete Pavement (January 26, 2012) 51-52
Revision of Section 514 – Pedestrian Railing (Steel)(Special) (January 26, 2012) 53-55
Revision of Section 601 – Structural Concrete (January 26, 2012) 56-57
Revision of Section 606 – Decorative Column – Type 1 and 2 (January 26, 2012) 58-61
Revision of Section 608 – Detectable Warnings (January 26, 2012) 62-64
Revision of Section 608 – Sidewalks and Bikeways (January 26, 2012) 65
Revision of Section 618 – Prestressed Concrete Slab (January 26, 2012) 66
Revision of Section 630 – Construction Zone Traffic Control (January 26, 2012) 67
Revision of Section 630 – Impact Attenuator (Sand Filled Plastic Barrel) (Temporary) (January 26, 2012) 68-69
Revision of Section 630 – Portable Message Sign Panel (January 26, 2012) 70
Revision of Section 702 – Superpave PG Binders (January 26, 2012) 71
Force Account Items (January 26, 2012) 72
Special Construction Requirements (January 26, 2012) 73
Traffic Control Plan – General – Arthur Ditch (January 26, 2012) 74
Traffic Control Plan – General – Shields Street (January 26, 2012) 75-76
Utilities (January 26, 2012) 77-79
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
2
COLORADO
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS
ARTHUR DITCH REPLACEMENT
(LAPORTE AVENUE TO WHITCOMB STREET)
SOUTH SHIELDS STREET OVER LARIMER CANAL NO. 2
REPLACEMENT OF BRIDGE NO. FCSHLD-0.4-DRK
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Date No. of Pages
Revision of Section 105 – Disputes and Claims for Contract Adjustments (Oct. 27, 2011) 22
Revision of Section 105 – Violation of Working Time Limitation (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Sections 105 and 106 – Conformity to the Contract of Hot Mix Asphalt (February 3, 2011) 7
(Less than 5000 Tons)
Revision of Section 106 – Certificates of Compliance and Certified Test Reports (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 107 – Responsibility for Damage Claims, (February 3, 2011) 1
Insurance Types, and Coverage Limits
Revision of Sections 107 and 208 – Water Quality Control, Under One (February 3, 2011) 3
Acre of Disturbance
Revision of Section 108 - Critical Path Method (August 19, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 108 – Liquidated Damages (Dec. 29, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 109 – Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment (Sept. 29, 2011) 2
(Asphalt Cement Included in the Work)
Revision of Section 109 – Compensation for Compensable Delays (May 5, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 109 – Fuel Cost Adjustment (February 3, 2011) 2
Revision of Section 109 – Measurement of Quantities (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 109 – Measurement of Water (January 06, 2012) 1
Revision of Sections 206 and 601 – Backfilling Structures that Support (July 29, 2011) 1
Lateral Earth Pressures
Revision of Section 401 – Compaction of Hot Mix Asphalt (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 401 – Compaction Pavement Test Section (CTS) (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 401 – Temperature Segregation (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Sections 412, 601, and 711 - Liquid Membrane-Forming (May 5, 2011) 1
Compounds for Curing Concrete
Revision of Section 601 – Class H and HT Bridge Deck Concrete (Dec. 29, 2011) 5
Revision of Section 601 – Concrete Batching (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 601 – Concrete Finishing (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 601 – Concrete Form and Falsework Removal (July 28, 2011) 2
Revision of Section 601 – Concrete Slump Acceptance (July 29, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 630 – Construction Zone Traffic Control (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 630 – Retroreflective Sheeting (With Type VI Sheeting) (February 3, 2011 1
Revision of Section 630 – Retroreflective Sign Sheeting (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 712 – Geotextiles (February 3, 2011) 1
Revision of Section 712 – Water for Mixing or Curing Concrete (February 3, 2011) 1
Affirmative Action Requirements – Equal Employment Opportunity (February 3, 2011) 10
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise – Definitions and Requirements (February 3, 2011) 14
Minimum Wages Colorado, (January 6, 2011) 56
U.S. Department of Labor General Decision Numbers CO100018 thru CO100026,
MOD 1, Highway Construction, Statewide
On the Job Training (July 29, 2011) 3
Required Contract Provisions – Federal-Aid Construction Contracts (February 3, 2011) 10
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
3
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
It is recommended that bidders on this project review the work site and plan details with an authorized
City representative. Prospective bidders shall contact one of the following listed authorized City
representatives at least 12 hours in advance of the time they wish to review the project.
Project Manager: Jin Wang, P.E. Phone: (970) 416-2292
Engineering Department Fax: (970) 221-6378
City of Fort Collins email: jwang@fcgov.com
281 North College Avenue
Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580
Senior Buyer: John Stephen Phone: (970) 221-6777
Purchasing Department Fax: (970) 221-6707
City of Fort Collins email: jstephen@fcgov.com
The above referenced individuals are the only representatives of the City with authority to provide any
information, clarification or interpretation regarding the plans, specifications, and any other contract
documents or requirements.
Where reference is made in the plans and specifications to Owner, Department, Chief Engineer, Resident
Engineer, Project Engineer, Engineer, and Inspection and Testing Agency it is understood to mean the
City of Fort Collins, Colorado, representative.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
4
COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK – ARTHUR DITCH
The Contractor shall commence work under the Contract on or before the 5th day following Contract
execution or the 20th day following the date of award, whichever comes later, unless such time for
beginning the work is changed by the Chief Engineer in the "Notice to Proceed." The Contractor shall
complete all work within 120 calendar days in accordance with the "Notice to Proceed."
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 108.03 shall include the following:
Salient features to be shown on the Contractor's Bar Chart Progress Schedule are:
Mobilization
Construction Survey
Detour
Removals
Roadway Earthwork
Structure Construction
Concrete Pavement
Hot Mix Asphalt Pavement
Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk
Seeding and Landscaping
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
5
COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK – SHIELDS STREET
The Contractor shall commence work under the Contract on or before the 5th day following Contract
execution or the 20th day following the date of award, whichever comes later, unless such time for
beginning the work is changed by the Chief Engineer in the "Notice to Proceed." The Contractor shall
complete all work within 275 calendar days in accordance with the "Notice to Proceed."
Salient features to be shown on the Contractor’s Progress Schedule are:
Mobilization
Construction Surveying
Construction Traffic Control
Topsoil (Stockpile & Redistribute)
Removals and Adjustments
Roadway Earthwork
Erosion Control
Bridge Foundation, Substructure, and Superstructure
Drainage
Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk
Asphalt Pavement
Asphalt Milling and Overlay
Seeding & Landscaping
Signing and Striping
Utility coordination and relocations
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 108.03 shall include the following:
The progress schedule shall consist of a Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule prepared using the
Microsoft Project software and submitted in hard and electronic formats.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
6
CONTRACT GOAL (COMBINED)
The Department has determined that Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (UDBEs) will
participate by contracting for a part of the work of this Contract. The contract goal for participation in
this Contract by certified DBEs who have been determined to be underutilized has been established as
follows:
UDBE* 13 Percent
The percentage will be calculated from proposals received for this project according to the following
formula:
**Dollar amount of work to be contracted to underutilized DBEs (UDBEs)
Percentage = 100 X —————————————————————————————
Total dollar amount of the original Contract
* All DBEs will be considered to be UDBEs.
** Based on DBE contract unit prices rather than prime contract unit prices.
NOTE: Specific Good Faith Efforts required to meet the Contract Goal specified above are defined in
the Standard Special Provisions. In addition, the Transportation Commission has determined an overall
12.69 percent annual goal for the participation of all DBEs.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
7
ON THE JOB TRAINING CONTRACT GOAL
The Department has determined that On the Job Training shall be provided to trainees with the goal of
developing full journey workers in the types of trade or classification involved. The contract goal for On
the Job Trainees working in an approved training plan in this Contract has been established as follows:
Minimum number of total On the Job Training required 640 hours
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
8
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.25 Modifications to Time of Completion in the Approved Schedule
A. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract
Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed.
The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within
the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the
Owner that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time,
taking into consideration the climatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work.
Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to complete the project within the "Contract Time"
shown in the proposal. The "Contract Time" anticipates "Normal" weather and climate conditions in
and around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried
out. Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the Contractor
demonstrates clearly that such conditions were "unusually severe," would not have been reasonably
anticipated, and that such conditions adversely affected the Contractor’s work and thus required
additional time to complete the work.
The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe
weather. The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather
for each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or
similar data for the geographic location of the project.
Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
(7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) (5)
The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base line for monthly (or
portion thereof) weather time evaluations. Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and
continuing throughout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of
adverse weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day-to-day basis. It is assumed that
the work will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays excepted) unless an approved
construction schedule or written authorization from the Owner indicates otherwise. The number of
days of delayed work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the
monthly adverse weather schedule above.
An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the
Contractor’s workday, delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented
by the Contractor. The City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily
basis whether or not work can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects
thereof. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any disagreement as to whether or not
work can proceed on a given date, within 2 calendar days of that date. The Owner will use the above
written notification in determining the number of working days for which work was delayed during
each month.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
9
-2-
SUMMARY OF WORK
At the end of each month, if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse
weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule, a Change Order will be executed which increases
the Contract Time. The number of work days delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof
will then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date. This
conversion assumes a 5-day work week, Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted; should the
Contractor have authorization to work weekends and/or holidays, then the method of conversion of
workdays to calendar days would take this into consideration. The contract time period will then be
increased by the number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and
date will be set.
The Contractor’s schedule must reflect the above-anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather-
dependent activities.
While extensions of time shall be granted for "unusually severe" weather or climate conditions, the
Owner shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the Contractor arising out of such
delays. The Contractor shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents relating to his
project schedule and amendments thereto which result from the "unusually severe" weather condition.
Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the Contractor will not be considered
justification for an extension of time. Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere.
The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in
completion of the work is due to the following, and the Contractor has promptly given written notice
of such delay to the Owner or Engineer.
1. To any preference, priority, or allocation order duly issued by the Owner.
2. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor,
including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of
another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics,
quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather as
provided above; and
3. To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 1 and 2,
above.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
10
REVISION OF SECTION 105
CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENT
Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 105.22 shall be revised as follows:
The Colorado Department of Transportation will not participate in the resolution process for any claims
filed by the Contractor.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
11
REVISION OF SECTION 106
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF HOT MIX ASPHALT
Section 106 of the Standard Special Provisions is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 106.05 shall include the following:
For this project, Contractor process control testing of hot mix asphalt is voluntary.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
12
REVISION OF SECTION 107
INSURANCE
Section 107.18 is hereby revised to read:
For this project all insurance certificates shall name the Colorado Department of Transportation as an
additionally insured party.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
13
REVISION OF SECTION 107
PERFORMANCE OF SAFETY CRITICAL WORK
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised as follows:
Add subsection 107.061 immediately following subsection 107.06 as follows:
107.061 Performance of Safety Critical Work. The following work elements are considered safety
critical work for this project:
(1) Removal of bridge
(2) Temporary works: falsework, shoring that exceeds 5 feet in height, cofferdams, and temporary
bridges
(3) Work requiring the use of cranes or other heavy lifting equipment to set a girder, to make overhead
repairs, or includes special provisions for Removal of Bridge or Removal of Portion of Bridge.
Also when construction materials are being lifted that may fall onto active traffic lanes.
(4) Excavation and embankment adjacent to the roadway, especially if it requires shoring.
(5) Work operations such as pile driving and jack hammering which may create vibration and cause
debris to fall into traffic.
The Contractor shall submit, for record purposes only, an initial detailed construction plan that addresses
safe construction of each of the safety critical elements. When the specifications already require an
erection plan, a bridge removal plan, or a removal of portion of bridge plan, it shall be included as a part
of this plan. The detailed construction plan shall be submitted two weeks prior to the safety critical
element conference described below. The construction plan shall be stamped “Approved for
Construction” and signed by the Contractor. The construction plan will not be approved by the Engineer.
The Construction Plan shall include the following:
(1) Safety Critical Element for which the plan is being prepared and submitted.
(2) Contractor or subcontractor responsible for the plan preparation and the work.
(3) Schedule, procedures, equipment, and sequence of operations, that comply with the working hour
limitations
(4) Temporary works required: falsework, bracing, shoring, etc.
(5) Additional actions that will be taken to ensure that the work will be performed safely.
(6) Names and qualifications of workers who will be in responsible charge of the work:
A. Years of experience performing similar work
B. Training taken in performing similar work
C. Certifications earned in performing similar work
(7) Names and qualifications of workers operating cranes or other lifting equipment
A. Years of experience performing similar work
B. Training taken in performing similar work
C. Certifications earned in performing similar work
(8) The construction plan shall address how the Contractor will handle contingencies such as:
A. Unplanned events (storms, traffic accidents, etc.)
B. Structural elements that don’t fit or line up
C. Work that cannot be completed in time for the roadway to be reopened to traffic
D. Replacement of workers who don’t perform the work safely
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
14
E. Equipment failure
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 107
PERFORMANCE OF SAFETY CRITICAL WORK
F. Other potential difficulties inherent in the type of work being performed
(9) Name and qualifications of Contractor’s person designated to determine and notify the Engineer in
writing when it is safe to open a route to traffic after it has been closed for safety critical work.
(10) Erection plan or bridge removal plan when submitted as required elsewhere by the specifications.
Plan requirements that overlap with above requirements may be submitted only once.
A safety critical element conference shall be held two weeks prior to beginning construction on each
safety critical element. The Engineer, the Contractor, the safety critical element subcontractors, and the
Contractor’s Engineer shall attend the conference. Required pre-erection conferences or bridge removal
conferences may be included as a part of this conference.
After the safety critical element conference, and prior to beginning work on the safety critical element, the
Contractor shall submit a final construction plan to the Engineer for record purposes only. The
Contractor’s Engineer shall sign and seal temporary works, such as falsework, shoring etc., related to
construction plans for the safety critical elements, (1) Removal of Bridge and (2) Temporary Works. The
final construction plan shall be stamped “Approved for Construction” and signed by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall perform safety critical work only when the Engineer is on the project site. The
Contractor’s Engineer shall be on site to inspect and provide written approval of safety critical work for
which he provided signed and sealed construction details. Unless otherwise directed or approved, the
Contractor’s Engineer need not be on site during the actual performance of safety critical work, but shall
be present to conduct inspection for written approval of the safety critical work.
When ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately stop safety critical work that is being
performed in an unsafe manner or will result in an unsafe situation for the traveling public. Prior to
stopping work, the Contractor shall make the situation safe for work stoppage. The Contractor shall
submit an acceptable plan to correct the unsafe process before the Engineer will authorize resumption of
the work.
When ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove workers from the project that are performing
the safety critical work in a manner that creates an unsafe situation for the public in accordance with
subsection 108.05.
Should an unplanned event occur or the safety critical operation deviate from the submitted plan, the
Contractor shall immediately cease operations on the safety critical element, except for performing any
work necessary to ensure worksite safety, and provide proper protection of the work and the traveling
public. If the Contractor intends to modify the submitted plan, he shall submit a revised plan to the
Engineer prior to resuming operations.
All costs associated with the preparation and implementation of each safety critical element construction
plan will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
15
Nothing in the section shall be construed to relieve the Contractor from ultimate liability for unsafe or
negligent acts or to be a waiver of the Colorado Governmental Immunity Act on behalf of the
Department.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
16
REVISION OF SECTION 108
SPECIALTY ITEMS
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 108.01 shall include the following:
The following items are designated as "Specialty Items" for this project:
Specialty Items
(1) Inlet (Special)
(2) Pedestrian Railing (Special)
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
17
REVISION OF SECTION 201
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
Subsection 201.04 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Clearing and Grubbing (Arthurs Ditch) Lump Sump
Clearing and Grubbing (Shields Bridge) Lump Sump
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
18
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF BRIDGE
Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 202.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of removal of the existing bridge at FSCSHLD-0.4-DRK at Shields Street over
Larimer Canal No. 2. Bridge removal shall consist of the complete removal of all superstructure and
substructure elements unless otherwise shown on the plans.
Subsection 202.02 shall include the following:
The removal of the existing bridge shall be performed in a safe manner.
When removal operations are located over a railroad or in proximity to any live water way , additional
coordination with the railroad or other agency, (United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), US
Fish and Wildlife Service, US Forest Service, etc.) shall be required.
The Contractor shall submit a bridge removal plan to the Engineer, for record purposes only, at least 20
working days prior to the proposed start of removal operations. This Plan shall detail procedures,
sequences, and all features required to perform the removal in a safe and controlled manner. The Bridge
Removal Plan shall be stamped “Approved for Construction” and signed by the Contractor. The Bridge
Removal Plan will not be approved by the Engineer.
The Bridge Removal Plan shall provide complete details of the bridge removal process, including:
(1) The removal sequence, including staging of removal operations. Sequence of operation shall
include a detailed schedule that complies with the working hour limitations.
(2) Equipment descriptions including size, number, type, capacity, and location of equipment during
removal operations.
(3) Shoring that exceeds 5 feet in height, all falsework and bracing.
(4) Details, locations and types of protective coverings to be used. The protective covering shall
prevent any materials, equipment or debris from falling onto the property below. When removal
operations are located over or in proximity to any live waterway, railroad, or pedestrian/bicycle
path, additional width of protective covering sufficient to protect these facilities shall be required.
Detailed methods for protection of the existing roadway facilities, including measures to assure that
people, property, utilities, and improvements will not be endangered.
(5) Detailed methods for protection of live waterways including minimization of turbidity and
sedimentation, and protection of existing wetlands.
(6) Detailed methods for mitigation of fugitive dust resulting from the demolition.
(7) Details for dismantling, removing, loading, and hauling steel elements.
(8) Methods of Handling Traffic, including bicycles and pedestrians, in a safe and controlled manner.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
19
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF BRIDGE
A Pre-Removal Conference shall be held at least seven days prior to the beginning of removal of the
bridge. The Engineer, the Contractor, the removal subcontractor, the Contractor’s Engineer, and the
Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall attend the Pre-Removal Conference. The Bridge Removal Plan
shall be finalized at this Conference.
The Contractor’s Engineer shall sign and seal (1) and (3) listed above in the final Bridge Removal Plan.
Calculations shall be adequate to demonstrate the stability of the structure remaining after the end of each
stage of removal, before traffic is allowed to resume in its normal configuration.
The final Bridge Removal Plan shall be stamped “Approved for Construction” and signed by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall submit a final Bridge Removal Plan to the Engineer prior to bridge
removal for record purposes only. The Contractor shall not begin the removal process without the
Engineer’s written authorization.
Submittal of the final Bridge Removal Plan to the Engineer, and field inspection performed by the
Engineer, will in no way relieve the Contractor and the Contractor’s Engineer of full responsibility for the
removal plan and procedures.
Work within Railroad right-of-way shall be in accordance with Section 107. For bridge removal over
railroads, including overhead wires, tunnels and underground facilities, approval of the bridge removal
plans will be contingent upon the drawings being satisfactory to the railroad company involved.
Unless otherwise directed, the Contractor’s Engineer need not be on site when bridge removal operations
are in progress, but shall be present to conduct daily inspection for written approval of the work. The
Contractor’s Engineer shall inspect and provide written approval of each phase of the removal prior to
allowing vehicles or pedestrians on, below, or adjacent to the structure. The Contractor’s Engineer shall
certify in writing that the falsework, bracing, and shoring conform to the details of the final Bridge
Removal Plan. A copy of the certification shall be submitted to the Engineer.
The Contractor’s Engineer shall inspect the bridge removal site and report in writing on a daily basis the
progress of the operation and the status of the remaining structure. A copy of this daily report shall be
available at the site of the work at all times, and a copy of the previous day’s inspection report shall
submitted to the Engineer daily.
The Contractor shall have all necessary workers, materials, and equipment at the site prior to closing any
lanes to traffic to accommodate bridge removal operations. While the lanes are closed to public traffic,
work shall be pursued promptly and without interruption until the roadway is reopened to traffic.
Removal of hazardous material shall be in accordance with Section 250.
The Contractor shall take all steps to avoid contaminating state waters, in accordance with subsection
107.25.
Should an unplanned event occur or the bridge removal operation deviate from the submitted bridge
removal plan, the bridge removal operations shall immediately cease after performing any work necessary
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
20
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF BRIDGE
to ensure worksite safety. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, the procedure or operation
proposed by the Contractor’s Engineer to correct or remedy the occurrence of this unplanned event or to
revise the final Bridge Removal Plan. The Contractor shall submit his Engineer’s report in writing,
within 24 hours of the event, summarizing the details of the event and the procedure for correction.
Before removal of the protective covering, the Contractor shall clean the protective covering of all debris
and fine material.
Bridge removal may be suspended by the Engineer for the following reasons:
(1) Final Bridge Removal Plan has not been submitted, or written authorization has not been provided
by the Engineer to begin the removal.
(2) The Contractor is not proceeding in accordance with the final Bridge Removal Plan, procedures, or
sequence.
(3) The Contractor’s Engineer is not on site to conduct inspection for the written approval of the work.
(4) Safety precautions are deemed to be inadequate.
(5) Existing neighboring facilities are damaged as a result of bridge removal.
Suspension of bridge removal operations shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility under
the terms of the Contract. Bridge removal operations shall not resume until modifications have been
made to correct the conditions that resulted in the suspension, as approved in writing by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall notify all emergency response agencies of the proposed removal work and any
detours 24 hours in advance of work. This shall include the Colorado State Patrol, local Police
Department, local Fire Department, all local ambulance services, and the Sheriff’s Department, as
appropriate.
All required traffic control devices, night time flagging stations, barricades and VMS signs shall be in
place, with detours in operation, prior to the beginning of removal operations each day. Night work shall
conform to the requirements of the MUTCD, Parts 1, 5, and 6.
Prior to reopening the roadway to public traffic, all debris, protective pads, materials, and devices shall be
removed and the roadways swept clean.
Explosives shall not be used for removal work without the written approval of the Engineer.
Removal shall include the superstructure, the substructure, which includes the piers, the abutments and
wingwalls, the bridge rail, and any approach slabs and sleeper slabs.
Removal of the substructure shall be taken down to at least 1 foot below the natural existing or future
ground surface at the lowest point of interface with the abutment, unless otherwise approved by the
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
21
-4-
REVISION OF SECTION 202
REMOVAL OF BRIDGE
Engineer. Holes resulting from substructure removal shall be backfilled with Structure Backfill (Class 2)
to the adjacent existing grades.
All other materials removed from the existing structure shall become the property of the Contractor and
shall be properly disposed of offsite at the Contractor’s expense, unless otherwise stated in the plans.
Existing structures, facilities, and surrounding roadways shall not be damaged by the removal operations.
Damage that does occur shall be repaired immediately at the Contractor’s expense.
Subsection 202.12 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Unit
Removal of Bridge Lump Sum
Payment for Removal of Bridge will be full compensation for all labor and materials required to complete
the work, including, preparation and implementation of the Bridge Removal Plan, inspection, equipment,
debris handling and disposal, salvaging, handling and storage of salvable materials, handling and disposal
of all hazardous materials and disposal of non-salvable materials.
Lighting required for nighttime operations will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be
included in the work.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
22
REVISION OF SECTIONS 202 AND 412
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT
Sections 202 and 412 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In Subsection 202.02 delete the sixth paragraph and replace with the following:
The areas of concrete pavement to be removed shall be isolated in both the longitudinal and transverse
directions by the double saw cut method of sawing in accordance with FHWA’s publication entitled
“Guide for Full-Depth Repairs”. Sawing shall be accomplished with the use of a diamond blade saw or
approved equivalent. Sawing of the concrete pavement shall be done to a true line, with a vertical face,
unless otherwise specified. Sawing shall be full depth and shall go through the existing tie-bars and dowel
bars, leaving free vertical edges at the limits of the removal.
After sawing has been completed, the deteriorated concrete shall be lifted vertically from its position
unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Pavement breakers or jackhammers shall be used in the
removal process where lifting is not possible. All loose materials shall be removed from the repair area.
Removed concrete slabs and excavated soils shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be
disposed of in accordance with subsection 202.07.
After concrete pavement is removed, the underlying material will be evaluated by the Engineer.
Unsuitable material shall be removed in accordance with subsection 206.03 and replaced with aggregate
base course of the class and depth specified in the Contract.
Within 24 hours before new concrete is placed, the entire surface upon which new concrete bonds shall be
sandblasted to roughen the surface and remove all fractured or loose particles in order to promote good
bond with new concrete.
The subsequent aggregate base course shall be placed with moisture and density control in accordance
Section 304.
Subsection 202.11 shall include the following:
Removal of concrete pavement will be measured by the square yard, completed to the required depth, and
accepted.
Subsection 202.12 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Removal of Concrete Pavement Square Yard
Removal of Portions of Present Structure Lump Sum
Payment for Removal of Concrete Pavement will be full compensation for all work and materials required
to complete the item, including sawing, removing, and disposal of the concrete pavement. Removal of
man hole shall be included in Removal of Portions of Present Structure. Contractor shall be responsible
for the stability of the portions of box culvert to remain.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
23
-2-
REVISION OF SECTIONS 202 AND 412
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT
Structure excavation for removal of unsuitable material will be measured and paid for in accordance with
subsection 206.07.
Aggregate base course will be measured and paid for in accordance with Section 304.
Subsection 412.13 shall include the following:
Dowel bars and tie bars for replaced concrete pavement shall be placed in accordance with Standard Plan
M-412-1 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. To anchor dowel bars and tie bars, holes shall be
drilled into the sawed face of the existing slab, perpendicular to the joints. All alignments shall be
measured and verified prior to the placement of concrete. Dowel baskets shall be used for joints in repair
areas that exceed more than one panel replacement.
Compressed air shall be used to remove dirt and debris from all drilled holes. After cleaning and prior to
bar insertion, epoxy grout shall be discharged to the back of the hole to force the grout forward. Sufficient
epoxy grout shall be injected into the back of the hole in order to cover the bar over the entire length of
embedment. Each bar shall be twisted a minimum of one full turn during insertion.
Subsection 412.17 shall include the following:
The smoothness of the replaced concrete shall be tested in accordance with subsection 105.07(a).
In subsection 412.23, first paragraph, delete the first sentence and replace it with the following:
The quantities of Concrete Pavement to be paid for under these items will be the number of square yards
completed and accepted.
Subsection 412.24 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Concrete Pavement (9 ½ Inch) Square Yard
Payment for Concrete Pavement (9 ½ Inch) will be full compensation for all work and material required
to place and finish the replacement concrete pavement, including dowel bars, in accordance with the
Contract.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
24
REVISION OF SECTION 203
EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Subsection 203.13 (e) shall include the following:
Payment for potholing shall be lump sum including all items necessary to complete the work.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Subsection 203.14 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Potholing (Arthurs Ditch) Lump Sump
Potholing (Shields Bridge) Lump Sump
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
25
REVISION OF SECTION 208
EROSION CONTROL
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Subsection 208.11 delete paragraph 7 and replace with the following:
Payment for Erosion Control Supervisor shall be lump sum including all items necessary to complete the
work.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Subsection 208.12 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Erosion Control Supervisor (Arthurs Ditch) Lump Sump
Erosion Control Supervisor (Shields Bridge) Lump Sump
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
26
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
Section 212 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 212.01 shall include the following:
Tree Retention and protection includes general protection and pruning of existing trees and plants that are
affected by execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction. The following
definitions apply:
(a) Caliper: Diameter of a trunk measured by a diameter tape or the average of the smallest and largest
diameters at 6 inches above the ground for trees up to, and including, 4-inch size; and 12 inches
above the ground for trees larger than 4-inch size.
(b) Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other
vegetation to be protected during construction, and indicated on Drawings.
(c) Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during
construction, and defined by a circle concentric with each tree with a radius 1.5 times the diameter
of the drip line unless otherwise indicated.
(d) Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants.
Subsection 212.02 shall include the following:
(d) Protection-Zone Fencing: Fencing fixed in position and meeting the following
requirements. Previously used materials may be used when approved by Engineer. Protection-Zone
fencing will be considered incidental to the “Tree Retention and Protection” line item and will not
be paid for separately.
1. Plastic Protection-Zone Fencing: Plastic construction fencing constructed of high-density
extruded and stretched polyethylene fabric with 2-inch maximum opening in pattern and
weighing a minimum of 0.4 lb/ft.; remaining flexible from minus 60 to plus 200 deg F; inert
to most chemicals and acids; minimum tensile yield strength of 2000 psi and ultimate tensile
strength of 2680 psi; secured with plastic bands or galvanized-steel or stainless-steel wire
ties; and supported by tubular or T-shape galvanized-steel posts spaced not more than 8 feet
apart.
A. Height: 5 feet
B. Color: High-visibility orange, nonfading.
Add Subsection 212.061 immediately following Subsection 212.06
212.061 Tree Retention and Protection.
(a) Submittals.
1. Samples for Verification: For each type of the following:
A. Protection-Zone Fencing: Assembled Samples of manufacturer's standard size made
from full-size components.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
27
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
2. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings indicated to remain,
which establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused
by construction activities.
A. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or videotape.
B. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of
each tree or other plants designated to remain.
(b) Quality Assurance.
1. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
A. Review methods and procedures related to temporary tree and plant protection including,
but not limited to, the following:
(1) Construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, personnel, and
equipment needed to make progress and avoid delays.
(2) Enforcing requirements for protection zones.
(3) Field quality control.
(c) Project Conditions.
1. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones:
A. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material.
B. Parking vehicles or equipment.
C. Foot traffic.
D. Erection of sheds or structures.
E. Impoundment of water.
F. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated.
G. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust toward protection zones.
3. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones and
organic mulch.
(d) Preparation.
Locate and clearly identify trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated. Tie a 1-
inch blue-vinyl tape around each tree trunk at 54 inches above the ground.
Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while
mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or
excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
28
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
Within the drip line of any protected existing tree, there shall be no cut or fill over a four-inch depth
unless a qualified arborist or forester has evaluated and approved the disturbance.
Prior and during construction, barriers shall be erected around all protected existing trees with such
barriers to be of orange fencing a minimum of (5) feet in height, secured with metal T-Posts, no
closer than six (6) feet from the trunk or at the drip line, whichever is greater. There shall be no
storage or movement of equipment, material, debris or fill within the fenced tree protection zone.
Modification of protective fence locations to accommodate construction shall be approved by the
City Forester prior to moving or erecting a protective fence. Where the drip line of trees touch or
overlap, place fence around groups of trees.
During construction there shall be no cleaning of equipment or materials or the storage and disposal
of waste material such as paints, oils, solvents, asphalt, concrete, motor oil or any other material
harmful to the life of a tree within the drip line of any protected tree or group of trees.
No damaging attachments, wires, signs or permits may be fastened to any protected tree.
The installation of utilities, irrigation lines or any underground fixture requiring excavation deeper
than six (6) inches shall be accomplished by boring under the root system of protected existing trees
at a minimum depth of twenty-four (24) inches. The auger distance is established from the face of
the tree (outer bark) and is scaled from the tree diameter at breast height as described in the tree
protection chart of the Fort Collins Land use Code Section 3.2.1.
Construction shall be performed in a manner to not damage any existing tree. Clearance pruning of
any tree on site shall only be by a Fort Collins Licensed Arborist under the direction of the City
Forester.
Equipment access/drives shall be positioned to minimize travel over the root system of any existing
tree. Equipment drive locations over the root system of any significant tree shall be approved by the
City Forester with requirements to protect the compaction of exposed soil.
Prior to construction the contractor shall meet the City Forester on site to verify protected existing
trees and the application of tree protection specifications.
The Contractor shall wrap protected trees with concrete blankets or equivalent treatment whenever
directed by the owner’s representative.
(e) Tree and Plant Protection Zones.
Protection-Zone Fencing: Install protection-zone fencing along edges of protection zones before
materials or equipment are brought on the site and construction operations begin in a manner that
will prevent people from easily entering protected. Construct fencing so as not to obstruct safe
passage or visibility at vehicle intersections where fencing is located adjacent to pedestrian
walkways or in close proximity to street intersections, drives, or other vehicular circulation.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
29
-4-
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
Maintain protection zones free of weeds and trash.
Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that are
damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect.
Maintain protection-zone fencing and signage in good condition as acceptable to Architect and
remove when construction operations are complete and equipment has been removed from the site.
1. Do not remove protection-zone fencing, even temporarily, to allow deliveries or equipment
access through the protection zone.
(f) Excavation.
General: Excavate at edge of protection zones and for trenches indicated within protection zones
according to requirements in Section 200 Earth Work.
Trenching near Trees: Where utility trenches are required within protection zones, hand excavate
under or around tree roots or tunnel under the roots by drilling, auger boring, or pipe jacking. Do
not cut main lateral tree roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of
utilities. Cut roots as required for root pruning.
Redirect roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose
roots beyond excavation limits as required to bend and redirect them without breaking. If
encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and redirection is not practical,
cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction and as required for root pruning.
Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth
cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition.
Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and
covered with soil.
(g) Root Prunning.
Prune roots that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Pruning roots 2” in
diameter or greater must be reviewed by City Forester prior to pruning. Prune roots as shown on
Drawings and as follows:
1. Cut roots manually by digging a trench and cutting exposed roots with sharp pruning instruments;
do not break, tear, chop, or slant the cuts. Do not use a backhoe or other equipment that rips,
tears, or pulls roots.
2. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently redirected and
covered with soil.
3. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly.
4. Backfill as soon as possible according to requirements in Section 200 Earth Work.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
30
-5-
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
Root Pruning at Edge of Protection Zone: Prune roots 12 inches outside of the protection zone, by
cleanly cutting all roots impacted to the depth of the required excavation.
(h) Crown Pruning.
Prune all existing trees retained on City property by cleaning and thinning the canopy. Prune
branches that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune branches as shown on
the Drawings and as follows:
1. Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to the City of Fort Collins Tree Management Standards
(i) Regrading.
Lowering Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope
grade beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone.
Raising Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated above existing grade around trees, slope grade
beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone.
(j) Repair and Replacement.
General: Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated
that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect/Owner’s Rep.
1. Submit details of proposed root cutting and tree and shrub repairs.
2. Treat damaged trunks, limbs, and roots according to an ISA certified arborist's written
instructions.
3. Perform repairs within 24 hours.
4. Replace vegetation that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by
Landscape Architect/Owner’s Rep.
Protected trees that are damaged during construction will be appraised by a qualified arborist, and
the amount of damage appraised will be billed to the Contractor.
Trees: Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that are more than 25 percent dead or in an
unhealthy condition before the end of the corrections period or are damaged during construction
operations that Landscape Architect/Owner’s Rep determines are incapable of restoring to normal
growth pattern.
1. Provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced for each tree that measures 6
inches or smaller in caliper size.
(k) Disposal of Surplus and Waste Materials.
Disposal: Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, trash and debris, and legally dispose
of them off Owner's property.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
31
-6-
REVISION OF SECTION 212
TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION
Subsection 212.07 shall include the following:
Tree retention and protection will not be measured, but will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump
sum price bid will be full compensation for all work required to complete the item, including installation
and maintenance of protection-zone fencing.
Subsection 212.08 shall include the following:
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Tree Retention and Protection (Arthurs Ditch) Lump Sum
Tree Retention and Protection (Shields Bridge) Lump Sum
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
32
SECTION 214
PLANTING
Delete Standard Specification 214 and replace with the following:
DESCRIPTION
214.01 Work Included.
This work consists of furnishing and planting trees to mitigate tree removals. Trees will be planted with
in ½ mile of the Shields project site at Roland Moore Park and as directed by the City Forester.
MATERIALS
214.02 General.
Plants shall be of the species or variety designated in the Contract, in healthy condition with normal well
developed branch and root systems, and shall conform to the requirements of the current American
Standard for Nursery Stock. The Contractor shall obtain certificates of inspection of plant materials that
are required by Federal, State, or local laws, and submit the certificates to the Engineer.
All plants shall be free from plant diseases and insect pests. All shipments of plants shall comply with all
nursery inspection and plant quarantine regulations of the State of origin and destination, and the Federal
regulations governing Interstate movement of nursery stock.
The minimum acceptable sizes of all plants, with branches in normal position, shall conform to the
measurements specified in the Contract.
Plants hardy in hardiness zones 2, 3, 4, and 5 only will be accepted. Hardiness zones are defined in U.S.
Department of Agriculture publications.
All container grown plants shall be those plants that have been growing in a nursery for at least one
growing season, or plants that have established themselves in accordance with definitions set forth in the
Colorado Nursery Act, Title 35, Article 26, CRS.
Trees and shrubs shall have been root-pruned during their growing period in the nursery in accordance
with standard nursery practice.
Possible types of trees to be planted:
-Shade Trees (3” Caliper)
-Ornamental Trees (2.5” Caliper)
-Evergreen Trees (8’ in Height)
The type of trees to be accepted by the City Forester.
If plants of acceptable quality and specified variety or size are not available locally, the Contractor may:
Substitute acceptable plants that are larger than specified at no change in contract price.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
33
-2-
SECTION 214
PLANTING
On written approval, substitute smaller plants than those specified in the Contract at the adjusted price
stated in the written approval.
On written approval, substitute plants of a different genus, species, or variety at the adjusted price stated
in the written approval.
Before any substitution of plants will be considered, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer written
statements from three sources verifying that the plants designated on the plans are not available.
At the landscape pre-construction conference, the Contractor shall name the nursery stock supplier for all
items. The Contractor shall tag all nursery stock for inspection by the Forester. The Forester will reject
any nursery stock not meeting the Contract at any of the three following times and locations:
(1) At the named supplier’s location. The Engineer will notify the Contractor when nursery stock will
be inspected at the supplier’s location.
On the project site at the time of delivery, prior to planting.
At the time of installation. Final acceptance of all plant material will be made at the time of installation on
the project site.
Deciduous plants, broadleaf evergreens, and conifers shall be balled and burlapped, or in containers used
in standard nursery practice. Balling and burlapping shall conform to the recommended specifications in
the American Standard for Nursery Stock. The ball of the plant shall be natural, not made, and the plant
shall be handled by the ball at all times. No balled and burlapped plant shall be accepted if the ball is
broken or the trunk is loose in the ball. Each species shall be identified by means of grower’s label affixed
to the plant. The grower’s label shall include the data necessary to indicate conformance to specifications.
Plants for fall planting shall be furnished balled and burlapped or container-grown unless otherwise
designated in the Contract or approved.
Stakes. Wood stakes shall be 2 inches x 2 inches square, or 2 ½ inch diameter and 6 feet long free from
bends. Metal stakes shall be 6 feet long standard T-bar steel fence post or #4 or larger rebar. Wood stakes
shall be made of untreated wood guaranteed to last in the ground at least two growing seasons. The
bottom of wood stakes shall be pointed.
Soil Conditioners and Fertilizer. Soil conditioner shall consist of composted plant material, 90 percent ¼
inch or less with a carbon to nitrogen ratio of 15:1 to 25:1. A sample of the soil conditioner and certificate
of compliance shall be provided to the Engineer to verify the organic matter content, and carbon matter to
nitrogen ratio shall be submitted one month prior to planting for approval.
Fertilizer for planting shall be used as specified in the Contract.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
34
-3-
SECTION 214
PLANTING
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
214.03 General
All plants shall be protected from drying out or other injury. Broken and damaged roots shall be pruned
before planting.
(a) Planting Seasons. Plants shall be planted in accordance with the Contract. Areas to be planted shall
be brought to the lines and grades designated or approved. The location of plants shown in the
Contract is approximate to the degree that unsuitable planting locations shall be avoided. Trees
shall be planted at least 30 feet from the edge of the traveled way, except when guardrail or vertical
curb exists, this distance may be reduced to 7 feet. Locations and layouts shall be approved before
preparatory work for planting is started. Shrubs shall not be planted closer than 4 feet from the edge
of pavement.
All layout staking for planting shall be done by the Contractor and shall be approved by the
Engineer before planting holes are prepared.
The Contractor shall place all plant material according to the approved planting plans, or as
directed.
(b) Excavation. Planting pits shall be circular in outline with vertical or sloped sides. Pits for trees and
shrubs shall be at least two times greater in diameter than the earth ball.
(c) Planting. Planting shall be done in accordance with good horticultural practices. Plants of upright
growth shall be set plumb and plants of prostrate type shall be set normal to the ground surface.
Plants with dry, broken, or crumbling roots will not be accepted for planting.
Planting pits shall be dug 2 to 4 inches shallower than the height of the rootball for trees, and 2
inches shallower for shrubs. In non-irrigated areas, planting pits shall be dug so that the top of the
rootball is level with the final grade. The tree rootball shall be set in the center of the planting pit on
undisturbed soil. Trees shall be stabilized and then the wire basket, any twine or wire, and burlap
shall be removed before the pit is backfilled. Shrubs shall be planted in the center of the pit. Plastic,
metal, fabric, or peat containers shall be removed. Shallow scores ¼ to ½ inch deep shall be made
along the edges of the rootball.
Areas to be planted with ground cover shall be prepared by placing topsoil and a ½ inch layer of
soil conditioner on the ground surface, and roto-tilling to a depth of 6 inches. Ground cover shall be
planted by excavating to a depth sufficient to accommodate the root structure of plant materials
without crimping or bending roots. After planting, backfill shall be placed around the ground cover
and compacted firmly around the roots. The planted areas shall be brought to a smooth and uniform
grade, and then top dressed with a 2 inch mulch cover of the type specified on the plans.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
35
-4-
SECTION 214
PLANTING
(d) Backfilling. When soil conditioner is specified, composted plant material shall be added and
thoroughly mixed into the backfill material at the rate of 0.5 cubic foot per tree and 0.1 cubic foot
per shrub.
Backfill shall be thoroughly worked and watered-in to eliminate air pockets. Watering shall be done
immediately after the plant is placed. Backfilling of the planting pit shall be resumed after this
water is absorbed. Roots and crown shall be covered with soil at this time. After the soil has settled,
plants must be in the proper position and at the proper depth. Saucers shall be prepared around each
plant to the dimensions shown on the planting details. When saucers are required they shall be
covered with a 4 inch thick layer of fresh moist wood chip mulch conforming to Section 213. After
completion of all planting and before acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall water plants
installed under this Contract, as needed to maintain a moist root zone optimum for plant growth.
Plants damaged by the Contractor’s operations shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
Surplus soil remaining after backfilling is completed shall be used for constructing water retention
berms, or, if not needed for berms, shall be thinly distributed (wasted) in the vicinity, subject to
approval of the Engineer.
(e) Pruning. All deciduous trees and shrubs shall be pruned in accordance with standard horticultural
practice, preserving the natural character of the plant. Guidelines for pruning are indicated in the
planting details. Pruning cuts shall be made with sharp clean tools.
All clippings shall become the property of the Contractor and be removed from the site.
(f) Staking. All deciduous trees 2 inch caliper and greater shall be staked with two stakes. Stakes shall
conform to subsection 214.02(c). Stakes shall be driven 2 feet into the ground with one stake on the
side of the prevailing wind (generally the west side) and the other stake on the opposite side. Stakes
shall be driven at least 1 foot outside each edge of the planting pit. Trees shall be guyed with 1 to 2
inch wide strips of nylon webbing with metal grommets.
Coniferous trees 4 feet or taller shall be staked as designated in the Contract or directed.
Stakes shall be spaced equally around the tree.
Trees specified to be guyed with wire shall be secured with No. 12 gage annealed galvanized steel
wire free of bends and kinks.
(g) Wrapping Materials. Wrapping material shall be horticulturally approved waterproof wrapping
paper. Wrapping shall be applied from the base of the tree upward to the second scaffold branch
and secured with arbor tape. Populus sp. are exempt from tree wrap. The Contractor shall submit
the manufacturer’s certification for the wrapping material requirements. Wrapping shall be done in
the fall months prior to freeze, and removed in the spring. Wrapping shall not remain on any trees
throughout the summer months. Wrapping shall be removed by the Contractor.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
36
-5-
SECTION 214
PLANTING
All plant tags shall be removed from plants and all packing or other material used by the Contractor
shall be removed from the site.
(h) Irrigation. Plantings that are to be irrigated shall be planted so that the irrigation system is operating
and supplying the designated amount of water as planting is occurring. Plants shall be watered
within 15 minutes of planting.
214.03 Landscape Establishment
The Contractor shall be responsible for the following:
The Landscape Establishment Period begins upon receipt of the written “Notice of Substantial Landscape
Completion” from the Engineer. Substantial Landscape Completion occurs when all plant materials in
the Contract have been planted and all work under Sections 212, 213, 214 and 623 has been performed,
except for the Section 214 pay item, Landscape Maintenance. If the Notice of Substantial Landscape
Completion is issued during the spring planting season, the Landscape Establishment Period begins
immediately and lasts for a period of 24 months. If the Notice of Substantial Landscape Completion is
issued at any other time, the Landscape Establishment Period begins at the start of the next spring
planting season and lasts for a period of 24 months.
After all planting on the project is complete, a plant inspection shall be held including the Contractor,
Forester and Landscape Architect to determine acceptability of plant material. During inspection, an
inventory of rejected material will be made, and corrective and necessary cleanup measures will be
determined.
From the time of installation, during construction, and throughout the Landscape Establishment Period,
the Contractor shall maintain all plant material, sodded and seeded areas in a healthy and vigorous
growing condition, and ensure the successful establishment of vegetation. During the Landscape
Establishment Period, the Contractor shall water, cultivate, and prune the plants, and repair, replace or
readjust guy material. The Contractor shall also remove weeds from plant beds and saucers, maintain
specified depths of mulching material and fertilize via a root feeder during the spring of each growing
season.
Dead, dying or rejected material shall be removed each month during the Landscape Establishment Period
as directed. Plant replacement shall be performed during the spring planting seasons at the beginning and
end of the Landscape Establishment Period. Plant replacement stock shall be planted in accordance with
the Contract and is subject to all requirements specified for the original material. Plant replacement shall
be at the Contractor’s expense.
An inspection will be conducted by the Contractor, Forester and Landscape Architect, 12 months after the
beginning of the Landscape Establishment Period in order to determine acceptability. Plant replacements
determined to be necessary at this inspection will be planted within 30 days following the inspection. A
second inspection to determine acceptability will be conducted no later than 23 months following the
beginning of the Landscape Establishment Period. Plant replacements determined to be necessary at this
second inspection will be planted within 30 days following the inspection. Following any necessary plant
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
37
-6-
SECTION 214
PLANTING
replacements, the Contractor, Forester and Landscape Architect will conduct a final inspection in order to
close the Landscape Establishment Period. The Contractor shall remove all guying wires, straps and
stakes from the plant material prior to this final inspection.
Prior to the beginning of the Landscape Establishment Period, a watering schedule listing the calendar
days chosen to complete the required watering shall be submitted to facilitate inspections by the
City/Engineer.
Watering in Irrigated Areas.
The trees planted by the Contractor shall be watered twice per month at the rate of 30 gallons per tree per
watering for the months May through October during the 24-month Landscape Establishment Period, or
as needed, and the trees shall also be watered once per month at the rate of 30 gallons per tree for the
months November through April during the 24-month Landscape Establishment Period, or as needed.
The shrubs planted by the Contractor shall be watered twice per month at the rate of 10 gallons per shrub
per watering event for the months May through October during the 24-month Landscape Establishment
Period, or as needed, and the shrubs shall also be watered once per month at the rate of 10 gallons per
shrub for the months November through April during the 24-month Landscape Establishment Period, or
as needed.
The contract performance bond, required by subsection 103.03, shall guarantee replacement work during
the plant establishment period.
If all other work is completed on a project, no contract time will be charged during the plant
establishment period.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
214.05
The quantity of planting to be measured will be the number of plants, of the types and sizes designated in
the Contract that are actually planted and accepted.
Landscape Maintenance will not be measured, but will be included in the cost of the work.
214.06
The accepted quantities of planting will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the various items
listed below that appear in the bid schedule.
Payment for the total cost of the item will be made at the completion of planting.
Cost of the performance bond shall be included in the cost of the plant items.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
38
-7-
SECTION 214
PLANTING
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Deciduous Tree (3 Inch Caliper) Each
Water required for all items of work will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in
the work.
Payment shall be full compensation for all work necessary to complete the item.
For each month that landscape maintenance is performed and accepted during the Landscape
Maintenance period as specified in subsection 214.04, payment for Landscape maintenance will be made
in installments as follows:
(1) 5 percent of the lump sum amount will be paid for each of the eight growing season months, March
through October for each year.
2.5 percent of the lump sum amount will be paid for each of the winter months, November through
February for each year.
Landscape maintenance performed during construction will not be measured and paid for
separately, but shall be included in the work.
Landscape Establishment, except for landscape maintenance, will not be paid for separately, but
shall be included in the work.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
39
REVISION OF SECTION 304
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
Section 304 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 304.02 shall include the following:
Materials for the base course shall be Aggregate Base Course (Class 5) as shown in subsection 703.03
The aggregate base course (Class 5) must meet the gradation requirements and have a resilient modulus of
at least 32,883 p.s.i. (R78) when tested by the Hveem Stabilometer method.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
40
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT
DESCRIPTION
Subsection 403.01 shall include the following:
Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading SG) (100) (PG28-28) (Temporary Pavement) shall be used as a temporary
driving surface following completion of Phase I of the bridge construction. This pavement must be
removed prior to placement of the final pavement structure.
Section 403 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 403.02 shall include the following:
The design mix for hot mix asphalt shall conform to the following:
Table 403-1
Value For Grading
Property Test
Method SG(100) S (100)
Air Voids, percent at:
N (design) CPL 5115 3.5 – 4.5 3.5 – 4.5
Lab Compaction (Revolutions):
N (design) CPL 5115
8
100
8
100
Stability, minimum CPL 5106
Aggregate Retained on the 4.75 mm
(No. 4) Sieve with at least 2
Mechanically Induced fractured
faces, % minimum
CP 45 90 70
Accelerated Moisture Sus-ceptibility
Tensile Strength Ratio (Lottman),
minimum
CPL 5109
Method B
80
80
Minimum Dry Split Tensile Strength,
kPa (psi)
CPL 5109
Method B 205 (30) 205 (30)
Grade of Asphalt Cement, Top Layer PG64-28
Grade of Asphalt Cement, Layers
below Top PG64-22
Voids in the Mineral Aggregate
(VMA) % minimum CP 48
See Table
403-2
See Table
403-2
Voids Filled with Asphalt (VFA), % AI MS-2 65-75 65-75
Dust to Asphalt Ratio
Fine Gradation
Coarse Gradation
CP 50 0.6 – 1.2
0.8 – 1.6
0.6 – 1.2
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
41
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT
All mix designs shall be run with a gyratory compaction angle of 1.25 degrees and properties must satisfy
Table 403-1. Form 43 will establish construction targets for Asphalt Cement and all mix properties at Air
Voids up to 1.0 percent below the mix design optimum.
Table 403-2
Minimum Voids in the Mineral Aggregate (VMA)
Nominal ***Design Air Voids **
Maximum Size*,
mm (inches) 3.5% 4.0% 4.5%
37.5 (1½) 11.6 11.7 11.8
25.0 (1) 12.6 12.7 12.8
19.0 (¾) 13.6 13.7 13.8
12.5 (½) 14.6 14.7 14.8
9.5 (⅜) 15.6 15.7 15.8
* The Nominal Maximum Size is defined as one sieve larger than the first sieve to
retain more than 10%.
** Interpolate specified VMA values for design air voids between those listed.
*** Extrapolate specified VMA values for production air voids beyond those listed.
The Contractor shall prepare a quality control plan outlining the steps taken to minimize segregation of
HMA. This plan shall be submitted to the Engineer and approved prior to beginning the paving
operations. When the Engineer determines that segregation is unacceptable, the paving shall stop and the
cause of segregation shall be corrected before paving operations will be allowed to resume.
Hot mix asphalt for patching shall conform to the gradation requirements for Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading
SG).
A minimum of 1 percent hydrated lime by weight of the combined aggregate shall be added to the
aggregate for all hot mix asphalt.
Acceptance samples shall be taken.
Subsection 403.03 shall include the following:
The Contractor shall use an approved anti-stripping additive. The amount of additive used shall be a
minimum of 0.5 percent by weight of the asphalt cement. The additive shall be added at the refinery or at
the hot plant. If liquid anti-stripping additive is added at the plant, an approved in-line blender must be
used. The blender shall be in the line from the storage tank to the drier drum or pugmill. The blender
shall apply sufficient mixing action to thoroughly mix the asphalt cement and anti-stripping additive.
Delete subsection 403.05 and replace with the following:
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
42
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 403
HOT MIX ASPHALT
BASIS OF PAYMENT
403.05 The accepted quantities of hot mix asphalt will be paid for in accordance with subsection 401.22,
at the contract unit price per ton for the bituminous mixture.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading SG)(100) (PG 58-28) (Temporary Pavement) Ton
Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading SG)(100) (PG 58-28) Ton
Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S)(100)(PG 64-28) Ton
Aggregate, asphalt recycling agent, additives, hydrated lime, and all other work necessary to complete
each hot mix asphalt item will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the unit price bid. When
the pay item includes the PG binder grade, the asphalt cement will not be measured and paid for
separately, but shall be included in the work. When the pay item does not include the PG binder grade,
asphalt cement will be measured and paid for in accordance with Section 411. Asphalt cement used in
Hot Mix Asphalt (Patching) will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the
work.
Excavation, preparation, and tack coat of areas to be patched will not be measured and paid for separately,
but shall be included in the work.
Removal of temporary pavement will not be measured and paid for separatley, but shall be incidential to
the cost of Construction Zone Traffic Control (Shields Bridge) lump sum.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
43
REVISION OF SECTION 403
WARRANTED HOT MIX ASPHALT
Section 403 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:
DESCRIPTION
This work consists of the construction of warranted hot mix asphalt in accordance with these
specifications, and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established.
MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
The provisions of Section 401 do not apply to warranted hot mix asphalt except for the following:
Longitudinal joints shall conform to the requirements of subsection 401.16. Roadway smoothness shall
conform to the requirements of subsection 401.20. Paving limitations shall conform to the requirements
of subsection 401.07.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the hot mix asphalt mix design, production, placement,
performance, process and thickness control testing, and warranty work for a period of 2 years from the
date of pavement acceptance.
The warranted hot mix asphalt shall be a mixture of aggregate, filler or additives if used, bituminous
material, hydrated lime, and reclaimed material if used. A minimum of one percent hydrated lime by
weight of the combined aggregate shall be added to the aggregate for all warranted hot mix asphalt.
The Contractor shall establish the materials mix design (MMD) for the hot mix asphalt. The MMD
consists of an aggregate gradation based on percentages of the material passing various sieve sizes, a
percentage by weight of bituminous material to be added to the aggregate, and a temperature for the
mixture at discharge from the mixing plant. The Contractor shall select all materials to be used in the
mixture including the asphalt cement. Transverse cracking shall not be included in the performance
warranty if the asphalt cement meets or exceeds the low temperature required for Superpave performance
grade PG(64-28) and PG(58-28) conforming to subsection 702.01.
The minimum thickness placed shall be as shown on the plans.
Two weeks before starting paving, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer the MMD, the method of
developing the MMD, all MMD testing, a list of materials, and all thickness testing methods.
The hot mix asphalt shall be warranted for 2 years against the types of distress listed in (d) below.
(a) Warranty and Warranty Bond. By submission of its bid in response to this specification, the
Contractor warrants that all of the hot mix asphalt placed on the project shall be free of defective
materials and workmanship for a period of 2 years from the date of pavement acceptance as defined
in the Revision of Section Acceptance.
The Contractor further warrants that it will ensure proper and prompt performance and completion
of warranty work in accordance with this specification. Warranty work shall be performed when
any defect occurs in the hot mix asphalt materials or workmanship within that 2 year period and
warranty
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
44
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 403
WARRANTED HOT MIX ASPHALT
work is required or needed on that pavement. Prompt performance and completion of warranty
work includes payment for all labor performed and for all equipment and materials used.
The Contractor understands and agrees that if so required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall
perform and complete warranty work after the 2 year period has ended. Delays for warranty work
can and may occur due to factors such as weather delays, project reasons which do not reasonably
allow that work to be performed, public interest reasons or for any other reason. Performance due
to delays will not be required to start later than nine months after the 2 year period has ended.
All such warranty work shall be solely at the Contractor’s expense up to $25,000.00. The Engineer
may elect to have additional work performed and will be responsible for payment of actual
expenses incurred by the Contractor. Additional work shall be authorized in writing by the
Engineer. All documentation of actual costs incurred in the performance of warranty work shall be
made available for audit by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide a warranty performance bond ("warranty bond") to guarantee the full
performance of the warranty work described in this specification. The warranty bond shall be in the
amount of $25,000.00.
The warranty bond shall be a single term 2 year (plus an additional nine months in certain
circumstances) warranty bond that will be in effect for the entire warranty period. The warranty
bond shall be in effect upon pavement acceptance, and it shall remain in effect for the total of 2
years from that date. The Contractor shall provide a 2 year warranty bond, that fully complies with
this specification, to the Engineer at the time of execution of the Contract.
The need for warranty work, and the performance of that warranty work, shall be determined in
accordance with (d) below. The Contractor will be released from further warranty work at the end
of the warranty period or upon completion of any delay warranty work, as described above,
whichever is later, provided all required warranty work has been satisfactorily completed.
(b) Pavement Evaluation Team (PET). The PET shall have the final decision authority for all warranty
work. The PET shall consist of three subject matter experts not affiliated with the project. One
member will be a CDOT staff person, the second member will represent the asphalt paving
industry, and the third will be mutually agreed upon by the other two members. Each member of the
PET shall have a minimum 15 years experience in one or a combination of the following
disciplines: pavement management, asphalt pavement design, asphalt pavement construction,
maintenance management or asphalt pavement maintenance. The City will cover expenses
associated with performing the duties of the PET for the CDOT member and the mutually agreed
upon third party. The Contractor shall cover expenses associated with performing the duties of the
PET for the asphalt paving industry member
Members will be replaced as necessary based upon the criteria above.
The City representative on the PET shall be responsible for scheduling distress surveys, preparing
the reports, and notifying the Engineer when warranty work is required.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
45
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 403
WARRANTED HOT MIX ASPHALT
(c) Warranty Work. During the warranty period the warranty work shall be performed at no cost to the
City and shall be based on the results of the pavement distress survey. Warranty work to be
performed and materials to be used shall be in accordance with the remedial actions and other
requirements in (d). The Contractor may propose alternative actions for warranty work to the
Engineer who will submit the proposal to the PET. All warranty work to repair distresses shall be
done in accordance with current CDOT standards and coordinated with the Engineer. Innovative
materials and techniques may be considered. The PET will render a final decision by majority vote.
During the warranty period, the Contractor may monitor the pavement in question using
nondestructive procedures. All proposed remedial actions shall be coordinated with the Engineer.
Coring, milling or other destructive procedures shall not be performed by the Contractor without
prior written consent of the Engineer. The Contractor is not responsible for damages that are a
result of coring, milling or other destructive procedures conducted by the City, utility companies or
other entities not under the control of the Contractor.
When notified by the PET that warranty work is required, the Engineer will notify the Contractor
and Surety, in writing. If the Contractor or Surety fails to respond in writing within fifteen days
after receiving written notice from the Engineer, the City may make repairs or contract to have the
repairs made and the Contractor and Surety shall be responsible for the total cost of these repairs
including lane rental fees.
At least 30 days before the expiration of the warranty, and at any other time during the warranty
period as deemed necessary by the Engineer, the PET shall conduct a pavement distress survey. If
the Engineer is notified by the PET that warranty work is required in accordance with the distress
indicators, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and Surety in writing. If the Contractor or the
Surety fails to respond in writing within 15 days after receiving written notice from the Engineer,
the City will complete the repairs or contract to have the repairs completed and the Contractor and
Surety shall be responsible for the total cost of these repairs including the lane rental fees. If it is
necessary to delay performance of the final warranty work due to weather limitations or other
reasons in the public interest, the Contractor and City shall agree to the extent of work to be
performed. Any additional distress resulting from the delay will be the responsibility of the City.
Warranty work that requires a resurfacing of the pavement shall be performed only when weather
conditions are in accordance with subsection 401.07.
The Contractor shall maintain traffic at all times as detailed in the Traffic Control Plan. Warranty
work shall be performed during the times of day and days of week specified for the original
contract work.
(d) Pavement Distress Indicators, Thresholds and Remedial Action. Pavement distress indicators
shown below shall be used as the basis for determining the distress types to be considered for repair
under the warranty and as the basis for determining the methods for measuring distresses.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
46
-4-
REVISION OF SECTION 403
WARRANTED HOT MIX ASPHALT
The pavement distress surveys are conducted by dividing the roadway into nominal one-mile
sections. A one-tenth mile segment in each mile will be evaluated for pavement distress. The
segment evaluated shall be from 0.3 to 0.4 miles from the start of the section. In addition, in each
section, a random one-tenth mile segment will be surveyed. The random one-tenth mile segments
will be determined by the PET each time a survey is conducted.
The PET will conduct intermediate surveys if requested in writing by the Engineer. The PET will
notify the Engineer in writing of the survey results within 15 days. The Engineer will immediately
notify the Contractor in writing. Traffic control for conducting the surveys will be the responsibility
of the City.
If any survey requires remedial action and the Contractor does not dispute the survey results, the
Contractor shall remedy the distress. If the survey requires remedial action and the Contractor
disputes the survey results, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing within 15 days of
receiving notice. The notification shall describe the contractual and legal basis for the disagreement
with the survey results. The Engineer will transmit the Contractor's notification to the PET which
will render a final decision and notify the Engineer in writing within 30 days of the Contractor's
notification.
The PET shall determine the remedial action to be performed in all segments in the project where
the threshold level is met or exceeded. If areas outside the survey segments are suspected of
meeting or exceeding a threshold level, the PET will divide the entire project into 0.1 mile
segments and conduct the distress survey in any, or all, segments to see if a threshold level has been
met or exceeded. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer remedial action shall be performed in
the same calendar year as the survey that indicated the threshold level is met or exceeded.
Remedial action shall be applied to each entire segment in which the threshold level is met or
exceeded unless otherwise noted under remedial action. When the remedial action required includes
an overlay, the action shall also be performed on the hot mix asphalt shoulders and adjacent lanes.
If remedial action necessitates a corrective action to the pavement markings, adjacent lanes or
roadway shoulders, then such corrective action to the pavement markings, adjacent lanes and
shoulders shall be performed at the expense of the Contractor.
When remedial action requires the removal of pavement, the pavement shall be replaced with a mix
approved by the PET. The mix shall be placed according to the Contractor's QCP. Pavement shall
be removed by cutting neat lines vertically for the full depth of the affected layer unless otherwise
specified. Removal areas shall be rectangular, and the sides and bottoms shall be thoroughly coated
with an approved tack coat prior to pavement replacement.
If, anytime during the warranty period, 30 percent or more of the project segments require or have
received remedial action, then the entire project shall receive a remedial action as determined by the
PET.
The Contractor will not be held responsible for distresses which are caused by factors beyond the
control of the Contractor. A finding that the distress is due to factors outside the control of the
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
47
-5-
REVISION OF SECTION 403
WARRANTED HOT MIX ASPHALT
Contractor shall be based on evidence submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer. The PET will
make the final determination.
Distress types to be warranted, the threshold levels requiring remedial action, and the remedial
action to be performed by the Contractor shall be according to the following pavement distress
indicators:
1. Permanent Deformation - Rutting and Shoving. Rutting is longitudinal surface depression in
the wheel path. Shoving is longitudinal displacement of a localized area of the pavement
surface caused by traffic pushing against the pavement. Rutting shall be measured at 50 foot
intervals using a 6 foot straight edge, and taking several measurements transversely across the
pavement to determine the maximum rut depth. Rut depths shall be rounded to the nearest
0.10 inch.
Severity Quantity Preferred Actions
(Actual action to be approved by PET)
Low > 0.3 to 0.5 inch Micromill or diamond grind to remove ruts, chip
seal, microsurface or remove and replace.
Moderate > 0.5 to 1 inch Micromill or diamond grind to remove ruts then
microsurface or remove and replace.
High > 1 inch Evaluate the cause and then remove and replace.
The Permanent Deformation - Correction of rutting and shoving will not be required when
the accumulated design lane Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL's) exceed "w" at time
intervals shown below:
Table A: 2 year Warranty Rutting Rate of Loading Table
Time after Pavement Acceptance
(sampling intervals)
Maximum Accumulated ESAL's
(where D = 3 year projection design lane
ESAL's) "w"
6 months 0.25 x D
12 months 0.50 x D
18 months 0.75 x D
24 months D
If the rutting is suspected to be caused by the base or subgrade, coring (or cross sectional
sampling) will be conducted by the Department to determine the cause of the rutting. The
Contractor shall have the option to obtain cores and cross-section samples at his own
expense, including repair of the sampled areas, traffic control, and all lane rental fees.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
48
-6-
REVISION OF SECTION 403
WARRANTED HOT MIX ASPHALT
2. Pot Holes. Pot holes are bowl shaped depressions of various sizes in the pavement surface
caused by loss of pavement mix.
Severity Quantity Preferred Actions
(Actual action to be approved by PET)
Low < 1 inch deep and > 0.2 feet2 Seal coat or crack / joint seal
Moderate 1 inch to 2 in. deep and > 0.2 feet2 Patch
High > 2 inch deep and > 0.2 feet2 Remove and replace to 2 feet beyond
apparent distress.
3. Longitudinal Joint Separation. Longitudinal joint separation is loss of the pavement surface
or depressions within 18 inches of a longitudinal joint.
Severity Quantity
(Mean Width)
Preferred Actions
(Actual action to be approved by PET)
Low 0.25 inch Seal cracks with hot poured joint and crack sealant materials
that meet the requirements of ASTM D 3405.
Moderate > 0.25 inch and 0.75 inch
Seal cracks with hot poured joint and crack sealant materials
which meet the requirements of ASTM D 3405, ASTM D
5078 or ASTM D 5078 with 22% scrap rubber
High > 0.75 in.
Remove and replace a minimum of 6 inches beyond distress
laterally and 2 feet beyond distress longitudinally. In no
instance shall resulting joints be placed in the wheelpath.
4. Raveling and Weathering. Raveling and weathering are the wearing away of the pavement
surface caused by the dislodging of aggregate particles (raveling) and the loss of asphalt
binder (weathering). Affected area shall be repaired to 24” beyond apparent distress.
Preferred actions include slurry seal, chip seal, Novachip, ultra-thin overlay or remove and
replace. The actual action shall be approved by the PET.
5. Bleeding. Bleeding is a film of bituminous material on the pavement surface which creates a
shiny, glass-like, reflective surface.
Severity Quantity Preferred Actions
(Actual action to be approved by PET)
Low Coloring of surface visible Observe more frequently
Moderate Asphalt free on surface Microsurface or SMA overlay
High Asphalt free on surface and
tire tracks
Remove and replace full width of lane or
shoulder to two feet longitudinally beyond
affected area.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
49
-7-
REVISION OF SECTION 403
WARRANTED HOT MIX ASPHALT
6. Delamination of Pavement Layers. Delamination of pavement is the separation of one layer
from the layer below it.
Remedial action for delamination: affected area shall be removed and replaced to one foot
beyond the apparent distress.
7. Transverse Cracking. Transverse cracks are cracks relatively perpendicular to the pavement
centerline. The highest severity level present for at least 10% of the total length of the crack
shall be assigned. Random cracks with transverse cracks are cracks that occur randomly and
are within two feet of the transverse crack. Spalling with transverse cracks is the cracking,
breaking or chipping of the pavement surface within two feet of the transverse crack.
Severity Quantity
Preferred Action
(actual action to be approved by
PET)
Low < 0.25 inch wide
Seal cracks with hot poured joint
and crack sealant materials that
meet the requirements of ASTM D
3405.
Moderate
< 0.75 inch wide
< 0.25 inch wide with spalling or random
cracking
Seal cracks with hot poured joint
and crack sealant materials which
meet the requirements of ASTM D
3405, ASTM D 5078 or ASTM D
5078 with 22% scrap rubber.
High
0.75 in. wide
< 0.75 in. wide with spalling and random
cracking
Remove and replace full width of
lane or shoulder to one foot
longitudinally beyond the apparent
distress.
(e) Elective or Preventive Action. Elective or Preventive action shall be a Contractor or Surety option,
at the Contracor or Surety expense, subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor or
Surety shall notify the Engineer in writing if it proposes to perform elective or preventive work.
Elective or Preventive work shall be done during times set forth in the Contract for original contract
work. Lane rental fees will be assessed.
(f) Emergency Work. For warranted distresses, the Engineer may request, in writing, immediate action
of the Contractor and Surety for the safety of the traveling public. The Contractor or Surety shall
have the first option to perform the emergency work. If the Contractor or Surety cannot perform the
emergency work within 24 hours, the Engineer may have the emergency work done by other forces
and seek reimbursement from the Contractor or Surety accordingly. Emergency work performed
by other forces shall not alter the requirements, responsibilities, or obligations of the warranty.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
50
-8-
REVISION OF SECTION 403
WARRANTED HOT MIX ASPHALT
(g) Traffic Control. Construction Traffic control for warranty work shall be performed in accordance
with Section 630 at the Contractor's expense.
(h) Process Control Testing: The Contractor shall perform process control testing in accordance with
the Revision of Section 106, Quality Control for Warranted Hot mix asphalt.
Cost of the two year warranty will be incidental to the placement of all hot mix asphalt pavement.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
51
REVISION OF SECTION 411
BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
Section 411 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 411.01 shall include the following:
This work consists of preparation and tack coat of existing asphalt pavement surfaces to be overlayed
after completion of milling and prior to overlaying with hot asphalt paving. Also, the work consists of
fog sealing the final pavement surface where temporary striping is to be removed.
Subsection 411.03 shall include the following:
Diluted emulsified asphalt for tack coat shall consist of 1 part emulsified asphalt and 1 part water. Actual
rates of application shall be determined by the engineer at the time of application.
For plan quantities of bituminous materials, the following rate of application was used:
Diluted emulsified asphalt (slow-setting) at 0.10 gallons per square yard (diluted)
A tack coat is required prior to the placement of subsequent lifts of HMA. Before placement of the tack
coat, the contractor shall clean the roadway to the satisfaction of the engineer.
Subsection 411.05 shall include the following:
Emulsified Asphalt (tack coat) will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included
in the work.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
52
REVISION OF SECTION 412
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
Section 412 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 412.16 shall include the following:
A two year warranty period will be apparent for all Portland Cement Concrete Pavement placed as part of
the construction project. The warranty period will begin the date the project has reached final acceptance.
All improvements which do not meet the project’s contract specifications, be it through substandard
materials or workmanship, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
The project will be inspected by City representatives on a quarterly basis throughout the duration of the
two year warranty period. The City will develop a list of improvements which will need to be removed
and replaced and deliver this to the Contractor. The City and Contractor will meet to finalize the list of
improvements to be addressed along with determining the timing of the work to be completed. The
following failures will result in removal of the Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, adjustment of the
underlying material (if necessary), and the replacement with material meeting the project’s contract
specifications:
Pavement slabs containing one or more cracks through the full depth of the slab that separate
the slab into two or more parts
Pavement slabs containing honeycombed areas
Pavement slabs containing an extreme void as defined above
Pavement slabs containing more than one void greater in depth than half the pavement thickness
Pavement slabs containing a cumulative surface area of moderate and severe voids greater than
one percent of the slab’s total area
Pavement slabs containing 20 or more severe voids
Joints that are spalled over 50% their length
Concrete improvements constructed which do not meet specified grades in the plans. If water
pools greater than 0.5” after a storm event, concrete improvements will need to be removed to
nearest grades that meet the contract’s intent and replaced, enabling proper drainage
All pavement slabs to be removed shall be removed in a manner that minimizes contamination of the
removed pavement with underlying material. The removals shall be performed in accordance with the
removal specifications for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement as are defined in the contract. The
damaged pavement slab shall be cut in a straight, true line with a vertical face and shall be cut with a
concrete saw. If the damage to the slab does not extend past the midpoint of the slab, half the panel can
be removed and replaced. If the damage extends past the midpoint of the slab, the pavement shall be
removed to the nearest joint. The removed concrete pavement shall become the property of the Contractor
and disposed of outside the project site legally. All concrete pavement removed shall be replaced with
concrete meeting the specifications for either Class E or P concrete, and shall match the thickness and
finish of the existing pavement. For repairs on arterial and collector streets, concrete placed shall meet
3000 psi strength within 48 hours of placement. A minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi or .80 Fc,
whichever is greater, and a minimum flexural compressive strength of 450 psi are required prior to
opening the roadway to traffic. Prior to removing and replacing the damaged slab, a concrete mix design
shall be submitted and approved.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
53
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 412
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
The Contractor shall provide all traffic control necessary to reroute traffic during the removal,
replacement, and curing for all concrete pavement not meeting the project’s contract specifications. All
traffic control plans shall be submitted to the City’s Traffic Operations Department for approval. The
Contractor shall notify the City’s project manager at least 48 hours prior to beginning any removals. If
any striping or stenciling is necessary after the work has been completed, the City will perform the
striping. All costs incurred for the striping will be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
54
REVISION OF SECTION 514
PEDESTRIAN RAILING (STEEL)(SPECIAL)
Section 514 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the
following:
DESCRIPTION
514.01 This work shall consist of furnishing all equipment, labor, fabrication and materials to do all work
necessary to construct the Pedestrian Railing (Steel)(Special) as indicated on the Drawings and as
specified herein. These consist of a cable guardrail and decorative fence.
MATERIALS
514.02 Materials shall meet the following requirements as follows:
1. Decorative fence steel shall conform to the requirements of Section 509 and the following:
a. Steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A500 Grade B.
2. Cable Guardrail shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 985, Specifications for Permanent
Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings, and the following:
a. Stainless steel stranded cable shall conform to MIL-SPEC MIL-C-5688.
b. Cable hardware shall conform to ASTM A 276.
c. Basis of Design Product:
i. Manufacturer: Hayn Enterprises, LLC
ii. 51 Inwood Road, Rocky Hill, CT 06067
iii. Phone: 800-346-4296
iv. Type: System SPI-2000
Welding shall conform to the American Welding Society Structural Weld Code - Steel D1.1.
Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all metal railing fabrications to the Engineer for approval,
showing sizes and thickness of all members, types of materials, methods of connection and assembly,
complete dimensions, clearances, anchorage, relationship to surrounding work by other trades, shop paint
and protective coatings, and other pertinent details of fabrication and installation.
1. Field-measurement shall be conducted prior to development of shop drawings to verify required
dimensioning of railing.
2. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, openings, size and type of fasteners and
any accessories.
3. Include erection drawings, elevations, applicable details and field dimensions.
4. Indicate welded connection using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths.
Samples: Submit material information as listed in the following.
1. Do not order materials or begin fabrication until Engineer’s review of submittals has been
completed and returned.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
55
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 514
PEDESTRIAN RAILING (STEEL)(SPECIAL)
2. Furnish to the Contractor with copy to the Engineer, a certified statement that the shop-applied
finishes conform to these Specifications, including compliance with application thickness and
adhesion.
Immediately before painting, remove rust, loose mill scale, dirt, weld flux, weld spatter, and other foreign
materials with SSPC-SP6 commercial sandblast treatment.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
514.03 Materials shall be carefully handled and stored under cover in manner to prevent deformation and
damage to the materials and to shop finishes, and to prevent rusting and the accumulation of foreign
matter on the metal work. All such work shall be repaired and cleaned both prior to and after erection.
Work shall be erected square, plumb and true, accurately fitted, and with tight joints and intersections.
Materials shall be new stock, free from defects impairing strength, durability or appearance and of best
commercial quality for each intended purpose.
Connections shall be continuous-welded type for rigid construction, with weld ground smooth. Welding
shall conform to applicable requirements of AWS D1.1.
Metal surfaces shall be cleaned and free from mill scale, flake, rust and rust pitting; well formed and
finished to shaped and size, true to details with straight, sharp lines and angles and smooth surfaces.
Weld all permanent connections. Welds shall be continuous on all exposed surfaces; exposed weld shall
be ground flush and smooth with voids filled with metallic filling compound.
Pipe rail shall be rigidly braced and secured to surrounding construction, and shall be tight and free of
rattle, vibration, or noticeable deflection during construction.
Rail shall be of Architectural Quality. Exceptional care shall be taken in welding and grinding, filing and
surface sanding to provide truly smooth, clean, neat, and flush construction throughout, free of all surface
defects and defacements.
Remove and replace work at no additional cost to the project for work of this section which is improperly
located or is not true to line, and plumb.
Repair damaged components and finishes as recommended by the manufacturer and as indicated herein.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
514.04 Pedestrian Railing (Steel)(Special) shall be measured and paid for by the linear foot from end to
end of metal rail sections, as shown on plans.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
56
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 514
PEDESTRIAN RAILING (STEEL)(SPECIAL)
BASIS OF PAYMENT
514.05 The accepted quantities rail measured as provided above will be paid for at the Contract unit price
per linear foot, which shall be compensation for all labor, equipment and materials including embedded
anchorage, painting, installation and adjustment required to complete the item.
Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Pedestrian Railing (Steel)(Special) Linear Foot
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
57
REVISION OF SECTION 601
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 601.01 shall include the following:
A two year warranty period will be apparent for all concrete placed as part of the construction project.
The warranty period will begin the date the project has reached final acceptance. All improvements
which do not meet the project’s contract specifications, be it through substandard materials or
workmanship, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
The project will be inspected by City representatives on a quarterly basis throughout the duration of the
two year warranty period. The City will develop a list of improvements which will need to be removed
and replaced and deliver this to the Contractor. The City and Contractor will meet to finalize the list of
improvements to be addressed along with determining the timing of the work to be completed. The
following failures will result in removal of the concrete, adjustment of the underlying material (if
necessary), and the replacement with material meeting the project’s contract specifications:
Concrete that has heaved or settled a difference greater than 0.75” as compared to adjacent
hardscaped improvements
Concrete containing one or more visible cracks through the full depth of the improvement that
separate the improvement into two or more parts
Concrete improvements constructed which do not meet specified grades in the plans. If water
pools greater than 0.5” after a storm event, concrete improvements will need to be removed to
nearest grades that meet the contract’s intent and replaced, enabling proper drainage
Concrete containing honeycombed areas
Concrete containing an extreme void as defined in Section 412.16
Concrete containing more than one void greater in depth than half the pavement thickness
Concrete containing a cumulative surface area of moderate and severe voids greater than one
percent of the slab’s total area
Concrete containing 20 or more severe voids
Joints that are spalled over 50% their length
All concrete to be removed shall be removed in a manner that minimizes contamination of the removed
pavement with underlying material. The removals shall be performed in accordance with the removal
specifications for Structural Concrete as are defined in the contract. The damaged concrete shall be cut in
a straight, true line with a vertical face and shall be cut with a concrete saw. If the damage to the concrete
does not extend past the mid point of a slab, half the panel can be removed and replaced. If the damage
extends past the mid point of the slab, the concrete shall be removed to the nearest joint. The removed
concrete shall become the property of the Contractor and disposed of outside the project site legally. All
concrete removed shall be replaced with concrete meeting the specifications for either Class B or D
concrete, and shall match the thickness and finish of the existing improvement. Prior to removing and
replacing the damaged slab, a concrete mix design shall be submitted and approved.
The Contractor shall provide all traffic control necessary to reroute traffic during the removal,
replacement, and curing for all concrete not meeting the project’s contract specifications. All traffic
control plans shall be submitted to the City’s Traffic Operations Department for approval. The Contractor
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
58
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 601
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
shall notify the City’s project manager at least 48 hours prior to beginning any removals. If any striping
or stenciling is necessary after the work has been completed, the City will perform the striping. All costs
incurred for the striping will be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
59
REVISION OF SECTION 606
DECORATIVE COLUMN – TYPE 1 AND 2
Section 606 of the Standard Specifications is hereby modified for this project by inclusion of the
following:
DESCRIPTION
606.01 This work consists of constructing decorative columns as detailed in the documents. These
columns are constructed with a grouted and reinforced concrete masonry unit (CMU) core. These CMU
cores shall be clad with a 1-inch ‘thinstone’ natural stone veneer with pre-cast base and capped with pre-
cast caps. A pre-cast sign panel is attached to Column Type 2.
MATERIALS
606.02 Materials shall meet the requirements as follows:
1. Joint Reinforcement, Ties, and Anchors shall be from one of the suppliers shown below or an
engineer approved equal:
a) Dur-O-Wal, Inc.
b) Heckman Building Products, Inc.
c) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.
d) Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America
e) National Wire Products Industries
f) Southern Construction Products
2. Concrete Masonry Units shall meet the requirements of ASTM C90 and as follows:
a) Unit Compressive Strength shall be 2000psi
b) Weight Classification shall be standard
c) Do not use aggregates made from pumice, scoria, or tuff
d) Provide Type I, moisture-controlled units
3. Pre-cast Concrete shall conform to Pre-stressed Concrete Institute’s “Architectural Precast Concrete
Design Manual”, Current Edition, and the following:
a) Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1 or II, color to be white or gray as required to achieve
proper color.
b) Course and Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, except for gradation. Color to be white. Darker
aggregates may be used as long as the proper color mix is achieved.
b) Pigments: ASTM C 979; Inorganic, non-fading, resistant to lime and other alkalis. Pigments
not to exceed 10% of the cement weight.
4. Mortar shall be Portland Cement meeting the requirements of ASTM C150, Type I or II.
Aggregate for the mortar shall meet the requirements of ASTM C144.
5. Reinforcing steel shall be epoxy coated and in accordance with ASTM A615, Grade 60 (fy =
60,000 psi).
6. A sample of the natural stone veneer and pre-cast concrete shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval, prior to construction.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
60
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 606
DECORATIVE COLUMN – TYPE 1 AND 2
a) Submit shop drawings for pre-cast concrete base, cap and sign panel to the Engineer for
approval showing sizes, thicknesses and anchorages prior to fabrication.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
606.03 Construction of the Decorative Columns shall meet the following requirements:
1. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as
required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full-size units without
cutting, where possible. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry before placing, unless
wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces concealed, where possible.
2. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells.
Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings.
3. Provide reinforcing steel bars in corner CMU cores as shown in the plans.
4. Grout all CMU cores and vibrate to consolidate grout.
5. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer.
6. Wire veneer ties shall be provided to anchor the natural stone veneer to the CMU core. Ties shall
be spaced not more than two feet horizontally and vertically. The contractor shall submit the wire
veneer tie to be incorporated in the work, for approval. The contractor shall submit a method for
anchoring the sandstone caps for approval.
606.04 Construction of cut stone veneer to the Decorative Columns – Type 1 and 2 at the locations and to
the lines and grades shown on the Contract Documents.
A. Submittals. Submit prior to delivery to site. Attach product name, address of manufacturer and /or
supplier.
1. Cut Stone Veneer: Two (2) full size units.
2. Color Samples: Grout compounds
3. On-Site Sample: Minimum 4 ft. tall by 2 ft. square including cut stone veneer, cut stone
grout color. Show complete installation showing a sample pattern, finish, colors, and jointing.
Protect site sample until Final Acceptance of stone work. Dispose of all samples off site
thereafter.
B. Performance Requirements.
1. Contractors Responsibility: Site stone system indicated establishes basic dimensions, profiles
and sight lines. Within the limitations established by Contract Documents the Contractor is
responsible for the design, engineering, fabrication and installation of the entire site stone in
conjunction with the columns.
2. Cut Stone Veneer:
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
61
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 606
DECORATIVE COLUMN – TYPE 1 AND 2
a. Standard grade and be free of cracks, seams or starts which may impair its structural
integrity or function.
b. Inherent variations characteristic from which it is obtained will be acceptable.
c. Color, texture and finish shall be within the range of samples to be submitted.
C. Products.
1. Cut Stone Veneer:
a. Manufacturer and Supplier: Arkins Park Stone Corporation
b. 5975 N. County Road 27, Loveland, CO 80538-9538
c. Phone: 970-663-1920
d. Type: Arkins Park Stone – Loveland Buff Thinstone Veneer
2. Grout:
a. Type S with minimum compressive strength of 1800 psi in 28 days.
b. Color grout to match stone veneer, buff to tan ranges.
D. Execution.
1. General: Do not install stone that has chips, cracks, holes, spills, stains, patches, scratches or
other defects that would be visible in the finished work.
2. Cleaning: Clean stone both back and front prior to setting by scrubbing with a wet sponge to
remove all dust and dirt.
3. Finished Grade: Lay every course of stone true and even and brought to finished grades or
elevations shown on the drawings.
4. Laying: Lay stone parallel to the base line using wood mallets or similar accepted tools.
5. Tolerances:
a. Variations from true plane, or flat surfaces, shall be determined by the use of a 4ft. long
straight edge, applied in any direction on the surface.
b. On wall surfaces the maximum variation from true plane shall not exceed 1/8 of the
specified joint width.
c. Maintain small grout lines of 1/4 inch min. to 1/2 inch max.
6. Installation of Cut Stone Veneer
a. Wet the wall with water to provide moisture for the mortar on the rock to absorb and
adhere to.
b. With a pointed trowel, apply mortar to the back of the stone about 1/2 inch thick.
c. Beginning with the corner pieces, work either from the top-down, or bottom-up. Press
the corner piece onto the wall, rotating back and forth slightly, and forcing some of the
mortar to “squeeze out”. Vary the corner returns while working your way up or down
the wall to avoid unattractive vertical mortar joints near the corners. Allow about 1/4-
inch to 1/2-inch space between the rock pieces.
d. After the corner pieces are installed, apply flat pieces starting at an outside corner and
working your way in. Remove excess mortar from around or on the rock with a sponge
or stiff brush.
e. To fit pieces or create unique cuts in the stone, chisel small sections of the stone prior
to installation. For larger cuts, a small electric saw with a diamond blade may be used.
f. Once all of the stone is in place, use a mortar/grout bag to fill in the joints between the
stone. Add colorant to the mortar, and more water to the mortar so that it is smooth
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
62
-4-
REVISION OF SECTION 606
DECORATIVE COLUMN – TYPE 1 AND 2
and flows easily out of the bag. Fill the bag about half full with mortar, and twist the
bag at the end. Fill the vertical and horizontal joints with mortar, and sponge or whisk
off excess mortar that gets onto the stone face.
g. As the mortar begins to stiffen to the consistency of wet beach sand, use a joint tool to
smooth out the mortar joints to the desired depth. A stiff-bristled paint brush may also
be used to push mortar into the crevasses and smooth joints.
h. Use a wet sponge or stiff brush to clean off any remaining mortar on the rock face. Do
not use a wire brush to clean stone.
E. Cleaning and Protecting.
1. Cleaning:
a. After all pointing has been completed, carefully clean all stone veneer and wall caps of
dirt, mortar, stains and other defacements.
b. Use stiff brush or wool for cleaning, do not use a wire brush.
2. Protection:
a. All completed or in progress stone work shall be protected at all times during
construction.
b. Use a strong impervious film or fabric to securely cover stonework.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
606.05 The Decorative Columns shall be measured by the complete unit, as detailed in the contract
documents. Decorative Columns shall include all CMU, grout, reinforcing steel, ties, anchors, cut stone
veneer, pre-cast bases, pre-cast caps, and any other items necessary to complete the item as shown in the
plans. Decorative Column Type 2 shall include cast stone sign panel.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
606.06 Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Decorative Column Type 1 Each
Decorative Column Type 2 Each
Payment shall be full compensation for all materials and work necessary to complete the item.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
63
REVISION OF SECTION 608
DETECTABLE WARNINGS
Section 608 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 608.01 shall include the following:
This work includes the installation of detectable warnings on concrete curb ramps at the locations shown
on the plans and in accordance with the plans.
Subsection 608.02 shall include the following:
Detectable warnings on curb ramps shall be truncated domes of the dimensions shown on the standard
plans. Domes shall be prefabricated by the manufacturer as a pattern on concrete or masonry pavers.
Pavers shall meet all Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements for truncated domes, and when
installed, shall be capable of producing the pattern of domes as shown on the standard plans.
Pavers shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 902 or ASTM C 936.
Alternate materials may be used, if pre-approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a sample
of the product, the name of the selected supplier, and documentation that the product meets all contrast
requirements and will be fully compatible with the curb ramp surface to the Engineer for approval prior to
start of work. Known vendors of alternate products include but are not limited to the following:
Vendor Name Product Phone Numbers
TMA Construction Supply CAST in TACT Warning
Panels 303-295-6050
East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. Truncated Dome Plates 800-626-4653
Neenah Foundry Company R-4984 Detectable
Warning Plate 800-558-5075
The domes and the underlying surface shall have a minimum of 70% contrast with the light reflectivity of
the adjoining surface. The contrast shall be verified using the following equation:
100
1
1 2
B
Contrast B B
Where B1 = Light Reflectance Value (LRV) of the lighter area
B2 = LRV of the darker area
Absolute black and white will not be permitted.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
64
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 608
DETECTABLE WARNINGS
The contrast shall be achieved by adding pigment during the fabrication of the paver. Prior to start of
work, the Contractor shall submit appropriate documentation from the manufacturer verifying that the
contrast has been met, along with a sample paver, to the Engineer for approval.
Bedding and joint sand shall be free of deleterious or foreign matter. The sand shall be natural or
manufactured from crushed rock. Limestone screenings or stone dust shall not be used. Sand for bedding
material shall conform to ASTM C 33. Sand that is to be placed between joints shall conform to ASTM
C 144.
Subsection 608.03 shall include the following:
(g) Detectable Warnings. Pre-fabricated pavers for detectable warnings shall be brought to the site in
steel banded, plastic banded or plastic wrapped cubes capable of being transported by a fork lift or
clamp lift. Pavers shall be carefully removed and stacked in a manner which results in the least
amount of damage. All pavers that are damaged during transport or delivery will be rejected and
shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. Minor cracks or chipping due to transport and
handling that do not interfere with the structural integrity of the paver or the overall pattern of
truncated domes will not be deemed as grounds for rejection.
The Contractor shall spread the bedding sand evenly in the area defined and shall screed the sand to
an appropriate embedment depth as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Sufficient
sand should be placed to stay ahead of laid pavers
Pavers shall be placed in a running bond pattern. Domes shall be aligned to create a square grid in
the predominant direction of travel as shown in the plans. Pavers shall be installed such that the
base of the truncated dome is at the same elevation as the adjoining surface, allowing for a smooth
transition between the curb ramp and the detectable warning.
When cut pavers are required to fill gaps between the pavers and the edge of concrete, the
Contractor shall bevel portions of the truncated domes at a 45-degree angle to create a smooth
transition between the partial dome and the curb ramp surface. Unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer, pavers shall be cut and installed in such a manner that the domes on the cut sections will
not significantly impact the overall pattern of the truncated domes.
The Contractor shall use a plate vibrator to embed the pavers into the sand. The size and type of
plate vibrator shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, or as directed by the
Engineer. All pavers that are damaged during embedment shall be replaced at the Contractor’s
expense.
Joint spacing between paver units shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations,
or as approved by the Engineer. Joints shall be filled completely with joint sand. Excess sand shall
be removed by sweeping.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
65
-3-
REVISION OF SECTION 608
DETECTABLE WARNINGS
(h) Alternate products. Alternate materials shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations.
The concrete surface to which alternate materials are to be applied shall be prepared in accordance
with manufacturer’s recommendations. Material requirements, color and application shall be in
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and as approved by the Engineer.
Subsection 608.05 shall include the following:
Detectable warnings on curb ramps, including sand, pavers, alternate materials, and all other work and
materials necessary for fabrication, transport, and installation will not be measured and paid for
separately, but shall be included in work for concrete curb ramp.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
66
REVISION OF SECTION 608
SIDEWALKS AND BIKEWAYS
Section 608 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
MATERIALS
Subsection 608.02 delete sentence one and substitute the following:
Concrete for sidewalks, bikeways, and curb ramps shall be Class D, and meet the requirements of
Section 601.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
67
REVISION OF SECTION 618
PRESTRESSED CONCRETE SLAB
Section 618 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Section 618.02 (b) shall include the following:
5. Threaded Inserts. Each threaded inserts shall be designed for 4 kip pullout load. Heckmann
threaded insert P-35-T or approved equivalent shall be used.
Section 618.17 shall include the following:
Inserts shall not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
68
REVISION OF SECTION 630
CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
DESCRIPTION
Subsection 630.01 shall include the following:
The Contractor shall submit detailed traffic control plans (TCP) with the proposed method for handling
traffic (MHT). A traffic control phasing overview is provided in the plans for guidelines in the
preparation of the MHT’s. Upon approval, a copy of the approved MHT shall be available at the project
site at all times.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Subsection 630.09 shall include the following:
Minimal temporary striping shall be used as part of the project. Removal of temporary striping by
grinding will not be allowed.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Subsection 630.14 shall include the following:
Payment for traffic control shall be lump sum including all items necessary to complete the work
excluding Flagging, Traffic Control Inspection and Traffic Control Management.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Subsection 630.15 shall include the following:
Two portable message signs will be required for the project for the proposed closure of South Shields
Street described previously. Provide message boards a minimum of seven days prior to initiating any
work.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Construction Zone Traffic Control (Arthurs Ditch) Lump Sum
Construction Zone Traffic Control (Shields Bridge) Lump Sum
Temporary pavement markings and removal of temporary pavement markings is not paid for separately
and is included in the items for construction zone traffic control and removal of pavement markings.
All items (including but not limited to construction signs, cones, barrels, barriers, barricades, etc.)
required for project traffic control for all activities of work is included in the item bid for Construction
Zone Traffic Control (LS).
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
69
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
70
REVISION OF SECTION 630
IMPACT ATTENUATOR (SAND FILLED PLASTIC BARREL) (TEMPORARY)
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:
DESCRIPTION
This work consists of furnishing, installing, certifying, moving, repairing, maintaining, and removing
temporary impact attenuators in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines and
details shown on the plans or established.
MATERIALS
Impact attenuators shall be sand barrel arrays and materials for plastic barrels and sand shall conform to
the requirements of the manufacturer and be capable of bi-directional shielding of the objects detailed and
located on the plans. Sand and water filler materials shall be treated according to the manufacturer's
recommendations to prevent freezing to a temperature of -50 °F. The design speed of the impact
attenuators shall be 30 mph and shall meet the requirements of NCHRP Report 350 TL-2.
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall paint, with white epoxy paint, an outline and the weight of each barrel on the
pavement prior to final placement of sand barrel arrays. All numbers shall be a minimum of 6 inches
high. Barrel type shall be one of those listed in the Safety Selection Guide. The site shall be prepared to
receive the impact attenuator by filling, excavating, smoothing, constructing the paved foundation pad,
installing approved transition and anchoring, and all other work necessary for the proper installation of
the attenuator.
The impact attenuator shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer’s installation instructions and
parts list to the Engineer prior to installation of the device.
Each installation shall be supervised and certified as correct upon completion by a representative of the
device manufacturer or by an employee of the Contractor who is a certified installer. The certified
installer shall have completed device training and shall be registered with the manufacturer as a certified
installer. The Contractor shall submit all appropriate documentation to validate that the certified installer
has completed device training and has been registered with the manufacturer as a certified installer.
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
Impact Attenuator (Sand Filled Plastic Barrel) (Temporary) will be measured by the number of attenuators
shown on the plans, installed, certified, and accepted. Pricing for temporary barrels is irrespective of the
size of barrel required.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for the pay item listed below:
Payment will be made under:
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
71
-2-
REVISION OF SECTION 630
IMPACT ATTENUATOR (SAND FILLED PLASTIC BARREL) (TEMPORARY)
Pay Item Pay Unit
Impact Attenuator (Sand Filled Plastic Barrel) (Temporary) Each
Payment will be full compensation for all work and materials required to furnish, install, certify, move,
repair, maintain, and remove the impact attenuator. Site preparation, foundation pad, epoxy painting, and
all necessary hardware including anchors and transitions will not be paid for separately, but shall be
included in the work.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
72
REVISION OF SECTION 630
PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 630.01 shall include the following:
This work includes furnishing, operating, and maintaining a portable message sign panel.
Add subsection 630.031 immediately following subsection 630.03 as follows:
630.031 Portable Message Sign Panel. Portable message sign panel shall be furnished as a device fully
self contained on a portable trailer, capable of being licensed for normal highway travel, and shall include
leveling and stabilization jacks. The panel shall display a minimum of three - eight character lines. The
panel shall be a dot-matrix type with an LED legend on a flat black background. LED signs shall have a
pre-default message that activates before a power failure. The sign shall be solar powered with
independent back-up battery power. The sign shall be capable of 360 degrees rotation and shall be able to
be elevated to a height of at least five feet above the ground measured at the bottom of the sign. The sign
shall be visible from one-half mile under both day and night conditions. The message shall be legible
from a minimum of 750 feet. The sign shall automatically adjust its light source to meet the legibility
requirements during the hours of darkness. The sign enclosure shall be weather tight and provide a clear
polycarbonate front cover.
Solar powered message signs shall be capable of operating continuously for 10 days without any sun. All
instrumentation and controls shall be contained in a lockable enclosure. The sign shall be capable of
changing and displaying sign messages and other sign features such as flash rates, moving arrows, etc.
Each sign shall also conform to the following:
(1) In addition to the onboard solar power operation with battery back-up, each sign shall be capable of
operating on a hard wire, 100-110 VAC, external power source.
(2) All electrical wiring, including connectors and switch controls necessary to enable all required sign
functions shall be provided with each sign.
(3) Each sign shall be furnished with an operating and parts manual, wiring diagrams, and
trouble-shooting guide.
(4) The portable message sign shall be capable of maintaining all required operations under Colorado
mountain-winter weather conditions.
(5) Each sign shall be furnished with an attached license plate and mounting bracket.
(6) Each sign shall be wired with a 7-prong male electric plug for the brake light wiring system.
Subsection 630.13 shall include the following:
The portable message sign panel shall be on the project site at least 7 days prior to the start of active
roadway construction. Maintenance, storage, operation, relocation to different sites during the project,
and all repairs of portable message sign panels shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Subsection 630.16 shall include the following:
Portable Message Sign Panel shall not be paid for separately but included in the cost of Construction
Zone Traffic Control LS. It is anticipated that 2 Portable Message Signs will be required for this project.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
73
REVISION OF SECTION 702
SUPERPAVE PG BINDERS
Section 702 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 702.01(a) shall include the following:
Asphalt cement shall not be acid modified or alkaline modified.
Asphalt cement shall not contain any used oils that have not been re-refined for resale. In addition,
no modifiers shall be added that do not comply with environmental rules and regulations including
40 CFR Part 261.6(a) (3) (v), and part 266/Subpart C. Modifiers shall not be carcinogenic.
The supplier of the PG binder shall be certified in accordance with CP 11.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
74
FORCE ACCOUNT ITEMS
DESCRIPTION
This special provision contains the Division's estimate for force account items included in the Contract.
The estimated amounts marked with an asterisk will be added to the total bid to determine the amount of
the performance and payment bonds. Force Account work shall be performed as directed by the
Engineer.
BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment will be made in accordance with Subsection 109.04. Payment will constitute full compensation
for all work necessary to complete the item.
Force account work valued at $5,000 or less, that must be performed by a licensed journeyman in order to
comply with federal, state, or local codes, may be paid for after receipt of an itemized statement endorsed
by the Contractor.
Estimated
Force Account Item Unit Amount
F/A Minor Contract Revisions F.A. $375,000
F/A Partnering F.A. $6,000
F/A Fuel Cost Adjustment F.A. $5,000
F/A Roadway Smoothness Incentive F.A. $3,000
F/A Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment F.A. $15,000
F/A On-The-Job Trainee F.A. $1,920
F/A Erosion Control F.A. $7,000
Force Account Descriptions
F/A Minor Contract Revisions – This work consists of minor work authorized and approved by the Engineer,
which is not included in the contract drawings or specifications, and is necessary to accomplish the
scope of work of this contract.
F/A Partnering – This work is described in Standard Special Provision - Partnering.
F/A Fuel Cost Adjustment – This work is described in Standard Special Provision – Fuel Cost Adjustment.
F/A Roadway Smoothness Incentive – Pavement Incentive will be made in accordance with Standard Special
Provision, Revision of Sections 105, 202, 401, 406, & 601 – Hot Mix Asphalt Roadway Smoothness
(High Speed Profiler). South Shields Street HMA construction shall be in accordance with HRI
Category III. Contractor is required to provide all traffic control for the completion of this work.
The cost is included in the bid item for construction zone traffic control, lump sum.
F/A Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment – This work is described in Standard Special Provision – Asphalt
Cement Cost Adjustment.
F/A On-The-Job Trainee – This work is described in Standard Special Provision – On the Job Training.
F/A Erosion Control – This work consists of minor erosion control work authorized and approved by the
Engineer which is not included in the contract drawings or specifications, and is necessary to accomplish
the scope of work for this Contract.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
75
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
1. The Contractor shall construct all final pavement surfaces with in the City Floodway to no more
than + 0.049 feet as shown in the Arthurs Ditch Replacement project. A No-Rise Certificate will be
complete by the City per the City of Fort Collins Municipal Code Chapter 10 requirements.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
76
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN – GENERAL – ARTHUR DITCH
The key elements of the Contractor's method of handling traffic (MHT) are outlined in subsection
630.10(a). A full intersection closure is anticipated for the duration of the project. The roadway must be
open on or before April 15th, 2012.
The components of the TCP for this project will be based on the following:
♦ (1) Subsection 104.04 and Section 630 of the specifications.
♦ (2) Standard Plan S-630-1, Traffic Controls for Highway Construction, Case 20 and Standard Plan
S-630-2.
♦ (3) City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control
Devices (U.S. Department of Transportation), or applicable statutory requirements of authority
having jurisdiction. Fort Collins Handbook takes precedence over Manual of Uniform Traffic
Control Devices.
Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Contractor’s equipment shall follow normal and legal
traffic movements. The Contractor’s ingress and egress of the work area shall be accomplished with as
little disruption to traffic as possible. Traffic control devices shall be removed by picking up the devices
in a reverse sequence to that used for installation. This may require moving backwards through the work
zone. When located behind barrier or at other locations shown on approved traffic control plans,
equipment may operate in a direction opposite to adjacent traffic.
The City may have entered into operating agreements with one or more law enforcement organizations
for cooperative activities. Under such agreements, at the sole discretion of the City, law enforcement
personnel may enter the work zone for enforcement purposes and may participate in the Contractor’s
traffic control activities. The responsibility under the Contract for all traffic control resides with the
Contractor and any such participation by law enforcement personnel in Contractor traffic control
activities will be referenced in either the Special Provisions or General Notes of the plans depending on
whether the Contractor is to hire local law enforcement or if the City is contracting with Colorado State
Patrol for uniformed traffic control. Nothing in this Contract is intended to create an entitlement, on the
part of the Contractor, to the services or participation of the law enforcement organization.
Special Traffic Control Plan requirements for this project are as follows:
During the construction of this project, traffic shall use the detour identified on the plans or approved by
the Engineer.
The Contractor shall not have construction equipment or materials in the lanes open to traffic at any time,
unless approved by the Engineer.
At least one week prior to starting construction, the Contractor shall notify the City of Fort Collins
Engineer of the date the Contractor intends to start construction.
All costs incidental to the foregoing requirements shall be included in the original contract prices for the
project.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
77
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN – GENERAL – SHIELDS STREET
The key elements of the Contractor's method of handling traffic (MHT) are outlined in subsection 630.09.
The components of the TCP for this project are included in the following:
City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual of Uniform Traffic
Control Devices (U.S. Department of Transportation), or applicable statutory requirements of
authority having jurisdiction. Fort Collins Handbook takes precedence over Manual of
Uniform Traffic Control Devices
Section 630 of the specifications.
Revision of Sections 100, 104, and 108 of these Project Specifications
Standard Plan S-630-1, Traffic Controls for Highway Construction, Case and Standard Plan
S-630-2
Schedule of Construction Traffic Control Devices
Temporary and Permanent Traffic Signal Plans
Signing and Striping Plans
Construction phasing plans
Detour plans
Special Traffic Control Plan requirements for this project are as follows:
A. The Recommended Phasing Plan provided in the Contract Documents is to be used as a guideline for
the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall submit his own detailed Traffic Control Plan for
approval by the OWNER. The submittal shall be made at least two weeks before implementation of
any element of the plan. Adjustments to the approved plan may be required by the OWNER based on
actual traffic operation.
B. Short-duration closures of City streets are allowed as shown in the Recommended Phasing Plans.
C. During all phases of construction a minimum of two twelve-foot lanes in each direction shall remain
open on South Shields Street, except as shown in the recommended phasing plan or as approved by
the City.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain pedestrian and bicycle movements through the project site. The
Traffic Control plan shall address the method of handling these movements.
E. During all phases of construction, a minimum of one lane in each direction plus existing auxiliary
turn lanes shall remain open through all intersections, except as shown in the recommended phasing
plan or as approved by the City.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall, at all times, provide for emergency vehicle access into and through the
construction site.
G. Keep traffic areas free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials and
equipment.
H. Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free from obstruction and available for use at all times.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
78
-2-
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN – GENERAL – SHIELDS STREET
I. Conduct operations in a manner to avoid unnecessary interference with public and private roads and
drives.
J. Provide and maintain continual temporary access for businesses and residences.
K. Roadway Usage Between Operations - At all times when work is not actually in progress,
CONTRACTOR shall make passable and shall open to traffic such portions of the project and
temporary roadways or portions thereof as may be agreed upon between CONTRACTOR and
OWNER and all authorities having jurisdiction over any properties involved.
L. The Contractor shall not have construction equipment or materials in the lanes open to traffic at any
time, unless allowed by the Engineer.
M. During the resurfacing work, only one lane may be closed to traffic at any time. Traffic shall not be
delayed for more than 15 minutes or as directed by the Engineer.
N. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate Traffic Control activities with the City of Fort Collins Traffic
Engineering and Electric Departments to assure that work activities by those departments are
coordinated with the CONTRACTORS activities. At the least 48 hours notice is required. Staging of
Construction Signing/Striping with Permanent Signing/Striping shall be established with the City’s
Traffic Department and reflected in the Traffic Control Plan and Schedule.
O. Night construction activities are not allowed.
P. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain 11’ (minimum), 12’ (desirable) lanes throughout the project
unless otherwise noted in the Construction Phasing plans.
Q. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the condition of all pavements including temporary widening and
driveways, as directed by the Engineer. Any improvements necessary will be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR and included in the price bid for Traffic Control.
R. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any temporary striping. The work shall be to the
satisfaction of the Engineer and included in the price bid for Traffic Control.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
79
UTILITIES
The following Utilities are known to be within the project limits:
Utility/Agency Contact Phone
Fiber Optic – Level 3 Aaron Whyrick
1850 Pearl Street
Denver, CO 80203
(303) 326-7534
Water – City of Fort Collins Jay East
5150 Snead Road
Fort Collins, CO 80525
(970) 221-6700
Storm Water – City of Fort Collins Glen Schlueter
700 Wood Street
P.O. Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
(970) 224-6065
Electric – City of Fort Collins Doug Martine
Utilities Department
P.O. Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
(970) 224-6153
Gas – Excel Energy Steve Roth
1901 E. Horsetooth Road
Fort Collins, CO 80525
(970) 225-7840
Telephone – Century Link Bill Johnson
3702 Automation Way
Suite 106
Fort Collins, CO 80525
(970) 377-6401
Cable TV - Comcast Don Kapperman (970) 567-0245
Parks Department – City of Fort Collins Steve Lukowski (970) 567-7278
The work described in these plans and specifications will require coordination between the Contractor and
the utility companies in accordance with subsection 105.10 in conducting their respective operations, so
the utility work can be completed with minimum delay to all parties concerned.
The Contractor will be required to provide traffic control for any utility work expected to be coordinated
with construction, as directed by the Project Engineer.
The Contractor shall coordinate expected relocation completion schedules with each utility after notice to
proceed. The Contractor shall complete a project schedule and updates to that schedule so that the project
will be completed in the time frame allowed in this contract considering utility relocations and utility
coordination at the time of construction.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
80
-2-
UTILITIES
The work listed below shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with the plans and
specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall keep the utility companies advised
of any work being done to their facilities, so that the utility companies can coordinate their inspections for
final acceptance of the work with the Engineer. Provide written notice to each utility company, with a
copy to the Engineer, prior to any work by a utility company that is to be coordinated with project
construction. A minimum of three (3) calendar weeks of prior notice is required.
For the Level 3 Fiberoptic - The Contractor shall coordinate the relocation of existing facilities and
appurtenances as shown on the plans and as necessary.
For the Larimer Canal No. 2 facilities - The Contractor shall coordinate the work within the
requirements described in revision of Section 211 Dewatering. Also, construct new ditch accesses and
provide access during construction to meet the requirements of the ditch company.
For the Fort Collins water facilities - The Contractor shall coordinate the relocation and/or abandonment
of the existing water main.
For the City of Fort Collins Electric - The Contractor shall coordinate the relocation of existing
underground electric lines as necessary.
For the Xcel Energy Gas - The Contractor shall coordinate the relocation of the existing gas line.
For the Century Link Fiberoptic and Telephone - The Contractor shall coordinate the relocation of
existing facilities and appurtenances as necessary.
For the Comcast Cable - The Contractor shall coordinate the relocation, adjustment, and resetting of
existing facilities and appurtenances as necessary.
For the City of Fort Collins Parks – The Contractor shall coordinate the relocation, adjustment, resetting,
or reconstruction of existing sprinkler system lines to facilitate road and bridge construction.
The following utility work is anticipated and shall be performed by the Utility Company or their
agents. Additional work may be necessary and all improvement shall be coordinated by the
CONTRACTOR as required for completion of the project.
Level 3 Fiberoptic – Relocate fiberoptic line between approximate STA 11+50 and 14+50 to facilitate the
proposed roadway and bridge construction. Reset appurtenances as required.
Larimer Canal No. 2 Company facilities – None.
Fort Collins water facilities – Abandon or relocate existing watermain between approximate STA 11+50
and 14+50 to facilitate the proposed roadway and bridge construction.
City of Fort Collins Electric – Relocate underground electric line between approximate STA 11+50 and
14+50 to facilitate the proposed roadway and bridge construction. Adjust and/or reset pullboxes, meters,
and pedestals as necessary.
Arthur Ditch Replacement (Laporte Avenue to Whitcomb Street) January 26, 2012
South Shields Street over Larimer Canal No. 2
Colorado Project No. BRO M455-100
Construction Subaccount No. 17905
81
-3-
UTILITIES
Xcel Energy –Relocate existing gas line between STA 11+50 and 14+50 to facilitate the proposed
roadway and bridge construction.
Century Link Telephone – Relocate telephone line between approximate STA 11+50 and 14+50 to
facilitate the proposed roadway and bridge construction. Reset telephone pedestals as required.
Comcast Cable - Relocate cable TV line between approximate STA 11+50 and 14+50 to facilitate the
proposed roadway and bridge construction.
Relocate, adjust, reset, or reconstruct lawn irrigation system between approximate STA 11+50 and 14+50
to facilitate the proposed roadway and bridge construction.
General - The Contractor shall comply with Article 1.5 of Title 9, CRS (“Excavation Requirements”),
when excavation or grading is planned in the area of underground utility facilities. The Contractor shall
notify all affected utilities at least three (3) business days prior to commencing such operations. Contact
the Utility Notification Center of Colorado (UNCC) to have locations of UNCC-registered lines marked
by member companies. Call 1-800-922-1987 for locate requests outside the Denver Metro area. All other
underground facilities shall be located by the contacting the respective company. Utility service laterals
shall also be located prior to beginning excavation or grading.
All costs incidental to the foregoing requirements will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in
the work.
STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS
October 27, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 105.22 delete the fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth paragraphs and replace them with the
following:
If CDOT does not respond within the specified timelines, the Contractor may advance the dispute to the next
level.
When the Project Engineer is a Consultant Project Engineer, actions, decisions, and determinations specified
herein as made by the Project Engineer shall be made by the Resident Engineer.
The dispute resolution process set forth in this subsection shall be exhausted in its entirety prior to initiation of
litigation or arbitration. Failure to comply with the requirements set forth in this subsection shall bar either party
from any further administrative, equitable, or legal remedy. If a deadline is missed that does not prejudice either
party, further relief shall be allowed.
All disputes and claims shall be submitted within 30 days of the date of the certified letter submitting the CDOT
Form 96, Contractor Acceptance of Final Estimate, to the Contractor. Failure to submit a dispute or claim within
this time period releases the State of Colorado from all disputes and claims for which notice has not already been
submitted in accordance with the Contract.
All disputes and claims seeking damages calculated on a Total Cost or Modified Total Cost basis will not be
considered unless the party asserting such damages establishes all the legal requirements therefore.
Delete subsection 105.22(a) and (b) and replace them with the following:
(a) Document Retention. The Contractor shall keep full and complete records of the costs and additional time
incurred for each dispute for a period of at least three years after the date of final payment or until dispute is
resolved, whichever is more. The Contractor, subcontractors, and lower tier subcontractors shall provide
adequate facilities, acceptable to the Engineer, for an audit during normal business hours. The Contractor
shall permit the Engineer or Department auditor to examine and copy those records and all other records
required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in the dispute. The Contractor shall
identify and segregate any documents or information that the Contractor considers particularly sensitive, such
as confidential or proprietary information.
Throughout the dispute, the Contractor and the Project Engineer shall keep complete daily records of extra
costs and time incurred, in accordance with the following procedures:
1. Daily records shall identify each operation affected, the specific locations where work is affected, and
the potential effect to the project’s schedule. Such records shall also reflect all labor, material, and
equipment applicable to the affected operations.
2. On the first work day of each week following the date of the written notice of dispute, the Contractor
shall provide the Project Engineer with the daily records for the proceeding week. If the Contractor’s
records indicate costs greater than those kept by the Department, the Project Engineer will meet with the
Contractor and present his records to the Contractor at the meeting. The Contractor shall notify the
Engineer in writing within three work days of any inaccuracies noted in, or disagreements with, the
Department’s records.
(b) Initial Dispute Resolution Process. To initiate the dispute resolution process the Contractor shall provide a
written notice of dispute to the Project Engineer upon the failure of the Parties to resolve the issue through
negotiation. Disputes will not be considered unless the Contractor has first complied with specified issue
resolution processes such as those specified in subsections 104.02, 106.05, 108.07(a), and 108.07(d).
October 27, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
The Contractor shall supplement the written notice of dispute within 15 days with a written Request for
Equitable Adjustment (REA) providing the following:
(1) The date of the dispute
(2) The nature of the circumstances which caused the dispute
(3) A statement explaining in detail the specific provisions of the Contract and any basis, legal or factual,
which support the dispute.
(4) If any, the estimated quantum, calculated in accordance with methods set forth in Subsection
105.24(b)12., of the dispute with supporting documentation
(5) An analysis of the progress schedule showing the schedule change or disruption if the Contractor is
asserting a schedule change or disruption.
The Contractor shall submit as much information on the quantum and impacts to the Contract time as is
reasonably available with the REA and then supplement the REA as additional information becomes
available. If the dispute escalates to the DRB process the DRB shall not hear any issue or consider any
information that was not contained in the Request for Equitable Adjustment and fully submitted to the Project
Engineer and Resident Engineer during the 105.22 process.
In subsection 105.23(b) delete items 3 and 4 and replace them with the following:
3. If the dispute has a value over $250,000, the On Demand DRB shall have three members. The
Contractor and CDOT shall each select a member and those two members shall select a third. Once the
third member is approved the three members will nominate one of them to be the Chair and execute the
agreement within 45 days of initiating the DRB process.
4. The Standing DRB shall always have three members. The Contractor and CDOT shall each select a
member and those two members shall select a third member. Once the third member is approved the
three members will nominate one of them to be the Chair.. The Contractor and CDOT shall submit their
proposed Standing DRB members within 5 days of execution of the Contract. The third member shall be
selected within 15 days of execution of the Contract. Prior to construction starting the parties shall
execute the Three Party Agreement. The CDOT Project Engineer will be responsible for executing the
agreement. The Project Engineer will invite the Standing DRB members to the Preconstruction and any
Partnering conferences.
Subsection 105.23 (c) shall include the following:
4. Advisory Opinions
(1) Advisory opinions are typically used soon after the parties find they have a potential dispute and have
conducted preliminary negotiations but before expenditure of additional resources and hardening their
positions. Advisory opinions provide quick insight into the DRB’s likely assessment of the dispute.
This process is quick and may be entirely oral and does not prejudice the opportunity for a DRB
hearing.
(2) Both parties must agree to seek an advisory opinion and so notify the chairperson. The procedure for
requesting and issuing advisory opinions should be discussed with the DRB at the first meeting with
the parties.
(3) The DRB may or may not issue a written opinion, but if a written advisory opinion is issued, it must
be at the specific request of both parties.
(4) The opinion is only advisory and does not require an acceptance or rejection by either party. If the
dispute is not resolved and a hearing is held, the oral presentations and advisory opinion are
completely disregarded and the DRB hearing procedure is followed.
(5) Advisory opinions should be limited to merit issues only.
In subsection 105.23(d) delete item 1 and replace it with the following:
October 27, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
1. Contact the Contractor and the DRB to coordinate an acceptable hearing date and time. The hearing
shall be held at the Resident Engineer’s office unless an alternative location is agreed to by both parties.
Unless otherwise agreed to by both parties the DRB hearing will be held within 30 days after the DRB
agreement is signed by the CDOT Chief Engineer.
Delete subsection 105.23(e) and replace it with the following:
(e) Pre-Hearing Submittal: At least fifteen days prior to the hearing, CDOT and the Contractor shall submit by e-
mail to the DRB Chairperson their parties pre-hearing position paper. The DRB Chairperson shall
simultaneously distribute by e-mail the pre-hearing position papers to all parties and other DRB members, if
any. At the same time, each party shall submit a copy of all its supporting documents to be used at the
hearing to all DRB Members and the other party unless the parties have agreed to a common set of
documents as discussed in #2 below. In this case, CDOT shall submit the common set of documents to the
Board and the Contractor. The pre-hearing position paper shall contain the following:
1. A joint statement of the dispute, and the scope of the desired decision. The joint statement shall
summarize in a few sentences the nature of the dispute. If the parties are unable to agree on the wording
of the joint statement, each party’s position paper shall contain both statements, and identify the party
authoring each statement. The parties shall agree upon a joint statement at least 20 days prior to the
hearing and submit it to the DRB or each party’s independent statement shall be submitted to the DRB
and the other party at least 20 days prior to the hearing.
2. The basis and justification for the party’s position, with reference to specific contract language and other
supporting documents for each element of the dispute. To minimize duplication and repetitiveness, the
parties may identify a common set of documents that will be referred to by both parties and submit them
in a separate package to the DRB. The engineer will provide a hard copy of the project plans and Project
and Standard Special Provisions, if necessary, to the DRB. Other standard CDOT documents such as
Standard Specifications and M&S Standards are available on the CDOT website.
(1) If any party contends that they are not necessary to the proceedings, the DRB shall determine that
issue in the first instance. Should the DRB determine that a dispute does not involve a party, that
party shall be relieved from participating in the DRB hearing and paying any further DRB costs.
(2) When the scope of the hearing includes quantum, the requesting party's position paper shall include
full cost details, calculated in accordance with methods set forth in subsection 105.24(b)12. The
Scope of the hearing will not include quantum if CDOT has ordered an audit and that audit has not
been completed.
3. A list of proposed attendees at the hearing. In the event of any disagreement, the DRB shall make the
final determination as to who attends the hearing.
4. A list of any intended experts including their qualifications and a summary of what their presentation will
include and an estimate of the length of the presentation.
The number of copies, distribution requirements, and time for submittal shall be established by the DRB
and communicated to the parties by the Chairperson.
A pre-hearing phone conference with all DRB members and the parties shall be conducted as soon as a
hearing date is established but no later than 10 days prior to the hearing. The DRB Chairperson shall
explain the specifics of how the hearing will be conducted including how the two parties will present their
information to the DRB (Ex: Each party makes a full presentation of their position or presentations will be
made on a “point by point” basis with each party making a presentation only on an individual dispute issue
before moving onto to the next issue). If the pre-hearing position papers and documents have been
received by the Board prior to the conference call, the DRB Chairperson shall at this conference discuss
the estimated hours of review and research activities for this dispute (such as time spent evaluating and
preparing recommendations on specific issues presented to the DRB). If the pre-hearing position papers
and documents have not been received by the Board prior to the conference call, another conference call
October 27, 2011
4
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
will be scheduled during the initial conference call to discuss the estimated hours of review. Compensation
for time agreed to in advance by the parties will be made at an agreed rate of $125 per hour in accordance
with subsection 105.23 (k) 2. Compensation for the phone conference time will also be made at an agreed
to rate of $125 per hour in accordance with subsection 105.23 (k) 2. The Engineer shall coordinate the
phone conference.
In subsection 105.23(f) delete items 2 and 3 and replace them with the following:
2. The party that requested the DRB presents the dispute in detail as supported by previously submitted
information and documentation in the pre-hearing position paper. No new information or disputes will be
heard or addressed by the DRB.
3. The other party presents its position in detail as supported by previously submitted information and
documentation in the pre-hearing position paper. No new information or disputes will be heard or
addressed by the DRB.
In subsection 105.23(f) delete item 9 and replace it with the following:
9. The DRB shall hear only those disputes identified in the written request for the DRB and the information
contained in the pre-hearing submittals. The board shall not hear or address other disputes. If either
party attempts to discuss a dispute other than those to be heard by the DRB or attempts to submit new
information, the chairperson shall inform such party that the board shall not hear the issue and shall not
accept any additional information. The DRB shall not hear any issue or consider any information that was
not contained in the Request for Equitable Adjustment and fully submitted to the Project Engineer and
Resident Engineer during the 105.22 process.
Subsection 105.23(i) shall include the following as the fourth paragraph:
If either party fails to submit its written acceptance or rejection of the Dispute Board’s recommendation,
according to these specifications, such failure shall constitute that party’s acceptance of the Board’s
recommendation.
In subsection105.23 (l) delete the third party agreement and replace it with the following:
DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD
THREE PARTY AGREEMENT
COLORADO PROJECT NO.
THIS THREE PARTY AGREEMENT, made as of the date signed by the Chief Engineer below, by and
between: the Colorado Department of Transportation, hereinafter called the “Department”; and
,
hereinafter called the “Contractor”; and
,
,
,
and
,
hereinafter called the “Dispute Review Board” or “Board”.
WHEREAS, the Department is now engaged in the construction of the
October 27, 2011
5
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
[Project Name]
and
WHEREAS, the Contract provides for the establishment of a Board in accordance with subsections
105.22 and 105.23 of the specifications.
NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed:
ARTICLE I
DESCRIPTION OF WORK AND SERVICES
The Department and the Contractor shall form a Board in accordance with this agreement and the
provisions of subsection 105.23.
ARTICLE II
COMMITMENT ON PART OF THE PARTIES HERETO
The parties hereto shall faithfully fulfill the requirements of subsection 105.23 and the requirements of
this agreement.
ARTICLE III
COMPENSATION
The parties shall share equally in the cost of the Board, including general administrative costs (meeting
space and facilities, secretarial services, telephone, mail, reproduction, filing) and the member’s
individual fees. Reimbursement of the Contractor’s share of the Board expenses for any reason is
prohibited.
The Contractor shall make all payments in full to Board members. The Contractor will submit to the
Department an itemized statement for all such payments, and the Department will split the cost by
including 50 percent payment on the next progress payment. The Contractor and the Department will
agree to accept invoiced costs prior to payment by the Contractor.
DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD
THREE PARTY AGREEMENT PAGE 2
COLORADO PROJECT NO.
Board members shall keep all fee records pertaining to this agreement available for inspection by
representatives of the Department and the Contractor for a period of three years after the termination of
the Board members’ services.
Payment to each Board member shall be at the fee rates established in subsection 105.23 and agreed
to by each Board member, the Contractor, and the Department. In addition, reimbursement will be
made for applicable expenses.
October 27, 2011
6
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Each Board member shall submit an invoice to the Contractor for fees incurred each month following a
month in which the members participated in Board functions. Such invoices shall be in the format
established by the Contractor and the Department.
Payments shall be made to each Board member within 60 days after the Contractor and Department
have received all the applicable billing data and verified the data submitted by that member. The
Contractor shall make payment to the Board member within seven calendar days of receipt of payment
from the Department.
ARTICLE IV
ASSIGNMENT
Board members shall not assign any of the work to be performed by them under this agreement. Board
members shall disclose any conflicts of interest including but not limited to any dealings with the either
party in the previous five years other than serving as a Board member under other contracts.
ARTICLE V
COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF SERVICES
The commencement of the services of the Board shall be in accordance with subsection 105.23 of the
specifications and shall continue until all assigned disputes under the Contract which may require the
Board’s services have been heard and a Recommendation has been issued by the Board as specified
in subsection 105.23. If a Board member is unable to fulfill his responsibilities for reasons specified in
subsection 105.23(b)7, he shall be replaced as provided therein, and the Board shall fulfill its
responsibilities as though there had been no change.
ARTICLE VI
LEGAL RELATIONS
The parties hereto mutually agree that each Board member in performance of his duties on the Board is
acting as an independent contractor and not as an employee of either the Department or the
Contractor. Board members will guard their independence and avoid any communication about the
substance of the dispute without both parties being present.
The Board members are absolved of any personal liability arising from the Recommendations of the
Board. The parties agree that members of the dispute review board panel are acting as mediators for
purposes of C.R.S. § 13-22-302(4) and, as such, the liability of any dispute review board member shall
be limited to willful and wanton misconduct as provided for in C.R.S. § 13-22-305(6)
DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD
THREE PARTY AGREEMENT PAGE 3
COLORADO PROJECT NO.
IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed the day and
year first written above.
October 27, 2011
7
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
BOARD MEMBER: .
BY: .
BOARD MEMBER: .
BY: .
BOARD MEMBER: .
BY: .
CONTRACTOR: .
BY: .
TITLE:
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
BY: Date: .
TITLE: CHIEF ENGINEER
In subsection 105.24 (b) 12, delete A and replace with the following:
A. These categories represent the only costs that are recoverable by the Contractor. All other costs or
categories of costs are not recoverable:
(1) Actual wages and benefits, including FICA, paid for additional labor not otherwise included in (5)
below
(2) Costs for additional bond, insurance and tax
(3) Increased costs for materials
(4) Equipment costs calculated in accordance with subsection 109.04(c) for Contractor owned
equipment and based on certified invoice costs for rented equipment
(5) Costs of extended job site overhead
(6) Costs of salaried employees not otherwise included in (1) or (5) above incurred as a direct result
of the dispute or claim
(7) Claims from subcontractors and suppliers at any level (the same level of detail as specified herein
is required for all such claims)
(8) An additional 16 percent will be added to the total of items (1) through (7) as compensation for
items for which no specific allowance is provided, including profit and home office overhead.
(9) Interest shall be paid in accordance with CRS 5-12-102 beginning from the date of the Notice of
Intent to File Claim
In subsection 105.24(c) delete the first sentence and replace it with the following:
An audit may be performed by the Department for any dispute or claim, and is mandatory for all disputes and
claims with amounts greater than $250,000.
Subsection 105.24 shall include the following:
October 27, 2011
8
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY ARBITRATION RULES MODIFIED
FOR USE WITH CDOT SPECIFICATION SUBSECTION 105.24
REGULAR TRACK PROCEDURES
R-1. Agreement of Parties
(a) The parties shall be deemed to have made these rules a part of their Contract. These rules and any
amendments shall apply in the form in effect at the time the administrative requirements are met for a demand
for arbitration. The parties, by written agreement, may vary the procedures set forth in these rules. After
appointment of the arbitrator, such modifications may be made only with the consent of the arbitrator.
(b) Unless the parties determine otherwise, the Fast Track Procedures shall apply in any case in which
aggregate claims do not exceed $75,000, exclusive of interest and arbitration fees and costs. Parties may
also agree to use these procedures in larger cases. Unless the parties agree otherwise, these procedures will
not apply in cases involving more than two parties except for pass-through claims. The Fast Track
Procedures shall be applied as described in Sections F-1 through F-13 of these rules, in addition to any other
portion of these rules that is not in conflict with the Fast Track Procedures.
(c) Unless the parties agree otherwise, the Procedures for Large, Complex Construction Disputes shall apply to
all cases in which the disclosed aggregate claims of any party is at least $500,000, exclusive of claimed
interest, arbitration fees and costs. Parties may also agree to use these procedures in cases involving claims
under $500,000, or in nonmonetary cases. The Procedures for Large, Complex Construction Disputes shall
be applied as described in Sections L-1 through L-4 of these rules, in addition to any other portion of these
rules that is not in conflict with the Procedures for Large, Complex Construction Disputes.
(d) All other cases shall be administered in accordance with Sections R-1 through R-45 of these rules.
R-2. Independent Arbitration Provider and Delegation of Duties
When parties agree to arbitrate under these rules, or when they provide for arbitration by an independent third-
party (Arbitration Provider) and an arbitration is initiated under these rules, they thereby authorize the Arbitration
Provider to administer the arbitration. The authority and duties of the Arbitration Provider are prescribed in the
parties’ Contract and in these rules, and may be carried out through such of the Arbitration Provider’s
representatives as it may direct. The Arbitration Provider will assign the administration of an arbitration to its
Denver office
R-3. Initiation of Arbitration
Arbitration shall be initiated in the following manner.
(a) The Contractor shall, within 30 days after the Chief Engineer issues a decision, submit to the Chief Engineer
written notice of its intention to arbitrate (the "demand"). The demand shall indicate the appropriate
qualifications for the arbitrator(s) to be appointed to hear the arbitration.
(b) CDOT may file an answering statement with the Contractor within 15 days after receiving the demand. If a
counterclaim is asserted, it shall contain a statement setting forth the nature of the counterclaim, the amount
involved, if any, and the remedy sought.
October 27, 2011
9
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(c) The Chief Engineer shall retain an Arbitration Provider, such as the American Arbitration Association, which
will administer an arbitration pursuant to these Rules, except to the extent that such rules conflict with the
specifications, in which case the specifications shall control.
(d) The Arbitration Provider shall confirm its retention to the parties.
R-4. Consolidation or Joinder
If the parties' agreement or the law provides for consolidation or joinder of related arbitrations, all involved parties
will endeavor to agree on a process to effectuate the consolidation or joinder.
If they are unable to agree, the Arbitration Provider shall directly appoint a single arbitrator for the limited purpose
of deciding whether related arbitrations should be consolidated or joined and, if so, establishing a fair and
appropriate process for consolidation or joinder. The Arbitration Provider may take reasonable administrative
action to accomplish the consolidation or joinder as directed by the arbitrator.
R-5. Appointment of Arbitrator
An arbitrator shall be appointed in the following manner:
(a) Immediately after the Arbitration Provider is retained, the Arbitration Provider shall send simultaneously to
each party to the dispute an identical list of 10 names of potential arbitrators. The parties are encouraged to
agree to an arbitrator from the submitted list and to advise the AAA of their agreement. Absent agreement of
the parties, the arbitrator shall not have served as the mediator in the mediation phase of the instant
proceeding.
(b) If the parties cannot agree to arbitrator(s), each party to the dispute shall have 15 calendar days from the
transmittal date in which to strike names objected to, number the remaining names in order of preference, and
return the list to the Arbitration Provider. If a party does not return the list within the time specified, all persons
named therein shall be deemed acceptable. From among the persons who have been approved on both lists,
and in accordance with the designated order of mutual preference, the Arbitration Provider shall invite an
arbitrator to serve.
(c) Unless both parties agree otherwise one arbitrator shall be used for claims less than $250,000 and three
arbitrators shall be used for claims $250,000 and greater. Within 15 calendar days from the date of the
appointment of the last arbitrator, the Arbitration Provider shall appoint a chairperson.
(d) The entire claim record will be made available to the arbitrators by the Chief Engineer within 15 calendar days
from the date of the appointment of the last arbitrator.
R-6. Changes of Claim
The arbitrator(s) will not consider any information that was not previously made a part of the claim record as
transmitted by the Chief Engineer, other than clarification and data supporting previously submitted
documentation.
R-7. Disclosure
(a) Any person appointed or to be appointed as an arbitrator shall disclose to the Arbitration Provider any
circumstance likely to give rise to justifiable doubt as to the arbitrator's impartiality or independence, including
any bias or any interest in the result of the arbitration or any relationship with the parties or their
representatives. Such obligation shall remain in effect throughout the arbitration.
October 27, 2011
10
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(b) Upon receipt of such information from the arbitrator or another source, the Arbitration Provider shall
communicate the information to the parties and, if it deems it appropriate to do so, to the arbitrator and others.
(c) In order to encourage disclosure by arbitrators, disclosure of information pursuant to this Section R-6 is not to
be construed as an indication that the arbitrator considers that the disclosed circumstances are likely to affect
impartiality or independence.
(d) In no case shall an arbitrator be employed by, affiliated with, or have consultive or business connection with
the claimant Contractor or CDOT. An arbitrator shall not have assisted either in the evaluation, preparation, or
presentation of the claim case either for the Contractor or the Department or have rendered an opinion on the
merits of the claim for either party, and shall not do so during the proceedings of arbitration.
R-8. Disqualification of Arbitrator
(a) Any arbitrator shall be impartial and independent and shall perform his or her duties with diligence and in
good faith, and shall be subject to disqualification for: (i) partiality or lack of independence, (ii) inability or
refusal to perform his or her duties with diligence and in good faith; and/or (iii) any grounds for disqualification
provided by applicable law.
(b) Upon objection of a party to the continued service of an arbitrator, or on its own initiative, the Arbitration
Provider shall determine whether the arbitrator should be disqualified under the grounds set out above, and
shall inform the parties of its decision, which decision shall be conclusive.
R-9. Communication with Arbitrator
No party and no one acting on behalf of any party shall communicate ex parte with an arbitrator or a candidate for
arbitrator concerning the arbitration.
R-10. Vacancies
(a) If for any reason an arbitrator is unable to perform the duties of the office, the Arbitration Provider may, on
proof satisfactory to it, declare the office vacant. Vacancies shall be filled in accordance with the applicable
provisions of these rules.
(b) In the event of a vacancy in a panel of neutral arbitrators after the hearings have commenced, the remaining
arbitrator or arbitrators may continue with the hearing and determination of the controversy, unless the parties
agree otherwise.
(c) In the event of the appointment of a substitute arbitrator, the panel of arbitrators shall determine in its sole
discretion whether it is necessary to repeat all or part of any prior hearings.
R-11. Jurisdiction
(a) The arbitrator shall have the power to rule on his or her own jurisdiction, including any objections with respect
to the existence, scope or validity of the arbitration agreement.
(b) The arbitrator shall have the power to determine the existence or validity of a contract of which an arbitration
clause forms a part. Such an arbitration clause shall be treated as an agreement independent of the other
terms of the contract. A decision by the arbitrator that the contract is null and void shall not for that reason
alone render invalid the arbitration clause.
October 27, 2011
11
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(c) A party must object to the jurisdiction of the arbitrator or to the arbitrability of a claim or counterclaim no later
than 15 days after the Arbitration Provider confirms its retention to the parties. The arbitrator may rule on such
objections as a preliminary matter or as part of the final award.
R-12. Administrative Conference
At the request of any party or upon the Arbitration Provider’s own initiative, the Arbitration Provider may conduct
an administrative conference, in person or by telephone, with the parties and/or their representatives. The
conference may address such issues as arbitrator selection, potential exchange of information, a timetable for
hearings and any other administrative matters.
R-13. Preliminary Hearing
(a) At the request of any party or at the discretion of the arbitrator or the Arbitration Provider, the arbitrator may
schedule as soon as practicable a preliminary hearing with the parties and/or their representatives. The
preliminary hearing may be conducted by telephone at the arbitrator's discretion.
(b) During the preliminary hearing, the parties and the arbitrator should discuss the future conduct of the case,
including clarification of the issues and claims, a schedule for the hearings and any other preliminary matters.
R-14. Exchange of Information
(a) At the request of any party or at the discretion of the arbitrator, consistent with the expedited nature of
arbitration, the arbitrator may direct: (i) the production of documents and other information; (ii) short
depositions, particularly with regard to experts; and/or (iii) the identification of any witnesses to be called.
(b) At least five business days prior to the hearing, the parties shall exchange copies of all exhibits they intend to
submit at the hearing.
(c) The arbitrator is authorized to resolve any disputes concerning the exchange of information.
(d) Additional discovery may be ordered by the arbitrator in extraordinary cases when the demands of justice
require it.
R-15. Date, Time, and Place of Hearing
(a) The arbitrator shall set the date, time, and place for each hearing and/or conference. The parties shall
respond to requests for hearing dates in a timely manner, be cooperative in scheduling the earliest practicable
date, and adhere to the established hearing schedule.
(b) The parties may mutually agree on the locale where the arbitration is to be held. Absent such agreement, the
arbitration shall be held in the City and County of Denver.
(c) The Arbitration Provider shall send a notice of hearing to the parties at least ten calendar days in advance of
the hearing date, unless otherwise agreed by the parties.
R-16. Attendance at Hearings
The arbitrator and the Arbitration Provider shall maintain the privacy of the hearings unless the law provides to the
contrary. Any person having a direct interest in the arbitration is entitled to attend hearings. The arbitrator shall
otherwise have the power to require the exclusion of any witness, other than a party or other essential person,
during the testimony of any other witness. It shall be discretionary with the arbitrator to determine the propriety of
the attendance of any person other than a party and its representative.
October 27, 2011
12
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
R-17. Representation
Any party may be represented by counsel or other authorized representative. A party intending to be so
represented shall notify the other party and the Arbitration Provider of the name and address of the representative
at least three calendar days prior to the date set for the hearing at which that person is first to appear.
R-18. Oaths
Before proceeding with the first hearing, each arbitrator may take an oath of office and, if required by law, shall do
so. The arbitrator may require witnesses to testify under oath administered by any duly qualified person and, if it is
required by law or requested by any party, shall do so.
R-19. Stenographic Record
Any party desiring a stenographic record shall make arrangements directly with a stenographer and shall notify
the other parties of these arrangements at least three days in advance of the hearing. The requesting party or
parties shall pay the cost of the record. If the transcript is agreed by the parties, or determined by the arbitrator to
be the official record of the proceeding, it must be provided to the arbitrator and made available to the other
parties for inspection, at a date, time, and place determined by the arbitrator.
R-20. Interpreters
Any party wishing an interpreter shall make all arrangements directly with the interpreter and shall assume the
costs of the service.
R-21. Postponements
The arbitrator for good cause shown may postpone any hearing upon agreement of the parties, upon request of a
party, or upon the arbitrator's own initiative.
R-22. Arbitration in the Absence of a Party or Representative
Unless the law provides to the contrary, the arbitration may proceed in the absence of any party or representative
who, after due notice, fails to be present or fails to obtain a postponement. An award shall not be made solely on
the default of a party. The arbitrator shall require the party who is present to submit such evidence as the
arbitrator may require for the making of an award.
R-23. Conduct of Proceedings
(a) The Contractor shall present evidence to support its claim. CDOT shall then present evidence supporting its
defense. Witnesses for each party shall also submit to questions from the arbitrator and the adverse party.
The arbitrator has the discretion to vary this procedure; provided that the parties are treated with equality and
that each party has the right to be heard and is given a fair opportunity to present its case.
(b) The arbitrator, exercising his or her discretion, shall conduct the proceedings with a view to expediting the
resolution of the dispute and may direct the order of proof, bifurcate proceedings, and direct the parties to
focus their presentations on issues the decision of which could dispose of all or part of the case. The
arbitrator shall entertain motions, including motions that dispose of all or part of a claim or that may expedite
the proceedings, and may also make preliminary rulings and enter interlocutory orders.
(c) The parties may agree to waive oral hearings in any case.
R-24. Evidence
October 27, 2011
13
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(a) The arbitrators shall consider all written information available in the claim record and all oral presentations in
support of that record by the Contractor and CDOT. Conformity to legal rules of evidence shall not be
necessary.
(b) The arbitrators shall not consider any written documents or arguments which have not previously been made
a part of the claim record, other than clarification and data supporting previously submitted documentation.
The arbitrators shall not consider an increase in the amount of the claim, or any new claims.
(c) The arbitrator shall determine the admissibility, relevance, and materiality of any evidence offered. The
arbitrator may request offers of proof and may reject evidence deemed by the arbitrator to be cumulative,
unreliable, unnecessary, or of slight value compared to the time and expense involved. All evidence shall be
taken in the presence of all of the arbitrators and all of the parties, except where: (i) any of the parties is
absent, in default, or has waived the right to be present, or (ii) the parties and the arbitrators agree otherwise.
(d) The arbitrator shall take into account applicable principles of legal privilege, such as those involving the
confidentiality of communications between a lawyer and client.
(e) An arbitrator or other person authorized by law to subpoena witnesses or documents may do so upon the
request of any party or independently.
R-25. Evidence by Affidavit and Post-hearing Filing of Documents or Other Evidence
(a) The arbitrator may receive and consider the evidence of witnesses by declaration or affidavit, but shall give it
only such weight as the arbitrator deems it entitled to after consideration of any objection made to its
admission.
(b) If the parties agree or the arbitrator directs that documents or other evidence be submitted to the arbitrator
after the hearing, the documents or other evidence, unless otherwise agreed by the parties and the arbitrator,
shall be filed with the Arbitration Provider for transmission to the arbitrator. All parties shall be afforded an
opportunity to examine and respond to such documents or other evidence.
R-26. Inspection or Investigation
An arbitrator finding it necessary to make an inspection or investigation in connection with the arbitration shall
direct the Arbitration Provider to so advise the parties. The arbitrator shall set the date and time and the
Arbitration Provider shall notify the parties. Any party who so desires may be present at such an inspection or
investigation. In the event that one or all parties are not present at the inspection or investigation, the arbitrator
shall make an oral or written report to the parties and afford them an opportunity to comment.
R-27. Interim Measures
(a) The arbitrator may take whatever interim measures he or she deems necessary, including injunctive relief and
measures for the protection or conservation of property and disposition of perishable goods.
(b) A request for interim measures addressed by a party to a judicial authority shall not be deemed incompatible
with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate.
R-28. Closing of Hearing
When satisfied that the presentation of the parties is complete, the arbitrator shall declare the hearing closed.
If documents or responses are to be filed as provided in Section R-24, or if briefs are to be filed, the hearing shall
be declared closed as of the final date set by the arbitrator for the receipt of documents, responses, or briefs. The
October 27, 2011
14
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
time limit within which the arbitrator is required to make the award shall commence to run, in the absence of other
agreements by the parties and the arbitrator, upon the closing of the hearing.
R-29. Reopening of Hearing
The hearing may be reopened on the arbitrator's initiative, or by direction of the arbitrator upon application of a
party, at any time before the award is made. If reopening the hearing would prevent the making of the award
within the specific time agreed to by the parties in the arbitration agreement, the matter may not be reopened
unless the parties agree to an extension of time. When no specific date is fixed by agreement of the parties, the
arbitrator shall have 15 calendar days from the closing of the reopened hearing within which to make an award.
R-30. Waiver of Rules
Any party who proceeds with the arbitration after knowledge that any provision or requirement of these rules has
not been complied with and who fails to state an objection in writing shall be deemed to have waived the right to
object.
R-31. Extensions of Time
The parties may modify any period of time by mutual agreement. The Arbitration Provider or the arbitrator may for
good cause extend any period of time established by these rules, except the time for making the award. The
Arbitration Provider shall notify the parties of any extension.
R-32. Serving of Notice
(a) Any papers, notices, or process necessary or proper for the initiation or continuation of an arbitration under
these rules; for any court action in connection therewith, or for the entry of judgment on any award made
under these rules, may be served on a party by mail addressed to the party or its representative at the last
known address or by personal service, in or outside the state where the arbitration is to be held, provided that
reasonable opportunity to be heard with regard thereto has been granted to the party.
(b) The Arbitration Provider, the arbitrator and the parties may also use overnight delivery, electronic facsimile
transmission (fax), or electronic mail (email) to give the notices required by these rules.
(c) Unless otherwise instructed by the Arbitration Provider or by the arbitrator, any documents submitted by any
party to the Arbitration Provider or to the arbitrator shall simultaneously be provided to the other party or
parties to the arbitration.
R-33. Majority Decision
When the panel consists of more than one arbitrator, unless required by law or by the arbitration agreement, a
majority of the arbitrators must make all decisions.
R-34. Time of Award
The award shall be made promptly by the arbitrator and, unless otherwise agreed by the parties or specified by
law, no later than 30 calendar days from the date of closing the hearing, or, if oral hearings have been waived,
from the date of the Arbitration Provider’s transmittal of the final statements and proofs to the arbitrator.
R-35. Form of Award
October 27, 2011
15
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
After complete review of the facts associated with the claim, the arbitrators shall render a written explanation of
their decision. When three arbitrators are used, and only two arbitrators agree then the award shall be signed by
the two arbitrators. The arbitrator's decision shall include:
(a) A summary of the issues and factual evidence presented by the Contractor and the Department concerning
the claim;
(b) Decisions concerning the validity of the claim;
(c) Decisions concerning the value of the claim as to cost impacts if the claim is determined to be valid;
(d) The contractual and factual bases supporting the decisions made including an explanation as to why each
and every position was accepted or rejected;
(e) Detailed and supportable calculations which support any decisions.
R-36. Scope of Award
(a) The arbitrator may grant any remedy or relief that the arbitrator deems just and equitable and within the scope
of the agreement of the parties, including, but not limited to, equitable relief and specific performance of a
contract.
(b) In addition to the final award, the arbitrator may make other decisions, including interim, interlocutory, or partial
rulings, orders, and awards. (c) The award of the arbitrator may include interest at the statutory rate and from
such date as the arbitrator may deem appropriate.
R-37. Delivery of Award to Parties
Parties shall accept as notice and delivery of the award the placing of the award or a true copy thereof in the mail
addressed to the parties or their representatives at the last known address, personal or electronic service of the
award, or the filing of the award in any other manner that is permitted by law.
R-38. Modification of Award
Within 10 calendar days after the transmittal of an award, the arbitrator on his or her initiative, or any party, upon
notice to the other parties, may request that the arbitrator correct any clerical, typographical, technical or
computational errors in the award. The arbitrator is not empowered to redetermine the merits of any claim already
decided.
If the modification request is made by a party, the other parties shall be given 10 calendar days to respond to the
request. The arbitrator shall dispose of the request within 25 calendar days after transmittal by the Arbitration
Provider to the arbitrator of the request.
If applicable law provides a different procedural time frame, that procedure shall be followed.
R-39. Appeal of Award
Appeal of the arbitrators’ decision concerning the merit of the claim is governed by the Colorado Uniform
Arbitration Act, C.R.S. §§ 13-22-202 to -230. Either party may appeal the arbitrator’s decision on the value of the
claim to the Colorado State District Court in and for the City and County of Denver for trial de novo.
R-40. Release of Documents for Judicial Proceedings
October 27, 2011
16
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
The Arbitration Provider shall, upon the written request of a party, furnish to the party, at its expense, certified
copies of any papers in the Arbitration Provider’s possession that may be required in judicial proceedings relating
to the arbitration.
R-41. Applications to Court and Exclusion of Liability
(a) No judicial proceeding by a party relating to the subject matter of the arbitration shall be deemed a waiver of
the party's right to arbitrate.
(b) Neither the Arbitration Provider nor any arbitrator in a proceeding under these rules is a necessary or proper
party in judicial proceedings relating to the arbitration.
(c) Parties to these rules shall be deemed to have consented that judgment upon the arbitration award may be
entered in any federal or state court having jurisdiction thereof.
(d) Parties to an arbitration under these rules shall be deemed to have consented that neither the Arbitration
Provider nor any arbitrator shall be liable to any party in any action for damages or injunctive relief for any act
or omission in connection with any arbitration under these rules.
R-42. Administrative Fees
The Arbitration Provider shall prescribe filing and other administrative fees and service charges to compensate it
for the cost of providing administrative services. The fees in effect when the fee or charge is incurred shall be
applicable. Such fees and charges shall be borne equally by the parties.
The Arbitration Provider may, in the event of extreme hardship on the part of any party, defer or reduce the
administrative fees.
R-43. Expenses
The expenses of witnesses for either side shall be paid by the party producing such witnesses. All other expenses
of the arbitration, including required travel and other expenses of the arbitrator, Arbitration Provider
representatives, and any witness and the cost of any proof produced at the direct request of the arbitrator, shall
be borne equally by the parties.
R-44. Neutral Arbitrator's Compensation
Arbitrators shall be compensated a rate consistent with the arbitrator's stated rate of compensation.
If there is disagreement concerning the terms of compensation, an appropriate rate shall be established with the
arbitrator by the Arbitration Provider and confirmed to the parties.
Such compensation shall be borne equally by the parties.
R-45. Deposits
The Arbitration Provider may require the parties to deposit in advance of any hearings such sums of money as it
deems necessary to cover the expense of the arbitration, including the arbitrator's fee, if any, and shall render an
accounting to the parties and return any unexpended balance at the conclusion of the case.
R-46. Interpretation and Application of Rules
October 27, 2011
17
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
The arbitrator shall interpret and apply these rules insofar as they relate to the arbitrator's powers and duties by a
majority vote. If that is not possible, either an arbitrator or a party may refer the question to the Arbitration
Provider for final decision. All other rules shall be interpreted and applied by the Arbitration Provider.
R-45. Suspension for Nonpayment
If arbitrator compensation or administrative charges have not been paid in full, the Arbitration Provider may so
inform the parties in order that the parties may advance the required payment. If such payments are not made,
the arbitrator may order the suspension or termination of the proceedings. If no arbitrator has yet been appointed,
the Arbitration Provider may suspend the proceedings.
FAST TRACK PROCEDURES
F-1. Limitations on Extensions
In the absence of extraordinary circumstances, the Arbitration Provider or the arbitrator may grant a party no more
than one seven-day extension of the time in which to respond to the demand for arbitration or counterclaim as
provided in Section R-3.
F-2. Changes of Claim
The arbitrator will not consider any information that was not previously made a part of the claim record as
transmitted by the Chief Engineer, other than clarification and data supporting previously submitted
documentation
F-3. Serving of Notice
In addition to notice provided above, the parties shall also accept notice by telephone. Telephonic notices by the
Arbitration Provider shall subsequently be confirmed in writing to the parties. Should there be a failure to confirm
in writing any such oral notice, the proceeding shall nevertheless be valid if notice has, in fact, been given by
telephone.
F-4. Appointment and Qualification of Arbitrator
Immediately after the retention of the Arbitration Provider, the Arbitration Provider will simultaneously submit to
each party a listing and biographical information from its panel of arbitrators knowledgeable in construction who
are available for service in Fast Track cases. The parties are encouraged to agree to an arbitrator from this list,
and to advise the Arbitration Provider of their agreement, or any factual objections to any of the listed arbitrators,
within 7 calendar days of the transmission of the list. The Arbitration Provider will appoint the agreed-upon
arbitrator, or in the event the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, will designate the arbitrator from among those
names not stricken for factual objections.
The parties will be given notice by the Arbitration Provider of the appointment of the arbitrator, who shall be
subject to disqualification for the reasons specified above. Within the time period established by the Arbitration
Provider, the parties shall notify the Arbitration Provider of any objection to the arbitrator appointed. Any objection
by a party to the arbitrator shall be for cause and shall be confirmed in writing to the Arbitration Provider with a
copy to the other party or parties.
F-5. Preliminary Telephone Conference
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties and the arbitrator, as promptly as practicable after the appointment of the
arbitrator, a preliminary telephone conference shall be held among the parties or their attorneys or
representatives, and the arbitrator.
October 27, 2011
18
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
F-6. Exchange of Exhibits
At least 2 business days prior to the hearing, the parties shall exchange copies of all exhibits they intend to submit
at the hearing. The arbitrator is authorized to resolve any disputes concerning the exchange of exhibits.
F-7. Discovery
There shall be no discovery, except as provided in Section F-4 or as ordered by the arbitrator in extraordinary
cases when the demands of justice require it.
F-8. Date, Time, and Place of Hearing
The arbitrator shall set the date and time, and place of the hearing, to be scheduled to take place within 30
calendar days of confirmation of the arbitrator's appointment. The Arbitration Provider will notify the parties in
advance of the hearing date. All hearings shall be held within the City and County of Denver.
F-9. The Hearing
(a) Generally, the hearing shall not exceed 1 day. Each party shall have equal opportunity to submit its proofs
and complete its case. The arbitrator shall determine the order of the hearing, and may require further
submission of documents within two business days after the hearing. For good cause shown, the arbitrator
may schedule 1 additional hearing day within 7 business days after the initial day of hearing.
(b) Generally, there will be no stenographic record. Any party desiring a stenographic record may arrange for one
pursuant to the provisions above.
F-10. Time of Award
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the award shall be rendered not later than 14 calendar days from the
date of the closing of the hearing or, if oral hearings have been waived, from the date of the Arbitration Provider’s
transmittal of the final statements and proofs to the arbitrator.
F-11. Time Standards
The arbitration shall be completed by settlement or award within 60 calendar days of confirmation of the
arbitrator's appointment, unless all parties and the arbitrator agree otherwise or the arbitrator extends this time in
extraordinary cases when the demands of justice require it.
F-12. Arbitrator's Compensation
Arbitrators will receive compensation at a rate to be suggested by the Arbitration Provider regional office.
PROCEDURES FOR LARGE, COMPLEX CONSTRUCTION DISPUTES
L-1. Large, Complex Construction Disputes
The procedures for large, complex construction disputes shall apply to any claim with a value exceeding $500,000
or as agreed to by the parties.
L-2. Administrative Conference
October 27, 2011
19
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Prior to the dissemination of a list of potential arbitrators, the Arbitration Provider shall, unless the parties agree
otherwise, conduct an administrative conference with the parties and/or their attorneys or other representatives by
conference call. The conference call will take place within 14 days after the retention of the Arbitration Provider. In
the event the parties are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable time for the conference, the Arbitration
Provider may contact the parties individually to discuss the issues contemplated herein. Such administrative
conference shall be conducted for the following purposes and for such additional purposed as the parties or the
Arbitration Provider may deem appropriate:
(a) To obtain additional information about the nature and magnitude of the dispute and the anticipated length of
hearing and scheduling;
(b) To discuss the views of the parties about the technical and other qualifications of the arbitrators;
(c) To obtain conflicts statements from the parties; and
(d) To consider, with the parties, whether mediation or other non-adjudicative methods of dispute resolution might
be appropriate.
L-3. Arbitrators
(a) Large, Complex Construction Cases shall be heard and determined by three arbitrators.
(b) The Arbitration Provider shall appoint arbitrator(s) in the manner provided in the Regular Construction Industry
Arbitration Rules.
L-4. Preliminary Hearing
As promptly as practicable after the selection of the arbitrator(s), a preliminary hearing shall be held among the
parties and/or their attorneys or other representatives and the arbitrator(s). Unless the parties agree otherwise,
the preliminary hearing will be conducted by telephone conference call rather than in person.
At the preliminary hearing the matters to be considered shall include, without limitation:
(a) Service of a detailed statement of claims, damages and defenses, a statement of the issues asserted by each
party and positions with respect thereto, and any legal authorities the parties may wish to bring to the
attention of the arbitrator(s);
(b) Stipulations to uncontested facts;
(c) The extent to which discovery shall be conducted;
(d) Exchange and premarking of those documents which each party believes may be offered at the hearing;
(e) The identification and availability of witnesses, including experts, and such matters with respect to witnesses
including their biographies and expected testimony as may be appropriate;
(f) Whether, and the extent to which, any sworn statements and/or depositions may be introduced;
(g) The extent to which hearings will proceed on consecutive days;
(h) Whether a stenographic or other official record of the proceedings shall be maintained;
October 27, 2011
20
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
(i) The possibility of utilizing mediation or other non-adjudicative methods of dispute resolution; and
(j) The procedure for the issuance of subpoenas.
By agreement of the parties and/or order of the arbitrator(s), the pre-hearing activities and the hearing procedures
that will govern the arbitration will be memorialized in a Scheduling and Procedure Order.
L-5. Management of Proceedings
(a) Arbitrator(s) shall take such steps as they may deem necessary or desirable to avoid delay and to achieve a
just, speedy and cost-effective resolution of Large, Complex Construction Cases.
(b) Parties shall cooperate in the exchange of documents, exhibits and information within such party's control if
the arbitrator(s) consider such production to be consistent with the goal of achieving a just, speedy and cost
effective resolution of a Large, Complex Construction Case.
(c) The parties may conduct such discovery as may be agreed to by all the parties provided, however, that the
arbitrator(s) may place such limitations on the conduct of such discovery as the arbitrator(s) shall deem
appropriate. If the parties cannot agree on production of document and other information, the arbitrator(s),
consistent with the expedited nature of arbitration, may establish the extent of the discovery.
(d) At the discretion of the arbitrator(s), upon good cause shown and consistent with the expedited nature of
arbitration, the arbitrator(s) may order depositions of, or the propounding of interrogatories to such persons
who may possess information determined by the arbitrator(s) to be necessary to a determination of the
matter.
(e) The parties shall exchange copies of all exhibits they intend to submit at the hearing 10 business days prior to
the hearing unless the arbitrator(s) determine otherwise.
(f) The exchange of information pursuant to this rule, as agreed by the parties and/or directed by the arbitrator(s),
shall be included within the Scheduling and Procedure Order.
(g) The arbitrator is authorized to resolve any disputes concerning the exchange of information.
(h) Generally hearings will be scheduled on consecutive days or in blocks of consecutive days in order to
maximize efficiency and minimize costs.
Subsection 105.24 shall include the following:
The following flow chart provides a summary of the disputes and claims process described in subsections 105.22,
105.23, and 105.24
October 27, 2011
21
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Contractor provides written notice of dispute to Project Engineer
Contractor provides written REA including the following:
(1) Date of dispute
(2) Nature of order and circumstances causing dispute
(3) Contract provisions supporting dispute
(4) Estimated cost of dispute with supporting
documentation
(5) A l i f hdl d di ti if
Adjustment of
payment/schedule in
consultation with
Program Engineer -
Dispute is resolved
Dispute is
unresolved
Proj Eng/Res Eng & Supt/PM & Contractor’s rep with decision authority above
the project level to meet regularly to discuss dispute
PE denies merit of dispute
DRB agreement
PE determines dispute has
DRB renders a recommendation
Either party rejects DRB DRB recommendation is accepted
Up to 30 days – 105.22
105.22 Project Issue – Verbal discussions between Proj. Eng.
and Supt
Impass
15 Days – 105.22
CDOT Project Engineer and Contractor discuss merit of dispute
15 Days – 105.22
Merit granted –
Quantum
negotiations
10 days – 105.23
30 days – 105.23 (g)
DRB Hearing
14 days – 105.23 (i)
Figure 105-1
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FLOW CHART
Contractor rejects PE’s denial.
Contractor provides written notice to
Contractor accepts denial.
Dispute is resolved.
7 days – 105.22
7 days – 105.22
20 days – 105.23
5 Days –
105.23 (a)
7 days – 105.22
()
Figure 105-1 continued on next page
Prehearing Submittal
15 days – 105.23 (e)
Request for Clarification and
Disagree on quantum
105.23(a) Proj Eng
October 27, 2011
22
REVISION OF SECTION 105
DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR
CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS
Contractor rejects CE decision Contractor accepts CE Decision is implemented
Adjustment of
payment/schedule in
consultation with
Program Engineer -
Dispute is resolved
Optional Mediation
Dispute is Dispute is resolved
Contractor initiates Resolution is implemented
Binding Arbitration or Litigation
(Whichever was selected at Contract
execution)
Litigation
Court Decision
Binding Arbitration
Arbitrator(s) render recommendation
Appeal process only for damages
Chief Engineer
renders decision
45 days –
105.24 (e)
Either party rejects DRB
di
Decision is
Contractor submits certified claim package w/RTD (and Audit Unit if over
Contractor rejects and
appeals RTD decision to
CE
Contractor accepts decision
30 days – 105.24
60 days – 105.24
60 days – 105.24
105.24 Notice of intent to file a claim
30 days – 105.24
Figure 105-1 (continued)
Request for
RTD renders a decision
15 days
105.24 (e)
60 days
105.24 (e)
30 days –
10 24 ( )
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 105
VIOLATION OF WORKING TIME LIMITATION
Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 105.03 shall include the following:
If there is a violation of the working time limitations for traffic control as set forth in the special provisions, a written
notice to stop work will be imposed on the Contractor at the start of the next working day. Work shall not resume
until the Contractor assures the Engineer, in writing, that there will not be a reoccurrence of the working time
violation. If more violations take place, the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing that there will be a price
reduction charge for each incident in accordance with this specification. This incident price reduction charge will
be deducted from any money due the Contractor. This price reduction will not be considered a penalty but will be
a price reduction for failure to perform traffic control in compliance with the Contract.
An incident is any violation up to 30 minutes in duration. Each 30 minutes or increment thereof will be considered
as an incident. A price reduction will be assessed for each successive or cumulative 30 minute period in violation
of the working time limitations, as determined by the Engineer. The price reduction for each incident will increase
at a progressive rate starting with $150 for the second incident and increasing to $1200 for the fifth and
subsequent incidents in accordance with the following schedule. A 15 minute grace period will be allowed at the
beginning of the second incident on the project before the price reduction is applied. This 15 minute grace period
applies only to the second incident.
The number of incident charges will be accumulative throughout the duration of the Contract.
Price Reduction Schedule
Incident Incident Rate Total Price
Reduction
1st Notice to Stop Work ----
2nd $150 $150
3rd 300 450
4th 600 1,050
5th 1,200 2,250
6th 1,200 3,450
Etc. 1,200 4,650
Etc. Etc.
February 3, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105 AND 106
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF HOT MIX ASPHALT
(LESS THAN 5000 TONS)
Sections 105 and 106 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 105.05 and replace with the following:
105.05 Conformity to the Contract of Hot Mix Asphalt. Conformity to the Contract of all Hot Mix Asphalt, Item
403, except Hot Mix Asphalt (Patching) and temporary pavement will be determined by tests and evaluations of
elements that include asphalt content, gradation, in-place density and joint density in accordance with the
following:
All work performed and all materials furnished shall conform to the lines, grades, cross sections, dimensions, and
material requirements, including tolerances, shown in the Contract.
For those items of work where working tolerances are not specified, the Contractor shall perform the work in a
manner consistent with reasonable and customary manufacturing and construction practices.
When the Engineer finds the materials or work furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in
conformity with the Contract and has resulted in an inferior or unsatisfactory product, the work or material shall be
removed and replaced or otherwise corrected at the expense of the Contractor.
Materials will be sampled randomly and tested by the Department in accordance with Section 106 and with the
applicable procedures contained in the Department's Field Materials Manual. The approximate maximum quantity
represented by each sample will be as set forth in Section 106. Additional samples may be selected and tested
as set forth in Section 106 at the Engineer's discretion.
A process will consist of either a single test value or a series of test values resulting from related tests of an
element of the Contractor’s work and materials. An element is a material or workmanship property that can be
tested and evaluated for quality level by the Department approved sampling, testing, and analytical procedures.
All materials produced will be assigned to a process. A change in process is defined as a change that affects the
element involved. For any element, with the exception of the process for joint density element, a process
normally will include all produced materials associated with that element prior to a change in the job mix formula
(Form 43). For joint density, a new process will be established for each new layer of pavement or for changes in
joint construction. Density measurements taken within each compaction test section will be a separate process.
The Engineer may separate a process in order to accommodate small quantities or unusual variations.
Evaluation of materials for pay factors (PF) will be done using only the Department’s acceptance test results.
Each process will have a PF computed in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Test results
determined to have sampling or testing errors will not be used.
Except for in-place density measurements taken within a compaction test section, any test result for an element
greater than the distance 2 x V (see Table 105-2) outside the tolerance limits will be designated as a separate
process and the pay factor will be calculated in accordance with subsection 105.05(a). An element pay factor
less than zero shall be zero. The calculated PF will be used to determine the Incentive/Disincentive Payment
(I/DP) for the process.
In the case of in-place density or joint density the Contractor will be allowed to core the exact location (or
immediately adjacent location for joint density) of a test result more than 2 x V outside the tolerance limit. The
core must be taken and furnished to the Engineer within eight hours after notification by the Engineer of the test
result. The result of this core will be used in lieu of the previous test result. Cores not taken within eight hours
after notification by the Engineer will not be used in lieu of the test result. All costs associated with coring will be
at the Contractor s expense.
(a) Representing Small Quantities. When it is necessary to represent a process by only one or two test results,
PF will be the average of PFs resulting from the following:
If the test result is within the tolerance limits then PF = 1.00
February 3, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105 AND 106
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF HOT MIX ASPHALT
(LESS THAN 5000 TONS)
If the test result is above the maximum specified limit, then
PF = 1.00 – [0.25(TO - TU)/V]
If the test result is below the minimum specified limit, then
PF = 1.00 – [0.25(TL - TO)/V]
Where: PF = pay factor.
V = V factor from Table 105-2.
TO = the individual test result.
TU = upper specification limit.
TL = lower specification limit.
The calculated PF will be used to determine the I/DP for the process.
(b) Determining Quality Level. Each process with three or more test results will be evaluated for a quality level
(QL) in accordance with Colorado Procedure 71.
(c) Gradation Element. Each specified sieve, with the exception of 100 percent passing sieves, will be evaluated
for QL separately. The lowest calculated QL for a sieve will be designated as the QL for gradation element
for the process.
(d) Joint Density Element. Joint Density will be tested according to subsection 401.17.
(e) Process Pay Factor. Using the calculated QL for the process, compute PF as follows: The final number of
random samples (Pn) in each process will determine the final pay factor. . As test values are accumulated
for each process, Pn will change accordingly. When the process has been completed, the number of random
samples it contains will determine the computation of PF, based on Table 105-3 and formula (1) below.
When Pn is from 3 to 9, or greater than 200, PF will be computed using the formulas designated in Table 105-
3. Where Pn is equal to or greater than 10 and less than 201, PF will be computed by formula (1):
(PF1 + PF2) (PF2 + PF3) (PF1 + PF2) (Pn2 – PnX)
(1) PF = ------------------ + [ ------------------ - --------------------] x ------------------
2 2 2 (Pn2 – Pn3)
Where, when referring to Table 105-3:
PF1= PF determined at the next lowest Pn formula using process QL
PF2= PF determined using the Pn formula shown for the process QL
PF3= PF determined at the next highest Pn formula using process QL
Pn2= the lowest Pn in the spread of values listed for the process Pn formula
Pn3= the lowest Pn in the spread of values listed for the next highest Pn formula
PnX= the actual number of test values in the process
When evaluating the item of Furnish Hot mix asphalt, the PF for the element of In-Place Density shall be 1.0.
Regardless of QL, the maximum PF in relation to Pn is limited in accordance with Table 105-3.
February 3, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105 AND 106
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF HOT MIX ASPHALT
(LESS THAN 5000 TONS)
As test results become available, they will be used to calculate accumulated QL and PF numbers for each
process. The process I/DP’s will then be calculated and accumulated for each element and for the item. The test
results and the accumulated calculations will be made available to the Contractor upon request.
Numbers from the calculations will be carried to significant figures and rounded according to AASHTO Standard
Recommended Practice R-11, Rounding Method.
(f) Evaluation of Work. When the PF of a process is 0.75 or greater, the finished quantity of work represented by
the process will be accepted at the appropriate pay factor. If the PF is less than 0.75, the Engineer may:
1. Require complete removal and replacement with specification material at the Contractor’s expense;
or
2. Where the finished product is found to be capable of performing the intended purpose and the value of
the finished product is not affected, permit the Contractor to leave the material in place.
If the material is permitted to remain in place the PF for the process will not be greater than 0.75. When condition
red, as described in Section 106, exists for any element, resolution and correction will be in accordance with
Section 106. Material, which the Engineer determines is defective, may be isolated and rejected without regard to
sampling sequence or location within a process.
If removal and replacement is required because the joint density PF for a process is below 0.75, the Contractor
shall remove and replace the full lane width adjacent to and including at least 6 inches beyond the visible joint line
for the entire length of joint representing the process. If the lane removed is adjacent to another joint, that joint
shall also be removed to a point 6 inches beyond the visible joint line. When a single joint density core is more
than 2V outside the tolerance limits, the removal and replacement limits shall be identified by coring the failing
joint at 25 foot intervals until two successive cores are found to be 1V or less below the minimum tolerance limit. If
removal and replacement is required, the Contractor shall submit documentation identifying the process to be
used to correct the area in question in writing. The process will be approved by the Engineer before commencing
the corrective work.
Table 105-2
“W” AND “V” FACTORS FOR VARIOUS ELEMENTS
Hot Mix Asphalt
Element V Factor W Factor
2.36 mm (No. 8) mesh and larger sieves 2.80 N/A
600 μm (No. 30) mesh sieve 1.80 N/A
75 μm (No. 200) mesh sieve 0.80 N/A
Gradation N/A 15
Asphalt Content 0.20 25
In-place Density 1.10 45
Joint Density 1.60 15
February 3, 2011
4
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105 AND 106
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF HOT MIX ASPHALT
(LESS THAN 5000 TONS)
Table 105-3
FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING PF BASED ON PN
Pn
When Pn as shown at left is 3 to 9, or greater than 200, use
designated formula below to calculate Pay Factor, PF = ...,
when Pn is 10 to 200, use formula (1) above:
Maximum PF
3 0.31177 + 1.57878 (QL/100) - 0.84862 (QL/100)2 1.025
4 0.27890 + 1.51471 (QL/100) - 0.73553 (QL/100)2 1.030
5 0.25529 + 1.48268 (QL/100) - 0.67759 (QL/100)2 1.030
6 0.19468 + 1.56729 (QL/100) - 0.70239 (QL/100)2 1.035
7 0.16709 + 1.58245 (QL/100) - 0.68705 (QL/100)2 1.035
8 0.16394 + 1.55070 (QL/100) - 0.65270 (QL/100)2 1.040
9 0.11412 + 1.63532 (QL/100) - 0.68786 (QL/100)2 1.040
10 to 11 0.15344 + 1.50104 (QL/100) - 0.58896 (QL/100)2 1.045
12 to 14 0.07278 + 1.64285 (QL/100) - 0.65033 (QL/100)2 1.045
15 to 18 0.07826 + 1.55649 (QL/100) - 0.56616 (QL/100)2 1.050
19 to 25 0.09907 + 1.43088 (QL/100) - 0.45550 (QL/100)2 1.050
26 to 37 0.07373 + 1.41851 (QL/100) - 0.41777 (QL/100)2 1.055
38 to 69 0.10586 + 1.26473 (QL/100) - 0.29660 (QL/100)2 1.055
70 to 200 0.21611 + 0.86111 (QL/100) 1.060
> 201 0.15221 + 0.92171 (QL/100) 1.060
(g) Process I/DP Computation.
I/DP = (PF - 1)(QR)(UP)(W/100)
Where: I/DP = Incentive/Disincentive Payment
PF = Pay Factor
QR = Quantity in Tons of HMA Represented by the Process
UP = Unit Bid Price of Asphalt Mix
W = Element Factor from Table 105-2
When AC is paid for separately UP shall be:
UP = [(TonHMA)(UPHMA) + (TonAC)(UPAC)]/TonHMA
Where: TonHMA = Tons of Asphalt Mix
UPHMA = Unit Bid Price of Asphalt Mix
TonAC = Tons of Asphalt Cement
UPAC = Unit Bid Price of Asphalt Cement
For the joint density element:
February 3, 2011
5
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105 AND 106
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF HOT MIX ASPHALT
(LESS THAN 5000 TONS)
UP = UPHMA
Where: UPHMA is as defined above.
When AC is paid for separately UP shall be:
UP = [(BTonHMA)(BUPHMA) + (BTonAC)(BUPAC)]/BTonHMA
Where: BTonHMA = Bid Tons of Asphalt Mix
BUPHMA = Unit Bid Price of Asphalt Mix
BTonAC = Bid Tons of Asphalt Cement
BUPAC = Unit Bid Price of Asphalt Cement
(h) Element I/DP. The I/DP for an element shall be computed by accumulating the process I/DP’s for that
element.
(i) I/DP for a Mix Design. The I/DP for a mix design shall be computed by accumulating the individual I/DP’s for
the asphalt content, in-place density, and gradation elements for that mix design. The accumulated
quantities of materials for each element must be the same at the end of I/DP calculations for a mix design.
(j) Project I/DP. The I/DP for the project shall be computed by accumulating the mix design I/DP’s and the joint
density I/DP’s. The accumulated quantities of materials for each element must be the same at the end of
I/DP calculations for the project.
Delete subsection 106.05 and replace with the following:
106.05 Sampling and Testing of Hot Mix Asphalt. All hot mix asphalt, Item 403, except Hot Mix Asphalt
(Patching) and temporary pavement shall be tested in accordance with the following program of process control
testing and acceptance testing:
The Contract will specify whether process control testing by the Contractor is mandatory or voluntary.
(a) Process Control Testing.
1. Mandatory Process Control. When process control testing is mandatory the Contractor shall be
responsible for process control testing on all elements and at the frequency listed in Table 106-1.
Process control testing shall be performed at the expense of the Contractor.
After completion of compaction, in-place density tests for process control shall be taken at the frequency
shown in Table 106-1. The results shall be reported in writing to the Engineer on a daily basis. Daily
plots of the test results with tonnage represented shall be made on a chart convenient for viewing by the
Engineer. All of the testing equipment used for in-place density testing shall conform to the requirements
of acceptance testing standards, except nuclear testing devices need not be calibrated on the
Department’s calibration blocks.
For elements other than in-place density, results from quality control tests need not be plotted, or
routinely reported to the Engineer. This does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of
performing such testing along with appropriate plant monitoring as necessary to assure that produced
material conforms to the applicable specifications. Quality control test data shall be made available to the
Engineer upon request.
2. Voluntary Process Control. The Contractor may conduct process control testing. Process control testing
is not required, but is recommended on the elements and at the frequency listed in Table 106-1.
All of the testing equipment used for in-place density testing shall conform to the requirements of
February 3, 2011
6
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105 AND 106
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF HOT MIX ASPHALT
(LESS THAN 5000 TONS)
acceptance testing standards, except nuclear testing devices need not be calibrated on the Department’s
calibration blocks.
(b) Acceptance Testing. Acceptance testing is the responsibility of the Department. For acceptance testing the
Department will determine the locations where samples or measurements are to be taken and as designated
in Section 403. The maximum quantity of material represented by each test result, the elements, the
frequency of testing and the minimum number of test results will be in accordance with Table 106-1. The
location or time of sampling will be based on the stratified random procedure as described in CP 75.
Acceptance sampling and testing procedures will be in accordance with the Schedule for Minimum Materials
Sampling, Testing and Inspection in the Department’s Field Materials Manual. Samples for project
acceptance testing shall be taken by the Contractor in accordance with the designated method. The samples
shall be taken in the presence of the Engineer. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall reduce each sample
to the size designated by the Engineer. The Contractor may retain a split of the each sample which cannot be
included as part of the Contractor’s process control testing. All materials being used are subject to inspection
and testing at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work.
Table 106-1
SCHEDULE FOR MINIMUM SAMPLING AND TESTING
Element Process Control Acceptance
Asphalt Content 1/500 tons 1/1000 tons
Theoretical
Maximum Specific
Gravity
1.1000 tons, minimum
1/day 1/1000 tons, minimum 1/day
Gradation 1/Day 1/2000 tons
In-Place Density 1/500 tons 1/500 tons
Joint Density 1 core/2500 linear feet of
joint 1 core /5000 linear feet of joint
Aggregate
Percent
Moisture (3)
1/2000 tons or 1/Day if
less than 2000 tons 1/2000 tons
Percent Lime (3) (4) 1/Day Not applicable
Notes:
1. The minimum number of in-place density tests for acceptance will be 5.
2. Process control tests for gradation are not required if less than 250 tons
are placed in a day. The minimum number of process control tests for
gradation shall be one test for each 1000 tons or fraction thereof.
3. Not to be used for incentive/disincentive pay. Test according to CP 60B
and report results from Form 106 or Form 565 on Form 6.
4. Verified per Contractor’s QC Plan.
February 3, 2011
7
REVISION OF SECTIONS 105 AND 106
CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF HOT MIX ASPHALT
(LESS THAN 5000 TONS)
(c) Reference Conditions. Three reference conditions can exist determined by the Moving Quality Level (MQL).
The MQL will be calculated in accordance with the procedure in CP 71 for Determining Quality Level (QL).
The MQL will be calculated using only acceptance tests. The MQL will be calculated on tests 1 through 3,
then tests 1 through 4, then tests 1 through 5, then thereafter on the last five consecutive test results. The
MQL will not be used to determine pay factors. The three reference conditions and actions that will be taken
are described as follows:
1. Condition green will exist for an element when an MQL of 90 or greater is reached, or maintained, and the
past five consecutive test results are within the specification limits.
2. Condition yellow will exist for all elements at the beginning of production or when a new process is
established because of changes in materials or the job-mix formula, following an extended suspension of
work, or when the MQL is less than 90 and equal to or greater than 65. Once an element is at condition
green, if the MQL falls below 90 or a test result falls outside the specification limits, the condition will
revert to yellow or red as appropriate.
3. Condition red will exist for any element when the MQL is less than 65. The Contractor shall be notified
immediately in writing and the process control sampling and testing frequency increased to a minimum
rate of 1/250 tons for that element. The process control sampling and testing frequency shall remain at
1/250 tons until the process control QL reaches or exceeds 78. If the QL for the next five process control
tests is below 65, production will be suspended.
If gradation is the element with MQL less than 65, the Department will test one randomly selected sample
in the first 1250 tons produced in condition red. If this test result is outside the tolerance limits, production
will be suspended. (This test result will not be included as an acceptance test.)
After condition red exists, a new MQL will be started. Acceptance testing will stay at the frequency shown
in Table 106-1. After three acceptance tests, if the MQL is less than 65, production will be suspended.
Production will remain suspended until the source of the problem is identified and corrected. Each time
production is suspended, corrective actions shall be proposed in writing by the Contractor and approved
in writing by the Engineer before production may resume.
Upon resuming production, the process control sampling and testing frequency for the elements causing
the condition red shall remain at 1/250 tons. If the QL for the next five process control tests is below 65,
production will be suspended again. If gradation is the element with MQL less than 65, the Department
will test one randomly selected sample in the first 1250 tons produced in condition red. If this test result is
outside the tolerance limits, production will be suspended.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 106
CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE AND
CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS
Section 106 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 106.12, delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
The original Certificate of Compliance shall include the Contractor’s original signature as directed above. The
original signature (including corporate title) on the Certificate of Compliance, under penalty of perjury, shall be of a
person having legal authority to act for the manufacturer. It shall state that the product or assembly to be
incorporated into the project has been sampled and passed all specified tests in conformity to the plans and
specifications for this project. One legible copy of the fully signed Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished to
the Engineer prior to installation of material. The original shall be provided to the Engineer before payment for the
represented item will be made.
In subsection 106.13, delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Certified Test Report shall be a legible copy or an original document and shall include the Contractor’s
original signature as directed above. The signature (including corporate title) on the Certified Test Report, under
penalty of perjury, shall be of a person having legal authority to act for the manufacturer or the independent
testing laboratory. It shall state that the test results show that the product or assembly to be incorporated into the
project has been sampled and passed all specified tests in conformity to the plans and specifications for this
project. One legible copy or original document of the fully signed Certified Test Report shall be furnished to the
Engineer prior to installation of material. Failure to comply may result in delays to the project or rejection of the
materials.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 107
RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS,
INSURANCE TYPES AND COVERAGE LIMITS
Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 107.15(c) and replace it with the following:
(c) Each insurance policy shall include provisions preventing cancellation or non-renewal without at least 30 days
prior notice to Contractor. The Contractor shall forward to the Engineer any such notice received within seven
days of the Contractor’s receipt of such notice.
February 3, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTIONS 107 and 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
UNDER ONE ACRE OF DISTURBANCE
Sections 107, 208, are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 107.25(b)6 delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall record the location of potential pollutants on the plans. Descriptions of the potential
pollutants shall be submitted to and approved by the Engineer.
In subsection 208.03 delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
Prior to construction the Contractor shall implement BMPs in accordance with the approved project schedule as
described in subsection in 208.03(b).
In subsection 208.03 delete the third, fourth, and fifth paragraphs and replace them with the following:
The Contractor shall evaluate all non-stormwater coming onto the site, such as springs, seeps, and landscape
irrigation return flow. If such flow is identified, BMPs shall be used to protect off-site water from becoming
contaminated with sediment or other pollutants.
The Contractor shall review existing inlets and culverts to determine if inlet protection is needed due to water flow
patterns. Prior to beginning construction, inlets and culverts needing protection shall be protected and the
location of the implemented BMP added to the plans.
When additional BMPs are required and approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall implement the additional
BMPs and shall record and describe them on the plans. The approved BMPs will be measured and paid for in
accordance with subsections 208.11 and 208.12.
Delete subsections 208.03(c) and (d) and replace them with the following:
(c) Implementation, Maintenance and Revision of the SWMP.
The Contractor's responsibilities shall be as follows:
(1) Install, construct, and maintain all BMPs specified in the Contract and coordinate the construction of
BMPs with all other construction operations.
(2) Implement suitable temporary erosion and sediment control features as necessary to correct unforeseen
conditions or emergency situations. Dismantle those features when their purpose has been fulfilled
unless the Engineer directs that the features be left in place.
(3) Implement necessary actions to reduce anticipated or presently existing water quality or erosion problems
resulting from construction activities.
(4) Make available, all labor, material, and equipment needed to install, maintain, and remove BMPs.
(5) When included in the Contract, the Contractor shall assign to the project an individual to serve in the
capacity of Erosion Control Supervisor (ECS). The ECS may be the Superintendent. The ECS shall be
experienced in all aspects of construction and have satisfactorily completed an ECS training program
authorized by the Department. Proof that this requirement has been met shall be submitted to the
Engineer prior to or at the preconstruction conference. A list of authorized ECS training programs will be
provided by the Engineer upon request by the Contractor. The ECS shall be the person responsible for
ensuring that the responsibilities listed in (1) through (4) above are fulfilled
(d) Documentation Available on the Project. The following Contract documents and references will be made
available for reference in one location on the project during construction.
1. Project Documents. The following documents shall be kept, maintained, and updated in a single
notebook:
(1) SWMP Sheets
(2) SWMP site map, if applicable to the project.
(3) Details of BMPs used on the project not covered in Standard Plan M-208-1.
(4) List of potential pollutants as described in subsection 107.25.
(5) SPCC and reports of reportable spills submitted to CDPHE.
(6) Form 105s and all other correspondence relating to water quality.
(7) Project environmental permits and associated applications and certifications.
February 3, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTIONS 107 and 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
UNDER ONE ACRE OF DISTURBANCE
2. Reference Materials
(1) CDOT Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality Guide.
(2) CDOT Erosion Control and Stormwater Quality Field Guide.
(3) Copy of biological opinion, if applicable.
In subsection 208.04 delete the first and second paragraphs and replace them with the following:
The Contractor shall modify the SWMP to clearly describe and locate all BMPs implemented at the site to control
potential sediment discharges from vehicle tracking.
Vehicle tracking pads shall be used at all vehicle and equipment access points to the site to prevent sediment
exiting the project site onto paved public roads. Access shall be provided only at locations approved by the
Engineer.
Delete subsection 208.04(e) and replace it with the following:
(e) Stabilization. Once earthwork has begun on a section, it shall be pursued until completion.
Clearing and grubbing operations shall be scheduled and performed so that grading operations and final
stabilization measures can follow immediately thereafter if the project conditions permit. Otherwise temporary
stabilization measures shall be taken between successive construction stages. Additional work required
because the Contractor has failed to properly coordinate the entire erosion control schedule, thus causing
previously seeded areas to be disturbed by operations that could have been performed prior to the seeding
shall be performed at the Contractor's expense.
In subsection 208.06 delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall clearly describe and record on the SWMP, all practices implemented at the site to minimize
impacts from procedures or significant material that could contribute pollutants to runoff. Areas or procedures
where potential spills can occur shall have spill contingency plans in place as specified in subsections 107.25(b)6
or 208.06(c).
In subsection 208.07 delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
Erodible stockpiles (including topsoil) shall be contained with acceptable BMPs at the toe (or within 20 feet of the
toe) throughout construction. BMPs shall be approved by the Engineer.
In subsection 208.08, delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall limit construction activities to those areas within the limits of disturbance shown on the plans
and cross-sections. Construction activities, in addition to the Contract work, shall include the on-site parking of
vehicles or equipment, on-site staging, on-site batch plants, haul roads or work access, and all other action which
would disturb existing conditions. Off road staging areas must be pre-approved by the Engineer, unless
otherwise designated in the Contract. Construction activities beyond the limits of disturbance due to Contractor
negligence shall be restored to the original condition by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. The
Contractor shall tabulate additional disturbances not identified in the SWMP and indicate locations and quantities
on the SWMP and report to the Engineer.
In subsection 208.09, second paragraph, delete the list and replace it with the following:
(1) Failure to include erosion control in the project schedule or failure to include erosion control in each
schedule update as specified in subsection 208.03(b).
(2) Failure of the Contractor to implement necessary actions required by the Engineer as required by
subsection 208.03(c).
(3) Failure to amend SWMP and implement BMPs as required by subsection 208.04.
(4) Failure to keep documentation and records current.
(5) Failure to construct or implement erosion control or spill containment measures required by the Contract, or
failure to construct or implement them in accordance with the Contractor’s approved schedule as required
by subsection 208.06(c).
February 3, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTIONS 107 and 208
WATER QUALITY CONTROL
UNDER ONE ACRE OF DISTURBANCE
(6) Failure to stabilize disturbed areas as required by subsections 208.04(e) and 208.08.
(7) Failure to replace or perform maintenance on an erosion control feature after notice from the Engineer to
replace or perform maintenance as required by subsection 208.04(f).
(8) Failure to remove and dispose of sediment from BMPs as required.
(9) Failure to install and properly utilize a concrete washout structure for containing washout from concrete
placement operations.
(10) Failure to perform permanent stabilization as required by subsection 208.04 (e).
In subsection 208.09 delete the third paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Engineer will immediately notify the Contractor in writing of each incident of failure to perform erosion control
in accordance with the Specifications, including, but not limited to items (1) through (10) above. Correction shall
be made as soon as possible but no later than 48 hrs from the date of notification to correct the failure. The
Contractor will be charged liquidated damages in the amount of $875 for each calendar day after the 48 hour
period has expired, that one or more of the incidents of failure to perform items (1) through (10) above, remains
uncorrected.
In subsection 208.09 delete the eighth and ninth paragraphs and replace them with the following:
Disagreements regarding the suggested corrective action for a BMP compliance issue between the Project
Engineer and Superintendent, shall be discussed with the Resident Engineer and Region Water Pollution Control
Manager. If after meeting the Contractor is still in disagreement and feels that additional compensation is owed,
the Contractor will follow the decision of the Project Engineer, keep track of the costs and negotiate further with
the Project Engineer. If after pursuing the issue, the Contractor is unable to reach agreement with the Project
Engineer, then the Contractor can follow the dispute process outlined in subsection 105.21.
If the Contractor’s corrective action plan and schedule are not submitted and approved within 48 hours of the Stop
Work Order or the corrective action plan is not implemented by the Contractor, the Engineer will have an on-site
meeting with the Superintendent and the Superintendent’s supervisor. This meeting will also be attended by the
Resident Engineer, the Region Water Pollution Control Manager, and the Region Program Engineer. This
meeting will identify and document needed corrective actions and a schedule for completion. If after the meeting,
the unacceptable work is not remedied within the schedule as agreed to in the meeting, the Engineer will take
action to effect compliance with the Contract by utilizing CDOT Maintenance personnel or other non-Contractor
forces and deduct the cost from any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor pursuant to subsection
105.16. Delays due to these Stop Work Orders shall be considered nonexcusable. The Stop work Order shall be
in place until the project is in Contract compliance.
Delete subsection 208.10 and replace it with the following:
208.10 Items to Be Accomplished Prior to Final Acceptance.
(a) Reclamation of Washout Areas. After concrete operations are complete, washout areas shall be reclaimed in
accordance with subsection 208.05(n) at the Contractor’s expense.
(b) Survey. The Contractor shall survey Permanent Water Quality BMPs (Permanent BMPs) on the project after
they are constructed and confirm they are at final configuration and grade. The Engineer will identify which
Permanent BMPs shall be surveyed prior to the final walk through. The survey shall be performed in
accordance with Section 625.
(c) Removal of Temporary BMPs. Temporary BMPs subject to removal shall be determined by the Engineer at a
final walk through of the project and shall be removed by the Contractor. If any BMPs are left in place, the
Region’s Water Pollution Control Manager shall be notified of the BMP locations.
August 19, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 108
CRITICAL PATH METHOD
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 108.03 shall include the following:
The Bar Chart or Initial Schedule shall be submitted at least 10 working days prior to the start of the work. The
Engineer’s review of the Schedule will not exceed two working days. Work shall not begin until the Schedule is
accepted in writing, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer
In subsection 108.03 (c), delete the third paragraph.
December 29, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 108
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 108.09 delete the schedule of liquidated damages and replace with the following:
Original Contract Amount ($)
From More Than To And Including
Liquidated Damages
per Calendar Day ($)
0 250,000 500
250,000 500,000 900
500,000 1,000,000 1,300
1,000,000 2,000,000 1,800
2,000,000 4,000,000 3,000
4,000,000 10,000,000 4,100
10,000,000
---------------
4,100 plus 300 Per Each
Additional 1,000,000
Contract Amount or Part
Thereof Over 10,000,000
September 29, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 109
ASPHALT CEMENT COST ADJUSTMENT
(ASPHALT CEMENT INCLUDED IN THE WORK)
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 109.06 shall include the following:
(i) Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustments. Contract cost adjustments will be made to reflect increases or decreases
in the monthly average price of asphalt cement from the average price for the month preceding the month in
which bids were received for the Contract. These cost adjustments are not a change to the contract unit
prices bid.
1. Cost adjustments will be based on the asphalt cement price index established by the Department and
calculated as shown in subsection 109.06(i) 2.D below. The index will be the average for the month of
the daily postings of the spot price per barrel of Western Canadian Select (WCS) as published on
http://www.cenovus.com/operations/doing-business-with-us/marketing/crude-oil-pricing.html. The index
from this source will be converted to US Dollars using the currency converter at
http://finance.yahoo.com/currency; the posted price of Canadian Dollars per cubic meter of WCS on
Cenovus.com will be converted to US Dollars per cubic meter. A conversion factor of 0.89 cubic meter
per Ton will be used to convert the posted price from cubic meter to tons. The converted daily prices and
the average index number for the month will be posted as soon as they are available on the CDOT
website at:
http://www.dot.state.co.us/DesignSupport/Construction/Fuel%20Cost%20Adjustments/Cenovus/Daily_Pri
ces/Daily_Asphalt_Cement_Cost_Adjustment_Index.htm
2. Cost adjustments will be made on a monthly basis subject to the following conditions:
A Adjustment will be based on the pay quantities on the monthly partial pay estimate for the following
two pay items when measured by the ton and asphalt cement is included in the pay items:
Item No. Item Pay Unit
403* Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading __) (Asphalt) Ton
403 Stone Matrix Asphalt (Grading __)
(Asphalt)
Ton
*Hot Mix Asphalt (Patching) is not subject to asphalt cement cost adjustment.
B A cost adjustment will be made only when the asphalt cement price index varies by more than 5
percent from the asphalt cement price index at the time of bid, and only for that portion of the
variance in excess of 5 percent. Cost adjustments may be either positive or negative dollar
amounts.
C Asphalt cement cost adjustments will not be made for any partial estimate falling wholly after the
expiration of contract time.
D Adjustment formula:
EP greater than BP:
ACCA = (EP – 1.05 BP)(PA) (Q)
EP less than BP:
ACCA = (EP – 0.95 BP) (PA) (Q)
September 29, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 109
ASPHALT CEMENT COST ADJUSTMENT
(ASPHALT CEMENT INCLUDED IN THE WORK)
Where:
BP = Average Asphalt Cement price index for the calendar month prior to the calendar
month in which bids are opened
EP = Average Asphalt Cement price index for the calendar month prior to the calendar
month in which the partial estimate pay period ends
ACCA = Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment
PA = Percent of the paving mixture that is asphalt cement. Asphalt Cement content will be
determined by the weighted average of all asphalt cement content percentages
obtained from the field acceptance tests for that item (Use decimal in formula, e.g.:
0.05.). If Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP), Reclaimed Asphalt Shingles (RAS), or
both is used, the percent of Virgin Asphalt Cement added to the mix will be determined
by subtracting the percent of asphalt cement in the RAP, RAS, or both from the percent
of asphalt cement in the mix as calculated from Revision of Section 401, Reclaimed
Asphalt Pavement and Revision of Section 401 Reclaimed Asphalt Shingles.
Q = Increased pay quantity for all 403 items shown above on the monthly partial pay
estimate in Tons.
Example: Bids are opened on July 16. The BP will be the average of the daily postings for June
1 through June 30. For an estimate cut-off date selected by the Contractor at the Pre-
Construction Conference of the 20th of the month a February estimate will include HMA
quantities measured from the 21st of January through the 20th of February, and the EP
index used to calculate ACCA will be the average of the daily postings for January 1
through January 31 as established by CDOT)
E Cost adjustment will not be made for the quantity of any item that is left in place at no pay or for
material removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
F Cost adjustments will not be made to items of work added to the Contract by Change Order after
the award of the Contract.
G The asphalt cement cost adjustment will be the sum of the individual adjustments for each of the
pay items shown above. No adjustment will be made for asphalt cement costs on items other than
those shown above.
H Asphalt cement cost adjustments resulting in an increased payment to the Contractor will be paid
for under the planned force account item: Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment. Asphalt cement cost
adjustments resulting in a decreased payment to the Contractor will be deducted from monies owed
the Contractor.
May 5, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 109
COMPENSATION FOR COMPENSABLE DELAYS
In subsection 109.10, delete the first two paragraphs and replace with the following:
109.10 Compensation for Compensable Delays. If the Engineer determines that a delay is compensable in
accordance with either subsection 105.22, 105.23, 105.24, or 108.08, monetary compensation will be determined
in accordance with this subsection.
(a) These categories represent the only costs that are recoverable by the Contractor. All other costs or
categories of costs are not recoverable:
(1) Actual wages and benefits, including FICA, paid for additional labor not otherwise included in (5) below;
(2) Costs for additional bond, insurance and tax;
(3) Increased costs for materials;
(4) Equipment costs calculated in accordance with subsection 109.04(c) for Contractor owned equipment
and based on invoice costs for rented equipment;
(5) Costs of extended job site overhead;
(6) Costs of salaried employees not otherwise included in (1) or (5) above incurred as a direct result of the
delay;
(7) Claims from subcontractors and suppliers at any level (the same level of detail as specified herein is
required for all such claims);
(8) An additional 16 percent will be added to the total of items (1) through (7) as compensation for items for
which no specific allowance is provided, including profit and home office overhead.
February 3, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 109
FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 109.06 shall include the following:
(h) Fuel Cost Adjustments. Contract cost adjustments will be made to reflect increases or decreases in the
monthly average prices of gasoline, diesel and other fuels from the average price for the month preceding the
month in which bids were received for the Contract. These cost adjustments are not changes to the Contract
unit prices bid. When bidding, the Contractor shall specify on the Form 85 whether the cost adjustment will
apply to the Contract. After bids are submitted, the Contractor will not be given any other opportunity to
accept or reject this adjustment. If the Contractor fails to indicate a choice on the Form 85, the cost
adjustment will not apply to the Contract. If the fuel cost adjustment is accepted by the Contractor, the
adjustment will be made in accordance with the following criteria:
1. Cost adjustments will be based on the fuel price index established by the Department and calculated as
shown in subsection 109.06(h)2.D below. The index will be the monthly average of the rates posted by
the Oil Price Information Service (OPIS) for Denver No. 2 Diesel. The rate used will be the OPIS Average
taken from the OPIS Standard Rack table for Ultra-Low Sulfur w/Lubricity Gross Prices (ULS column),
expressed in dollars per gallon and rounded to two decimal places.
2. Cost adjustments will be made on a monthly basis subject to the following conditions:
A. Adjustment will be based on the pay quantities on the monthly partial pay estimate for each of the pay
items listed in the table below for which fuel factors have been established. Adjustment will be made
only when the pay item is measured by the pay unit specified in the table:
Item Pay Unit Fuel Factor (FF)
202-Removal of Asphalt Mat (Planing) Square Yard 0.006 Gal/SY/Inch depth
203-Excavation (muck, unclassified) Embankment,
Borrow
Cubic Yard 0.29 Gal/CY
203-Rock Excavation Cubic Yard 0.39 Gal/CY
206-Structure Excavation and Backfill [applies only
to quantities paid for by separate bid item; no
adjustment will be made for pay items that include
structure excavation & backfill, such as RCP(CIP)]
Cubic Yard 0.29 Gal/CY
304-Aggregate Base Course (Class___) Cubic Yard 0.85 Gal/CY
304-Aggregate Base Course (Class___) Ton 0.47 Gal./Ton
307-Processing Lime Treated Subgrade Square Yard 0.12 Gal/SY
310-Full Depth Reclamation Square Yard 0.06 Gal/SY
403-Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) (Grading __) * Ton 2.47 Gal/Ton
403-Stone Matrix Asphalt (Grading __) Ton 2.47 Gal/Ton
405-Heating and Scarifying Treatment Square Yard 0.44 Gal/SY
405-Heating and Repaving Treatment Square Yard 0.44 Gal/SY
405-Heating and Remixing Treatment Square Yard 0.44 Gal/SY
406-Cold Bituminous Pavement (Recycle) Square Yard 0.01 Gal/SY/Inch depth
412- Concrete Pavement (___Inch) Square Yard 0.03 Gal/SY/Inch thickness
412-Place Concrete Pavement** Square Yard 0.03 Gal/SY/Inch thickness
*Hot Mix Asphalt (Patching) is not subject to fuel cost adjustment.
**Use the thickness shown on the plans.
February 3, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 109
FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT
B. A fuel cost adjustment will be made only when the current fuel price index varies by more than 5
percent from the price index at the time of bid, and only for that portion of the variance in excess of 5
percent. Fuel cost adjustments may be either positive or negative dollar amounts.
C. Fuel cost adjustments will not be made for any partial estimate falling wholly after the expiration of
contract time.
D. Adjustment formula:
EP greater than BP:
FA = (EP – 1.05 BP)(Q)(FF)
EP less than BP:
FA = (EP – 0.95 BP)(Q)(FF)
Where:
BP = Average fuel price index for the calendar month prior to the calendar month in which bids
are opened
EP = Average fuel price index for the calendar month prior to the calendar month in which the
partial estimate pay period ends
FA = Adjustment for fuel costs in dollars
FF = Fuel usage factor for the pay item
Q = Pay quantity for the pay item on the monthly partial pay estimate
Note: When the pay item is based on area, and the rate of fuel use varies with thickness, Q
should be determined by multiplying the area by the thickness. For example: for 1000
square yards of 8-inch concrete pavement Q should be 8000.
Example: Bids are opened on July 16. The BP will be the average of the daily postings for June 1
through June 30. For an estimate cut-off date selected by the Contractor at the Pre-
Construction Conference of the 20th of the month a February estimate will include HMA
quantities (Q) measured from the 21st of January through the 20th of February, the FF
will be 2.47 Gal/Ton, and the EP index used to calculate FA will be the average of the
daily postings for January 1 through January 31 as established by CDOT.
E. Fuel cost adjustment will not be made for the quantity of any item that is left in place at no pay.
F. Fuel cost adjustments will not be made to items of work added to the Contract by Change Order after
the award of the Contract.
The fuel cost adjustment will be the sum of the individual adjustments for each of the pay items shown. No
adjustment will be made for fuel costs on items other than those shown. The factors shown are aggregate
adjustments for all types of fuels used, including but not limited to gasoline, diesel, propane, and burner fuel. No
additional adjustments will be made for any other type of fuel.
Fuel cost adjustments resulting in an increased payment to the Contractor will be paid for under the planned force
account item: Fuel Cost Adjustment. Fuel cost adjustments resulting in a decreased payment to the Contractor
will be deducted from monies owed the Contractor.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 109
MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 109.01, delete the 17th paragraph and replace it with the following:
Vehicles used to haul material being paid for by weight shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Each of
these vehicles shall be weighed empty daily at times directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish to the
Engineer, in writing, a vehicle identification sheet that lists the following for each delivery vehicle to be used on the
project:
(1) identification mark
(2) vehicle length
(3) tare weight
(4) number of axles
(5) the distance between extreme axles
(6) information related to legal weight, including the Permit No. and permitted weight of each vehicle for
which the State has issued an overweight permit.
This information shall be furnished prior to time of delivery of the material and at any subsequent time the
Contractor changes vehicles, combination vehicles, axle length relationships, or overweight permitting of vehicles.
January 6, 2012
REVISION OF SECTION 109
MEASUREMENT OF WATER
Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 109.01, delete the twenty-sixth paragraph and replace with the following:
Water may be measured either by volume or weight. Water meters shall be accurate within a range of ± 3
percent. When water is metered, the Contractor shall use an approved metering device and shall furnish the
Engineer a certificate showing the meter has been accurately calibrated within the time allowed in the following
schedule:
2 inch 4 years
4 inch to 6 inch 2 years
8 inch to 10 inch 1 year
July 29, 2011
REVISION OF SECTIONS 206 AND 601
BACKFILLING STRUCTURES THAT
SUPPORT LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES
Sections 206 and 601 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 206.03, delete the ninth paragraph and replace with the following:
Backfill material shall not be deposited against newly constructed masonry or concrete structures, until the
concrete has developed a compressive strength of 0.8 f 'c, except in cases where the structures support lateral
earth pressure. Concrete compressive strength for structures supporting lateral earth pressure shall conform to
subsection 601.12 (o).
Subsection 601.12 shall include the following:
(o) Backfilling Structures that Support Lateral Earth Pressure. Concrete compressive strengths shall reach f'c
before backfilling operations can begin with heavy equipment, such as skid-steers or self-powered riding
compactors. Concrete compressive strengths shall reach 0.8 f'c before backfilling operations can begin with
hand operated equipment.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 401
COMPACTION OF HOT MIX ASPHALT
Section 401 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 401.17, delete the third paragraph and replace with the following:
SMA shall be compacted to a density of 93 to 97 percent of the daily theoretical maximum specific gravity,
determined according to CP 51. All other HMA shall be compacted to a density of 92 to 96 percent of the daily
theoretical maximum specific gravity, determined according to CP 51. If more than one theoretical maximum
specific gravity test is taken in a day, the average of the theoretical maximum specific gravity results will be used
to determine the percent compaction. Field density determinations will be made in accordance with CP 44 or 81.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 401
COMPACTION PAVEMENT TEST SECTION (CTS)
Section 401 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 401.17, delete the fifteenth paragraph and replace with the following:
Two sets of random cores shall be taken within the last 200 tons of the CTS. Each set shall consist of a minimum
of seven random cores. The Engineer will determine the coring locations using a stratified random sampling
process. The locations of these cores will be such that one set can serve as a duplicate of the other. One set of
these cores shall be immediately submitted to the Engineer. This set will be used for determining acceptance of
the CTS and determining density correction factors for nuclear density equipment. Densities of the random
samples will be determined by cores according to CP 44. Density correction factors for nuclear density
equipment will be determined according to CP 81. Coring shall be performed under CDOT observation. Coring
will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work. For SMA, a CTS is not used. The
Contractor shall follow the requirements for the demonstration control strip in accordance with the Revision of
Section 403, Stone Matrix Asphalt Pavement.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 401
TEMPERATURE SEGREGATION
Section 401 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 401.16 delete the twelfth (last) paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Engineer may evaluate the HMA for low density due to temperature segregation any time industry best
practices, as detailed on Form 1346, are not being followed or the Engineer suspects temperature segregation is
occurring. The Engineer will first meet with the Contractor to discuss the paving practices that are triggering the
temperature investigation. Areas across the mat, excluding the outside 1 foot of both edges of the mat, that are
more than 25 °F cooler than other material across the width may be marked for density testing. Material for
temperature comparison will be evaluated in 3-foot intervals behind the paver across the width of the mat. The
material shall be marked and tested in accordance with CP 58. If four or more areas within a lot of 500 tons have
densities of less than 93 percent of the material’s maximum specific gravity for SMA mixes or less than 92 percent
of the material’s maximum specific gravity for all other HMA mixes, a 5 percent price disincentive will be applied to
the 500 ton lot. The 500 ton count begins when the Engineer starts looking for cold areas, not when the first cold
area is detected. This price disincentive will be in addition to those described in Sections 105 and 106. Only one
area per delivered truck will be counted toward the number of low density areas. Temperature segregation
checks will be performed only in areas where continuous paving is possible.
May 5, 2011
REVISION OF SECTIONS 412, 601 AND 711
LIQUID MEMBRANE-FORMING COMPOUNDS
FOR CURING CONCRETE
Sections 412, 601 and 711 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 412.14, first paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace with the following:
The impervious membrane curing compound shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 309, Type 2 and shall be
volatile organic content (VOC) compliant.
In subsection 601.13 (b), first paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace with the following:
A volatile organic content (VOC) compliant curing compound conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 2 shall be used on
surfaces where curing compound is allowed, except that Type 1 curing compound shall be used on exposed
aggregate or colored concrete, or when directed by the Engineer.
In subsection 601.16 (a) 1., delete the first sentence and replace with the following:
1. Membrane Forming Curing Compound Method. A volatile organic content (VOC) compliant curing compound
conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 2 shall be uniformly applied to the surface of the deck, curbs and sidewalks
at the rate of 1 gallon per 100 square feet.
Delete subsection 711.01 and replace with the following:
711.01 Curing Materials. Curing materials shall conform to the following requirements:
Burlap Cloth made from Jute or Kenaf AASHTO M 182
Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for
Curing Concrete
ASTM C 309
Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete AASHTO M 171*
*Only the performance requirements of AASHTO M171 shall apply.
Straw used for curing shall consist of threshed straw of oats, barley, wheat, or rye. Clean field or marsh hay may
be substituted for straw when approved by the Engineer. Old dry straw or hay which breaks readily in the
spreading process will not be accepted.
December 29, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CLASS H AND HT BRIDGE DECK CONCRETE
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 601.02 delete Class H and HT from Table 601-1 and replace with the following:
H 4500 at 56
days 500 to 640 5 – 8 0.42 – 0.44
HT 4500 at 56
days 500 to 640 5 – 8 0.42 – 0.44
In subsection 601.02 delete Class H and HT and replace with the following:
Class H concrete is used for bare concrete bridge decks. Additional requirements are:
(1) Type A or dual rated Type A and F chemical admixtures may be used.
(2) Set retarding and accelerating admixtures shall not be used. These include Type B, C, D, E, and G chemical
admixtures.
(3) The concrete mix shall consist of a minimum of 55 percent sizes No. 57, No. 6, or No. 67 coarse aggregate
by weight of total aggregate.
(4) The permeability of the laboratory trial mix shall not exceed 2000 coulombs at 56 days when tested by
ASTM C 1202
(5) The cracking tendency of the laboratory trial mix shall not exhibit a crack before 15 days when tested by
AASHTO T334.
(6) Class H concrete shall contain a minimum of 20 percent pozzolan by weight of total cementitious material.
(7) The sulfate exposure is Class 0 except when substituted for Class B or D concrete.
Class HT concrete is used for deck resurfacing and repairs on bare concrete bridge decks. Additional
requirements are:
(1) Type A or dual rated Type A and F chemical admixtures may be used.
(2) Set retarding and accelerating admixtures shall not be used. These include Type B, C, D, E, and G chemical
admixtures.
(3) The concrete mix shall consist of a minimum of 50 percent size No. 7 or No. 8 coarse aggregate by weight
of total aggregate.
(4) The permeability of the laboratory trial mix shall not exceed 2000 coulombs at 56 days when tested by
ASTM C 1202
(5) The cracking tendency of the laboratory trial mix shall not exhibit a crack before 15 days when tested by
AASHTO T334.
(6) Class HT concrete shall contain a minimum of 20 percent pozzolan by weight of total cementitious
material.
(7) The sulfate exposure is Class 0
In subsection 601.05 delete the fifth paragraph and replace with the following:
Except for class BZ concrete, the maximum slump of the delivered concrete shall be the slump of the approved
concrete mix design plus 1½ inch. Except for Class H and HT concrete, the laboratory trial mix shall produce an
average compressive strength at least 115 percent of the required field compressive strength specified in Table
601-1. When entrained air is specified in the Contract for Class BZ concrete, an air entraining admixture may be
added to an approved Class BZ mix design. A new trial mix will not be required.
December 29, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CLASS H AND HT BRIDGE DECK CONCRETE
In subsection 601.07 delete the second paragraph and (a) and replace with the following:
For Class H and HT concrete, adding water after the initial mixing shall not occur. All water shall be added at the
plant. Slump adjustment shall be through the addition of an approved Type A or dual rated Type A and F water
reducing admixture.
Silica fume, when used, shall be added to the mix during initial batching.
(a) Mixing General. The concrete shall be deposited in place within 90 minutes after batching when concrete is
delivered in truck mixers or agitating trucks, and within 60 minutes when delivered in non agitating trucks.
Except for Class H and HT concrete, the 90 minute time limit for mixer or agitating trucks may be extended to
120 minutes if:
(1) No water is added after 90 minutes.
(2) The concrete temperature prior to placement is less than 90 °F
Except for Class H and HT concrete, the 90 minute time limit for mixer or agitating trucks may be extended to
180 minutes if:
(1) No water is added after 90 minutes.
(2) The concrete temperature prior to placement is less than 90 °F.
(3) The approved concrete mix contains a Type D water reducing and retarding chemical admixture.
In subsection 601.15 delete (b) and (c) and replace with the following:
(b) Test Slab. At least fourteen working days prior to initial placement of Class H, Class HT or Class S50
concrete on or in a deck, the Contractor shall place, finish and cure a test slab according to the project
specifications, using the same personnel, methods and equipment (including the concrete pump, if used) that
will be used on the bridge deck. The test slab shall be the same width as the bridge deck. When the bridge
deck width is greater than 40 feet, the Contractor may reduce the test slab width to a minimum of 40 feet. The
test slab shall have a length of at least 30 feet and shall have a thickness a minimum of the bridge deck
thickness. Placement of Class H, HT or S50 Concrete in the deck shall not occur until approval is given by the
Engineer. Approval to place concrete on the deck will be based on satisfactory placement, consolidation,
finishing and curing of the test slab and cores, and will be given or denied within two working days of receiving
the cores from the Contractor.
A minimum of one day after construction of the test slab, the Contractor shall core four full-depth 4 inch diameter
cores, one from each quadrant of the test slab, and submit them to the Engineer for visual inspection of degree
of consolidation. . If an additional test slab is deemed necessary by the Engineer, it will be placed at the
Contractor’s expense.
Additional test slabs shall be placed as necessary to verify changes in design or procedures at the
Contractor’s expense.
Test slabs that are placed as acceptable work in segments of concrete pavement, or as approach slabs, or
other locations acceptable to the Engineer, will be paid for as the pay item for that element of the Contract.
(c) Placing. Concrete shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of subsection 601.12 except for the
following:
Concrete shall be placed in such manner as to require as little handling as possible and at sufficient depth to
provide adequate material for screeding and finishing operations. The concrete shall be discharged as near
its final location as practicable. The pattern of placement shall be such that lateral flow will be minimized.
Concrete shall be placed against the leading edge of fresh concrete where practicable.
December 29, 2011
3
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CLASS H AND HT BRIDGE DECK CONCRETE
For Class H, HT and S50 Concrete maintain environmental conditions on the entire bridge deck so the
evaporation rate is less than 0.2 pounds per square foot per hour. The temperature of Class H, HT and S50
Concrete immediately before placement shall be a minimum of 55°F and a maximum of 70°F. This may require
placing the deck at night, in the early morning or on another day. The evaporation rate (as determined in the
American Concrete Institute Manual of Concrete Practice 305R, Chapter 2) is a function of air temperature,
concrete temperature, wind speed and relative humidity. The effects of any fogging required by the Engineer
will not be considered in the estimation of the evaporation rate.
Just prior to and at least once every hour during placement of the Class H, HT and S50 Concrete and until the
water cure method is applied, the Contractor will measure, record and report to the Engineer the air
temperature, concrete temperature, wind speed, and relative humidity on the bridge deck. The Contractor will
take and report to the Engineer the air temperature, wind, and relative humidity measurements approximately 12
inches above the surface of the deck. With this information, the Engineer will determine the evaporation rate.
When the evaporation rate is equal to or above 0.2 pounds per square foot per hour, take actions (such as
cooling the concrete, installing wind breaks, sun screens, etc.) to create and maintain an evaporation rate less
than 0.2 pounds per square foot per hour on the entire bridge deck.
Fogging using hand-held equipment may be required by the Engineer during unanticipated delays in the placing,
finishing or curing operations. If fogging is required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall not allow water to drip,
flow or puddle on the concrete surface during fogging, placement of absorptive material, or at any time before
the concrete has achieved final set.
Longitudinal joints for a Class HT concrete overlay will be allowed only at the locations of lane lines and must
be approved by the Engineer.
If placing Class H, HT and S50 Concrete is delayed and the concrete has taken its initial set, stop the
placement, saw the nearest construction joint approved by the Engineer, and remove all concrete beyond the
construction joint.
Transverse joints may be utilized when the Engineer determines that the work is not progressing in a
satisfactory manner, or when required by change in weather conditions. The Engineer may approve
transverse joint locations to accommodate phased overlay construction.
Delete subsection 601.16 and replace with the following:
601.16 Curing Concrete Bridge Decks. Except for Class H and HT concrete, the minimum curing period shall
be 120 hours. For Class H and HT concrete the minimum curing period shall be 168 hours.
The concrete surface shall be kept moist at all times by fogging with an approved atomizing nozzle or applying a
monomolecular film coating to retard evaporation until the curing material is in place.
Except for when Class H & HT Concrete is used; Concrete bridge decks, including bridge curbs and bridge
sidewalks shall be cured as follows:
(a) Decks placed from May 1 to September 30 shall be cured by the membrane forming curing compound
method followed by the water cure method as follows:
1. Membrane Forming Curing Compound Method. A volatile organic content (VOC) compliant curing
compound conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 2 shall be uniformly applied to the surface of the deck, curbs
and sidewalks at the rate of 1 gallon per 100 square feet. The curing compound shall be applied as a fine
spray using power operated spraying equipment. The power operated spraying equipment shall be
equipped with an operational pressure gage and a means of controlling the pressure. Before and during
application the curing compound shall be kept thoroughly mixed by recirculation or a tank agitator. The
application shall be within 20 feet of the deck finishing operation. When the finishing operation is
discontinued, all finished concrete shall be coated with curing compound within ½ hour. The curing
compound shall be thoroughly mixed within one hour before use.
(b) December 29, 2011
4
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CLASS H AND HT BRIDGE DECK CONCRETE
1. Water Cure Method. The water cure method shall be applied as soon as it can be without marring the
surface. The surface of the concrete, including bridge curbs and bridge sidewalks, shall be entirely
covered with wet burlap and polyethylene sheeting. Prior to being placed, the burlap shall be thoroughly
saturated with water. The wet burlap and polyethylene sheeting shall extend at least twice the thickness
of the bridge deck beyond the edges of the slab and shall be weighted to remain in contact with the
surface. The wet burlap and polyethylene sheeting shall remain in contact and be kept wet for the entire
curing period.
(c) Decks placed between November 1 and March 31 shall be cured by application of a membrane forming
curing compound followed by the blanket method as follows:
1. Membrane Forming Curing Compound Method. This method shall be applied in accordance with
subsection 601.16(a)1 above.
2. Blanket Method. Curing blankets with a minimum R-Value of 0.5 shall be placed on the deck as soon as
they can be without marring the surface. Blankets shall be loosely laid (not stretched) and adjacent
edges suitably overlapped with continuous weights along the lapped joints. The blankets shall remain in
place for a minimum of five days after placement.
(d) Decks placed in April or October may be cured in accordance with either subsection 601.16(a) or 601.16(b)
above.
(e) For decks above an elevation of 8,000 feet above mean sea level, the Engineer may modify the time of year
requirements for the cure methods defined in subsection 601.16(a) and 601.16(b) above.
(f) Class H, Class HT and Class S50 concrete shall be cured as follows:
Water Cure Method. The water cure method shall be applied as soon as it can be without marring the
surface. The surface of the concrete, including bridge curbs and bridge sidewalks, shall be entirely covered
with wet burlap and polyethylene sheeting. Prior to being placed, the burlap shall be thoroughly saturated
with water. The wet burlap and polyethelene sheeting shall extend at least twice the thickness of the bridge
deck beyond the edges of the slab and shall be weighted to remain in contact with the surface. The wet
burlap and polyethylene sheeting shall remain in contact and be kept wet for the entire curing period
(g) When the ambient temperature is expected to fall below 40 °F during the curing period, the Contractor shall
maintain the internal concrete temperature above 50 °F during the curing period. The Contractor shall
provide suitable measures such as straw, additional burlap, or other suitable blanketing materials, and/or
housing and artificial heat to maintain the concrete temperatures between 50ºF and 75ºF as measured on the
upper and lower surfaces of the concrete. Enclose the area underneath the deck and heat so that the
temperature of the surrounding air is as close as possible to the temperature of the concrete and between 50ºF
and 75ºF. When artificial heating is used to maintain the concrete, provide adequate ventilation to limit exposure
to carbon dioxide. Maintain wet burlap and polyethylene cover during the curing period. Heating may be
stopped after the first 72 hours if the time of curing is lengthened to account for periods when the ambient air
temperature is below 40ºF. For every day the ambient air temperature is below 40ºF, an additional day of curing
with a minimum ambient air temperature of 50ºF will be required. After completion of the required curing
period, remove the curing and protection so that the temperature of the concrete during the first 24 hours does
not fall more than 25°F.
Internal concrete temperature shall be determined by using thermocouples. Thermocouple wire, connectors,
and hand held thermometer will be supplied by the Contractor. The Contractor shall install the thermocouples
at locations designated by the Engineer.
During the curing period, the Contractor shall monitor the enclosure at intervals acceptable to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall monitor concrete temperature, and the structural integrity of the enclosure. Artificial heat
sources shall not be placed in such a manner as to endanger formwork or expose any area of concrete to
drying due to excessive temperatures.
If the internal concrete temperature at any location in the bridge deck concrete falls below 32 °F during the
first 24 hours of the curing period, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to core the areas in question at the
December 29, 2011
5
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CLASS H AND HT BRIDGE DECK CONCRETE
locations indicated by the Engineer. The Engineer will take immediate possession of the cores. The
Engineer will submit the cores to a petrographer for examination in accordance with ASTM C 856. Concrete
damaged by frost, as determined by the petrographer, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's
expense. All costs associated with coring, transmittal of cores, and petrographic examination shall be borne
by the Contractor regardless of the outcome of the petrographic examination.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CONCRETE BATCHING
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 601.06, delete (13) and (17) and replace with the following:
(13) Gallons of water added by truck operator, the time the water was added and the quantity of concrete in the
truck each time water is added.
(17) Water to cementitious material ratio.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTIONS 601
CONCRETE FINISHING
Section 601of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 601.12 (a) delete the fifth paragraph and replace it with the following:
Water shall not be added to the surface of the concrete to assist in finishing operations.
Hand finishing should be minimized wherever possible. The hand finishing methods shall be addressed in the
Quality Control Plan for concrete finishing. Hand finished concrete shall be struck off and screeded with a portable
screed that is at least 2 feet longer than the maximum width of the surface to be struck off. It shall be sufficiently
rigid to retain its shape. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated by hand vibrators. Hand finishing shall not be
allowed after concrete has been in-place for more than 30 minutes or when initial set has begun. Finishing tools
made of aluminum shall not be used.
The Contractor shall provide a Quality Control Plan (QCP) to ensure that proper hand finishing is accomplished in
accordance with current Industry standards. It shall identify the Contractor’s method for ensuring that the
provisions of the QCP are met. The QCP shall be submitted to the Engineer at the Preconstruction Conference.
Concrete placement shall not begin until the Engineer has approved the QCP. The QCP shall identify and
address issues affecting the quality finished concrete including but not limited to:
(1) Timing of hand finishing operations
(2) Methodology to place and transport concrete
(3) Equipment and tools to be utilized
(4) Qualifications and training of finishers and supervisors
When the Engineer determines that any element of the approved QCP is not being implemented or that hand
finished concrete is unacceptable, work shall be suspended. The Contractor shall supply a written plan to address
improperly placed material and how to remedy future hand finishing failures and bring the work into compliance
with the QCP. The Engineer will review the plan for acceptability prior to authorizing the resumption of operations.
In subsection 601.14(a) delete the fourth paragraph.
July 28, 2011
24
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CONCRETE FORM AND FALSEWORK REMOVAL
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 601.09, delete (h) and replace with the following:
(h) Removal of Forms. The forms for any portion of the structure shall not be removed until the concrete is strong
enough to withstand damage when the forms are removed.
Unless specified in the plans, forms shall remain in place for members that resist dead load bending until concrete
has reached a compressive strength of at least 80 percent of the required 28 day strength, 0.80f’c. Forms for
columns shall remain in place until concrete has reached a compressive strength of at least 1,000 psi. Forms for
sides of beams, walls or other members that do not resist dead load bending shall remain in place until concrete
has reached a compressive strength of at least 500 psi.
Forms and supports for cast-in-place concrete box culverts (CBCs) shall not be removed until the concrete
compressive strength exceeds 0.6 fc′ for CBCs with spans up to and including 12 feet, and 0.67 fc′ for CBCs with
spans exceeding 12 feet but not larger than 20 feet. Forms for CBCs with spans larger than 20 feet shall not be
removed until after all concrete has been placed in all spans and has attained a compressive strength of at least
0.80f’c.
Concrete compressive strength shall be determined using information concrete cylinders or by maturity meters.
At the pre-pour conference, the Contractor shall submit the method of determining the structure’s strength and the
location where information cylinders will be taken or maturity meters placed.
If information cylinders are used they shall be cast by the Contractor and cured in the same manner as the
structure. A set of information cylinders shall be taken for each concrete placement on the structure. A set of
information cylinders shall be taken for any load of concrete that is being placed at the mid-span of beams and at
support locations and other locations as directed by the Engineer. Casting of the information cylinders will be
witnessed by the Engineer. The information cylinders shall remain in the molds and cured in the same manner as
the structure until they are tested in the laboratory by the Engineer. Compressive strength shall be determined
using the compressive strength of at least two information cylinders. The contractor shall be responsible for
protecting the information cylinders from damage.
Prior to placement of concrete whose strength will be determined with maturity meters, the Contractor shall
provide the Engineer a report of maturity relationships in accordance with CP 69. The Contractor shall provide
maturity meters and all necessary wires and connectors. The Contractor shall be responsible for the placement
and maintenance of the maturity meter and wire. . At a minimum a maturity meter will be placed at the mid-span
of beams and at support locations. Placement shall be as directed by the Engineer.
For structures with multiple sets of information cylinders or maturity meters, the lowest compressive strength shall
determine when the forms can be removed.
Acceptance cylinders shall not be used for determining compressive strength to remove forms.
When field operations are controlled by information cylinder tests or maturity meter, the removal of forms,
supports and housing, and the discontinuance of heating and curing may begin when the concrete is found to
have the required compressive strength.
Forms for median barrier, railing or curbs, may be removed at the convenience of the Contractor after the
concrete has hardened.
All forms shall be removed except permanent steel bridge deck forms and forms used to support hollow
abutments or hollow piers when no permanent access is available into the cells. When permanent access is
provided into box girders, all interior forms and loose material shall be removed, and the inside of box girders
shall be cleaned.
July 28, 2011
2
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CONCRETE FORM AND FALSEWORK REMOVAL
In subsection 601.11, delete (e) and replace with the following:
(e) Falsework Removal. Unless specified in the plans or specifications, falsework shall remain in place until
concrete has attained a minimum compressive strength of 0.80f’c.
Falsework supporting any span of a simple span bridge shall not be released until after all concrete, excluding
concrete above the bridge deck, has attained a compressive strength of at least 0.80f’c.
Falsework supporting any span of a continuous or rigid frame bridge shall not be released until after all concrete,
excluding concrete above the bridge deck, has been placed in all spans and has attained the compressive
strength of at least 0.80f’c.
Falsework for arch bridges shall be removed uniformly and gradually, beginning at the crown, to permit the arch to
take its load slowly and evenly.
Falsework supporting overhangs and deck slabs between girders shall not be released until the deck concrete
has attained a compressive strength of at least 0.80f’c.
Falsework for pier caps which will support steel or precast concrete girders shall not be released until the
concrete has attained a compressive strength of at least 0.80f’c. Girders shall not be erected onto such pier caps
until the concrete in the cap has attained the compressive strength of at least 0.80f’c.
Falsework for cast-in-place prestressed portions of structures shall not be released until after the pre-stressing
steel has been tensioned.
Concrete compressive strength shall be determined using information concrete cylinders or by maturity meters.
At the pre-pour conference, the Contractor shall submit the method of determining the structure’s strength and the
location that information cylinders will be taken or maturity meters placed.
If information cylinders are used they shall be cast by the Contractor and cured in the same manner as the
structure. A set of information cylinders shall be taken for each concrete placement on the structure. A set of
information cylinders shall be taken for any load of concrete that is being placed at the mid-span of beams and at
support locations and other locations as directed by the Engineer. Casting of the information cylinders will be
witnessed by the Engineer. The information cylinders shall remain in the molds and cured in the same manner as
the structure until they are tested in the laboratory by the Engineer. Compressive strength shall be determined
using the compressive strength of at least two information cylinders. The Contractor shall be responsible for
protecting the information cylinders from damage.
Prior to placement of concrete whose strength will be determined with maturity meters, the Contractor shall
provide the Engineer a report of maturity relationships in accordance with CP 69. The Contractor shall provide
maturity meters and all necessary wires and connectors. The Contractor shall be responsible for the placement
and maintenance of the maturity meters and wires. At a minimum a maturity meter will be placed at the mid-span
of beams and at support locations. Placement shall be as directed by the Engineer.
For structures with multiple sets of information cylinders or maturity meters, the lowest compressive strength shall
determine when the falsework can be removed.
Acceptance cylinders shall not be used for determining compressive strength to remove falsework.
July 29, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 601
CONCRETE SLUMP ACCEPTANCE
Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete the fifth paragraph of Subsection 601.05 and replace with the following:
Except for Class BZ concrete, the slump of the delivered concrete shall be the slump of the approved concrete
mix design plus or minus 2.0 inch. The laboratory trial mix must produce an average compressive strength at
least 115 percent of the required field compressive strength specified in Table 601-1. When entrained air is
specified in the Contract for Class BZ concrete, an air entraining admixture may be added to an approved Class
BZ mix design. A new trial mix will not be required.
Delete Subsection 601.17 (b), 601.17 (d) and Table 601-3 and replace with the following:
(a) Slump. Slump acceptance, but not rejection, may be visually determined by the Engineer. Any batch that
exceeds the slump of the approved concrete mix design by 2.0 inches will be retested. If the slump is
exceeded a second time, that load is rejected. If the slump is greater than 2 inches lower than the approved
concrete mix design, the load can be adjusted with a water reducer, or by adding water (if the w/cm allows)
and retested.
Portions of loads incorporated into structures prior to determining test results which indicate rejection as the
correct course of action shall be subject to reduced payment or removal as determined by the Engineer.
(d) Pay Factors. The pay factor for concrete which is allowed to remain in place at a reduced price shall be
according to Table 601-3 and shall be applied to the unit price bid for Item 601, Structural Concrete.
If deviations occur in air content and strength within the same batch, the pay factor for the batch shall be the
product of the individual pay factors.
Table 601-3
PAY FACTORS
Percent Total Air Strength
Deviations
From
Specified
Air
(Percent)
Pay
Factor
(Percent)
Below
Specified
Strength (psi)
[ < 4500 psi
Concrete]
Pay
Factor
(Percent)
Below
Specified
Strength (psi)
[ ≥ 4500 psi
Concrete]
0.0-0.2 98 1-100 98 1-100
0.3-0.4 96 101-200 96 101-200
0.5-0.6 92 201-300 92 201-300
0.7-0.8 84 301-400 84 301-400
0.9-1.0 75 401-500 75 401-500
Over 1.0 Reject Over 500 Reject
65 501-600
54 601-700
42 701-800
29 801-900
15 901-1000
Reject Over 1000
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 630
CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Subsection 630.10 shall include the following after the first paragraph:
The Contractor’s Superintendent and all others serving in a similar supervisory capacity shall have completed a
CDOT-approved two-day Traffic Control Supervisor training as offered by the CCA. The one-day ATSSA Traffic
Control Technician (TCT) training along with the two-day ATSSA Traffic Control Supervisor training will serve as
an alternate. If the alternate is chosen, the Contractor shall provide written evidence that at least an 80 percent
score was achieved in both of the two training classes. The certifications of completion or certifications of
achievement for all appropriate staff shall be submitted to the Engineer at the preconstruction conference.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 630
RETROREFLECTIVE SIGN SHEETING
(WITH TYPE VI SHEETING)
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 630.02, delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs, including Table 630-1, and replace them with the
following:
Retroreflective sheeting for all signs requiring an orange background shall be Type VI or Type Fluorescent.
Retroreflective sheeting for all signs requiring a yellow background shall Type Fluorescent.
Table 630-1
Retroreflective Sheeting Types
Sheeting
Type IV♦
Type VI
(Roll-up sign material)
Type Fluorescent1
Application Work Zone Work Zone Work Zone
All Orange Construction Signs X
Orange Construction Signs that
are used only during daytime
hours for short term or mobile
operations
X4 X
Barricades (Temporary) X
Vertical Panels X
Flaggers Stop/Slow Paddle X X
Drums2 X
Non-orange Fixed Support
signs with prefix “W” X
Special Warning Signs X
STOP sign (R1-1)
YIELD sign (R1-2)
WRONG WAY sign (R5-1a)
DO NOT ENTER sign (R5-1)
EXIT sign (E5-1a)
X
DETOUR sign (M4-9) or
(M4-10) X
All other fixed support signs3 X X
All other signs used only during
working hours X X
All other signs that are used
only during daytime hours for
short term or mobile operations
X X5 X
1 Fluorescent Sheeting shall be of a brand that is on the CDOT Approved Products List.
2 Drum Sheeting shall be manufactured for flexible devices.
3 Fixed support signs are defined as all signs that must remain in use outside of working hours. They shall be mounted in accordance
with Standard Plan S-630-1.
4 RS 24 only.
5 White only.
♦ New signs and devices shall be manufactured with Type IV sheeting. Existing signs and devices manufactured with Type III sheeting
may be used on projects advertised prior to January 1, 2014. Signs and devices used on projects advertised on or after January 1,
2014 shall be manufactured with Type IV sheeting.
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 630
RETROREFLECTIVE SIGN SHEETING
Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 630.06, first paragraph, delete the fifth sentence and replace with the following:
Retroreflective sheeting on new devices shall be Type IV. Existing devices manufactured with Type III sheeting
may be used on projects advertised prior to January 1, 2014. Devices used on projects advertised on or after
January 1, 2014 shall be manufactured with Type IV sheeting.
February 3, 2011
1
REVISION OF SECTION 712
GEOTEXTILES
Section 712 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
In subsection 712.08, delete Table 712-2 and replace with the following
Table 712-2
TYPICAL VALUES OF PERMEABILITY COEFFICIENTS1
Particle
Size Range
Millimeters (inches)
Effectiv
e
Turbulent Flow Size
D max D min
D 20
mm
(inches)
Permeability
Coefficient k
cm/s
Derrick STONE 3000 (120) 900 (36) 1200
(48) 100
One-man STONE 300 (12) 100 (4) 150 (6) 30
Clean, fine to
coarse GRAVEL 80 (3) 10 (¼) 13 (½) 10
Fine, uniform
GRAVEL 8 (⅜) 1.5 (1/16) 3 (⅛) 5
Very coarse, clean,
uniform SAND 3 (⅛) 0.8 (1/32) 1.5 (1/16) 3
Laminar Flow
Uniform, coarse
SAND 2 (⅛) 0.5 (1/64) 0.6 0.4
Uniform, medium
SAND 0.5 0.25 0.3 0.1
Clean, well-graded
SAND & GRAVEL 10 0.05 0.1 0.01
Uniform, fine SAND 0.25 0.05 0.06 40 x 10-4
Well-graded, silty
SAND & GRAVEL 5 0.01 0.02 4 x 10-4
Silty SAND 2 0.005 0.01 1.0 x 10-4
Uniform SILT 0.05 0.005 0.006 0.5 x 10-4
Sandy CLAY 1.0 0.001 0.002 0.05 x 10-4
Silty CLAY 0.05 0.001 0.0015 0.01 x 10-4
CLAY (30% to 50%
clay sizes) 0.05 0.0005 0.0008 0.001 x 10-4
Colloidal CLAY (-2
μm 50%) 0.01 10 40 10-9
1 Basic Soils Engineering, R.K. Hough, 2nd Edition, Ronald Pess Co.;
1969, Page 76.
Note: Since the permeability coefficient of the soil will be unknown in
most non-critical, non-severe applications for erosion control and
drainage, the soil-permeability coefficients listed in Table 712-2
may be used as a guide for comparing the permeability coefficient
of the fabric with that of the in-place soil
February 3, 2011
REVISION OF SECTION 712
WATER FOR MIXING OR CURING CONCRETE
Section 712 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:
Delete subsection 712.01 and replace it with the following:
712.01 Water. Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be reasonably clean and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali,
sugar, vegetation, or other substance injurious to the finished product. Concrete mixing water shall meet the
requirements of ASTM C1602. The Contractor shall perform and submit tests to the Engineer at the frequencies
listed in ASTM C1602. Potable water may be used without testing. Where the source of water is relatively
shallow, the intake shall be so enclosed as to exclude silt, mud, grass, and other foreign materials.
February 3, 2011
1
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
A. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246)
1. The Bidder’s attention is called to the “Equal Opportunity Clause” and the “Standard Federal Equal
Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications” set forth herein.
2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the
Contractor’s aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area are as
follows:
Goals and Timetable for Minority Utilization
Timetable - Until Further Notice
Economic
Area
Standard Metropolitan
Statistical Area (SMSA)
Counties
Involved
Goal
2080 Denver-Boulder Adams, Arapahoe, Boulder, Denver,
Douglas, Gilpin, Jefferson...................
13.8%
2670 Fort Collins Larimer................................................ 6.9%
3060 Greeley Weld.................................................... 13.1%
157
(Denver)
Non SMSA Counties Cheyenne, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Grand, Kit Carson, Logan, Morgan,
Park, Phillips, Sedgwick, Summit,
Washington & Yuma............................
12.8%
1720 Colorado Springs El Paso, Teller..................................... 10.9%
6560 Pueblo Pueblo................................................. 27.5%
158
(Colo. Spgs. -
Pueblo)
Non SMSA Counties Alamosa, Baca, Bent, Chaffee,
Conejos, Costilla, Crowley, Custer,
Fremont, Huerfano, Kiowa, Lake,
Las Animas, Lincoln, Mineral, Otero,
Prowers, Rio Grande, Saguache........
19.0%
159
(Grand Junction)
Non SMSA Archuleta, Delta, Dolores, Eagle,
Garfield, Gunnison, Hinsdale,
La Plata, Mesa, Moffat, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Pitkin, Rio Blanco,
Routt, San Juan, San Miguel
10.2%
156 (Cheyenne -
Casper WY)
Non SMSA Jackson County, Colorado.................. 7.5%
GOALS AND TIMETABLES FOR FEMALE UTILIZATION
Until Further Notice......................................................................................................................6.9% -- Statewide
February 3, 2011
2
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
These goals are applicable to all the Contractor’s construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally
assisted) performed in the covered area. If the Contractor performs construction work in a geographical
area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area
where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the Contractor also is subject to
the goals for both its federally involved and non-federally involved construction.
The Contractor’s compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on
its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause specific affirmative action obligations required by the
specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts meet the goals established for the
geographical area where the contract resulting form this solicitation is to be performed. The hours of
minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the
contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and
women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from
Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor’s goals
shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Par 60-4.
Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed.
3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance
Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any
tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the
name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number; estimated
dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the
geographical area in which the contract is to be performed.
4. As used in this specification, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the “covered area” is the
county or counties shown on the Invitation for Bids and on the plans. In cases where the work is in two or
more counties covered by differing percentage goals, the highest percentage will govern.
February 3, 2011
3
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
B. STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246)
1. As used in these Specifications:
a. “Covered area” means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract
resulted;
b. “Director” means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department
of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority;
c. “Employer identification number” means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer’s
Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941.
d. “Minority” includes;
(i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin);
(ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other
Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race);
(iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East,
Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and
(iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of
North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and
participation or community identification).
2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any
construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of
these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female
participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted.
3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S.
Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative
action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with
that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to
demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each
Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its
obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in
each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or
Subcontractor toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor’s or
Subcontractor’s failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables.
4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a through p
of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are
expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization
the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees
in the covered area. Covered Construction contractors performing construction work in geographical
areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the
minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed.
Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained
from any office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs Office or from Federal procurement contracting
officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each
craft during the period specified.
February 3, 2011
4
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the
Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the
Contractor’s obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations
promulgated pursuant thereto.
6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals,
such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the
Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of
their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant
to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor.
7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The
evaluation of the Contractor’s compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to
achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall
implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following;
a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation , and coercion at all sites,
and in all facilities at which the Contractor’s employees are assigned to work. The Contractor,
where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall
specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are
aware of and carry out the Contractor’s obligation to maintain such a working environment, with
specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities.
b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written
notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the
Contractor or its union have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the
organization’s responses.
c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-
the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source of community
organization and of what action was taken with respect to each individual. If such individual was
sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or,
if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason
therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken.
d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union with which the Contractor has a
collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent
by the Contractor, or when he Contractor has other information that the union referral process has
impeded the Contractor’s efforts to meet its obligations.
e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which
expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and
trainee programs relevant to the Contractor’s employment needs, especially those programs funded
or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to
the sources compiled under 7b above.
f. Disseminate the Contractor’s EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training
programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO
obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing
it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc., by specific review of the policy with all
management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year, and by
posting the Contractor’s EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location
where construction work is performed.
February 3, 2011
5
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
g. Review, at least annually, the Contractor’s EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these
specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination
or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory
personnel such as Superintendents, General Foreman, etc., prior to the initiation of construction
work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place
of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject
matter.
h. Disseminate the Contractor’s EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media,
specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and
discussing the Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing
business.
i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to
schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training
organizations serving the Contractor’s recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one
month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any
recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the
above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection
process.
j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and,
where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female
youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor’s workforce.
k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR
Part 60-3.
l. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for
promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through
appropriate training, etc. such opportunities.
m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do
not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related
activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor’s obligations under these specifications
are being carried out.
n. Ensure that all facilities and Contractor’s activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single-
user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.
o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female
construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female
contractor associations and other business associations.
p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisor’s adherence to and performance under the
Contractor’s EEO policies and affirmative action obligation.
February 3, 2011
6
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of
their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-
union contractor-community, or other similar group of which the Contractor is a member and participant,
may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these specifications
provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group
has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the
concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor’s minority and female workforce
participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goal and timetables, and can provide access
to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The
obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor’s and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall
not be a defense for the Contractor’s noncompliance.
9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor,
however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all
minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently,
the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a
substantially disparate manner (for example, even thought the Contractor has achieved its goals for
women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of
women is underutilized).
10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against
any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government
contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246.
12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the
Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as
may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing
regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry
out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246,
as amended.
13 The Contractor in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action
steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to
achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails
to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these
specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8.
14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that
the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may
be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee
the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee
identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic,
apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the
indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained
in an easily understandable and retrievable form, however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this
requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records.
15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish
different standards of compliance or upon application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area
residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development
Block Grant Program).
February 3, 2011
7
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
C. SPECIFIC EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY RESPONSIBILITIES.
1. General.
a. Equal employment opportunity requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure
equal employment opportunity as required by Executive Order 11246 and Executive Order 11375
are set forth in Required Contract. Provisions (Form FHWA 1273 or 1316, as appropriate) and
these Special Provisions which are imposed pursuant to Section 140 of Title 23, U.S.C., as
established by Section 22 of the Federal-Aid highway Act of 1968. The requirements set forth in
these Special Provisions shall constitute the specific affirmative action requirements for project
activities under this contract and supplement the equal employment opportunity requirements set
forth in the Required Contract provisions.
b. The Contractor will work with the State highway agencies and the Federal Government in carrying out
equal employment opportunity obligations and in their review of his/her activities under the
contract.
c. The Contractor and all his/her subcontractors holding subcontracts not including material suppliers, of
$10,000 or more, will comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of equal
employment opportunity: (The equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order
11246, as set forth in Volume 6, Chapter 4, Section 1, Subsection 1 of the Federal-Aid Highway
Program Manual, are applicable to material suppliers as well as contractors and subcontractors.)
The Contractor will include these requirements in every subcontract of $10,000 or more with such
modification of language as is necessary to make them binding on the subcontractor.
2. Equal Employment Opportunity Policy. The Contractor will accept as his operating policy the following
statement which is designed to further the provision of equal employment opportunity to all persons
without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin, and to promote the full realization of
equal employment opportunity through a positive continuing program;
It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated
during employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, or national origin. Such action
shall include; employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising;
layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship, preapprenticeship, and/or on-the-job training.
3. Equal Employment Opportunity Officer. The Contractor will designate and make known to the State highway
agency contracting officers and equal employment opportunity officer (herein after referred to as the EEO
Officer) who will have the responsibility for an must be capable of effectively administering and promoting
an active contractor program of equal employment opportunity and who must be assigned adequate
authority and responsibility to do so.
4. Dissemination of Policy.
a. All members of the Contractor’s staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and discharge
employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially involved in such action, will
be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the Contractor’s equal employment opportunity
policy and contractual responsibilities to provide equal employment opportunity in each grade and
classification of employment. To ensure that the above agreement will be met, the following
actions will be taken as a minimum;
(1) Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the
start of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the
Contractor’s equal employment opportunity policy and its implementation will be reviewed
and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer or other knowledgeable
company official.
February 3, 2011
8
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
(2) All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the
EEO Officer or other knowledgeable company official, covering all major aspects of the
Contractor’s equal employment opportunity obligations within thirty days following their
reporting for duty with the Contractor.
(3) All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO
Officer or appropriate company official in the Contractor’s procedures for locating and hiring
minority group employees.
b. In order to make the Contractor’s equal employment opportunity policy known to all employees,
prospective employees and potential sources of employees, i.e., schools, employment agencies,
labor unions (where appropriate), college placement officers, etc., the Contractor will take the
following actions:
(1) Notices and posters setting forth the Contractor’s equal employment opportunity policy will be
placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for employment and potential
employees.
.
(2) The Contractor’s equal employment opportunity policy and the procedures to implement such
policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings, employee
handbooks, or other appropriate means.
5. Recruitment.
a. When advertising for employees, the Contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the
notation; “An Equal Opportunity Employer.” All such advertisements will be published in
newspapers or other publications having a large circulation among minority groups in the area
from which the project work force would normally be derived.
b. The Contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct
recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minority
group applicants, including, but not limited to, State employment agencies, schools, colleges and
minority group organizations. To meet this requirement, the Contractor will, through his EEO
Officer, identify sources of potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified
sources procedures whereby minority group applicants may be referred to the Contractor for
employment consideration.
In the event the Contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals,
he is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system permits
the Contractor’s compliance with equal employment opportunity contract provisions. (The U.S.
Department of Labor has held that where implementation of such agreements have the effect of
discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the Contractor to do the same, such
implementation violates Executive Order 11246, as amended.)
c. The Contractor will encourage his present employees to refer minority group applicants for employment
by posting appropriate notices or bulletins in areas accessible to all such employees. In addition,
information and procedures with regard to referring minority group applicants will be discussed
with employees.
6. Personnel Actions. Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and
administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer,
demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national
origin. The following procedures shall be followed;
a. The Contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions and
employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel.
February 3, 2011
9
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
b. The Contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to
determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices.
c. The Contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine whether there
is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the Contractor will promptly take
corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions
reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected persons.
d. The Contract will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the Contractor in
connection with his obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will
take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the
discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include
such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the Contractor will inform every
complainant of all of his avenues of appeal.
7. Training and Promotion.
a. The Contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minority group and women
employees, and applicants for employment.
b. Consistent with the Contractor’s work force requirements and as permissible under Federal and State
regulations, the Contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-
the-job training programs for the geographical area of contract performance. Where feasible, 25
percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation shall be in their first year of apprenticeship
or training.
c. The Contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs and
entrance requirements for each.
d. The Contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of minority group and
women employees and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion.
8. Unions. If the Contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the Contractor will
use his/her best efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for minority
groups and women with the unions, and to effect referrals by such unions of minority and female
employees. Actions by the Contractor either directly or thorough a contractor’s association acting as
agent will include the procedures set forth below:
a. The Contractor will use best efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training programs
aimed toward qualifying more minority group members and women for membership in the unions
and increasing the skills of minority group employees and women so that they may qualify for
higher paying employment.
b. The Contractor will use best efforts to incorporate an equal employment opportunity clause into each
union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without
regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
c. The Contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union except
that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such
labor union refuses to furnish such information to the Contractor, the Contractor shall so certify to
the State highway department and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain such
information.
February 3, 2011
10
AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
d. In the event the union is unable to provide the Contractor with a reasonable flow of minority and women
referrals within he time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the Contractor will,
through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race,
color, religion , sex or national origin; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable
minority group persons and women. (The U.S. Department of Labor has held that it shall be no
excuse that the union with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing
for exclusive referral failed to refer minority employees.) In the event the union referral practice
prevents the Contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as
amended, and these special provisions, such Contractor shall immediately notify the State
highway agency.
9. Subcontracting.
a. The Contractor will use his best efforts to solicit bids from and to utilize minority group subcontractors or
subcontractors with meaningful minority group and female representation among their employees.
Contractors shall obtain lists of minority-owned construction firms from State highway agency
personnel.
b. The Contractor will use his best efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their equal employment
opportunity obligations.
10. Records and Reports.
a. The Contractor will keep such records as are necessary to determine compliance with the Contractor’s
equal employment opportunity obligations. The records kept by the Contractor will be designed to
indicate:
(1) The number of minority and nonminority group members and women employed in each work
classification on the project.
(2) The Progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions to increase employment
opportunities for minorities and women (applicable only to contractors who rely in whole or in
part on unions as a source of their work force).
(3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minority
and female employees, and
(4) The progress and efforts being made in securing the services of minority group subcontractors or
subcontractors with meaningful minority and female representation among their employees.
b. All such records must be retained for a period of three years following completion of the contract work
and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives
of the State highway agency and the Federal Highway Administration.
c. The Contractors will submit an annual report to the State highway agency each July for the duration of
the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non-minority group employees currently
engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be
reported on Form PR 1391.
February 3, 2011
1
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
(a) Definitions and Procedures
For this project, the following terms are defined:
1. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE). A small business concern that is certified as being:
A. At least 51 percent owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals or, in
the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or
more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and
B. Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more of the socially and
economically disadvantaged individuals who own it.
C. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual means any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully
admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who is:
(1) Any individual whom the Colorado Department of Transportation Office of Certification or the City
and County of Denver Division of Small Business Opportunity (DSBO) finds to be a socially and
economically disadvantaged individual.
(2) Any individual in the following groups, members of which are rebuttably presumed to be socially
and economically disadvantaged:
a. "Black Americans,” which includes persons having origins in any of the Black racial groups of
Africa;
b. "Hispanic Americans," which includes persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Dominican,
Central or South American, or other Spanish or Portuguese culture or origin, regardless of
race;
c. "Native Americans," which includes persons who are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, or
Native Hawaiians;
d. "Asian-Pacific Americans," which includes persons whose origins are from Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Burma (Myanmar), Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia (Kampuchea), Thailand,
Malaysia, Indonesia, the Philippines, Brunei, Samoa, Guam, the U.S. Trust Territories of the
Pacific Islands (Republic of Palau), the Commonwealth of the Northern Marianas Islands,
Macao, Fiji, Tonga, Kirbati, Juvalu, Nauru, Federated States of Micronesia, or Hong Kong;
e. ”Subcontinent Asian Americans," which includes persons whose origins are from India,
Pakistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, the Maldives Islands, Nepal or Sri Lanka;
f. ”Women”, which means females of any ethnicity;
g. “Other,” which means any additional groups whose members are designated as socially and
economically disadvantaged by the Small Business Administration (SBA), at such time as the
SBA designation becomes effective and/or individuals who have been determined to be
socially and economically disadvantaged based on the criteria for social and economic
disadvantage.
2. Underutilized DBE (UDBE). A firm which meets the definition of DBE above and is eligible to meet the
contract goal as defined in the project special provision titled “Contract Goal.”
February 3, 2011
2
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
3. DBE Joint Venture. Joint venture means an association of a DBE firm and one or more other firms to
carry out a single, for-profit business enterprise, for which the parties combine their property, capital,
efforts, skills and knowledge, and in which the DBE is responsible for a distinct, clearly defined portion of
the work of the contract and whose share in the capital contribution, control, management, risks, and
profits of the joint venture are commensurate with its ownership interest.
A DBE joint venture must be certified as a joint venture by the Business Programs Office at CDOT.
A. For those projects set-aside for bidding by UDBEs only; all of the partners in a joint venture must be
UDBEs and certification of the joint venture will not be required.
B. For all projects other than the set-aside projects discussed in A. above; one of the partners in a joint
venture must be a DBE. The DBE percentage of the joint venture will be determined at the time of
certification.
4. Contract Goal. The goal for UDBE participation that the Department determines should appropriately be
met by the successful bidder. Contract goal will be the percentage stated in the invitation for bids and in
the project special provisions. Successful bidders that are awarded a Contract based on good faith
efforts shall continue to make good faith efforts through the period of time that work on the project is in
process, to provide for additional UDBE participation toward meeting the goal.
5. Good Faith Efforts. It is the obligation of the bidder to make good faith efforts to meet the contract goal
prior to the bid opening. The bidder can demonstrate that it has done so either by meeting the contract
goal or by documenting good faith efforts made. CDOT will evaluate only the good faith efforts made by
the bidder prior to the bid opening. Any UDBE Participation submitted on Form 715 that exceeds the
participation submitted on Form 714 will be accepted as additional UDBE participation, but will not be
counted as Good Faith Efforts and will not exempt a bidder from fulfilling the Good Faith Efforts
requirements. The apparently successful bidder shall report all efforts made including but not limited to
the efforts required on Form 718. The efforts employed by the bidder should be those that one could
reasonably expect a bidder to take if the bidder were actively and aggressively trying to obtain UDBE
participation sufficient to meet the DBE contract goal.
The bidder may submit information on its UDBE successes in the preparation of this bid and its
successes on CDOT projects during the three preceding calendar years. These successes shall be
documented in Section IV of the Form 718. Other factors the bidder considers relevant to its past
performance in meeting CDOT UDBE contract goals shall also be documented in Section IV of the Form
718.
In determining whether a bidder has made good faith efforts, CDOT will consider the performance of the
apparently successful bidder in meeting UDBE contract goals over the preceding three calendar years.
This will include performance at the time of Contract bid and at the time of Contract close. CDOT will use
this information to help assess the bidder’s ongoing level of commitment in performing good faith efforts
to meet project goals. CDOT will also take into account the performance of other bidders in meeting the
contract goal. For example, when the apparently successful bidder fails to meet the contract goal, but
others meet it, CDOT will reasonably raise the question of whether, with additional reasonable efforts, the
apparently successful bidder could have met the goal. The greater the difference between the contract
goal and the apparently successful bidder’s DBE commitments on the Form 714, the greater the level of
Good Faith Efforts expected by CDOT. If the apparently successful bidder fails to meet the goal, but
meets or exceeds the average UDBE participation obtained by other bidders, CDOT will view this, in
conjunction with other factors, as evidence that the apparently successful bidder may have made
adequate good faith efforts.
February 3, 2011
3
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
CDOT will accept verifiable comments from persons that have specific information pertaining directly to
the efforts made by the bidder to reach the contract goal on this project. CDOT will consider these
comments as part of its good faith effort analysis prior to issuing its decision regarding whether good faith
efforts were employed by the apparently successful bidder. To be considered during CDOT’s good faith
effort analysis for the project, such comments must be submitted by letter, fax, or email. Comments must
be sufficiently detailed, and must be received by CDOT within seven calendar days after the bid opening.
Written comments should be submitted to CDOT based on the contact information listed at
http://www.dot.state.co.us/EEO/ContactUs.htm .
The Business Programs Office, with the DBE Liaison’s Approval, will notify the apparently successful
bidder by fax regarding any deficiencies in the documentation and effort demonstrated by the bidder.
This fax will include the Business Programs Office’s recommendation to the DBE Liaison Officer
regarding whether the good faith effort demonstrated was sufficient for the bidder to be regarded as
responsible. If the bidder may be regarded as responsible but with minor deficiencies in its good faith
effort, the bidder will be expected to correct any deficiencies noted prior to bidding on other CDOT
projects.
Within five working days of being informed by the Business Programs Office that it is not a responsible
bidder because it has not documented sufficient good faith efforts, a bidder may request administrative
reconsideration from the Good Faith Efforts (GFE) Committee, which will not have played any role in the
original determination that the bidder did not document sufficient good faith efforts. The bidder should
make this request to:
Good Faith Efforts Committee
Fax: 303-757-9019
Phone: 303-757-9234
As part of this reconsideration, the bidder will have the opportunity to provide written documentation or
argument concerning the issue of whether it met the goal or made adequate good faith efforts prior to the
bid opening to do so. The bidder will also have the opportunity to meet in person with CDOT’s GFE
Committee to discuss the issue of whether it met the goal or made adequate good faith efforts prior to the
bid opening to do so. The Business Programs Office, with the DBE Liaison’s Approval, will send the
bidder a written decision on reconsideration, explaining the basis for finding that the bidder did or did not
meet the goal or make adequate good faith efforts prior to the bid opening to do so.
The GFE Review Committee will make a recommendation to the DBE Liaison Officer. The DBE Liaison
Officer will review the good faith efforts documentation and the recommendation of the GFE Review
Committee, determine whether the required efforts are sufficient for award and notify the Chief Engineer
of this finding. The Chief Engineer will make the final decision regarding award. There will be no
administrative appeal of the Chief Engineer’s decision. The Chief Engineer may pursue award of the
Contract to the next lowest responsible bidder based upon this decision.
If award of the Contract is made based on the Contractor’s good faith efforts, the goal will not be waived.
The Contractor will be expected to continue to make good faith efforts as described below throughout the
duration of the Contract.
To demonstrate Good Faith Efforts to meet the contract goal throughout the performance of the Contract,
the Contractor shall document to the CDOT Region Civil Rights Professional the steps taken on Form
205. For each subcontract item not identified for DBE participation on Form 718, steps the Contractor
must take include but are not limited to the following:
A. Seek out and consider UDBEs as potential subcontractors.
(1) Contact all UDBEs for each category of work that is being subcontracted.
(2) Affirmatively solicit their interest, capability, and price quotations.
(3) Provide equal time for all prospective subcontractors to prepare their proposals.
(4) Provide at least as much time to UDBEs in assisting them to prepare their bids for subcontract
work as to non UDBE subcontractors.
(5) Award subcontracts to UDBEs where their quotations are reasonably competitive with other
quotations received.
February 3, 2011
4
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
B. Maintain documentation of UDBEs contacted and their responses.
(1) Maintain a list of UDBEs contacted as prospective subcontractors.
(2) Maintain thorough documentation of criteria used to select each subcontractor.
(3) Where a UDBE expressed an interest in a subcontract and made a quotation, and where the
work was not awarded to a UDBE, furnish a detailed letter explaining the reasons.
(b) Certification as a DBE by the Department
1. Any contractor may apply to the Colorado Department of Transportation Office of Certification or the
City and County of Denver Division of Small Business Opportunity (DSBO) for status as a DBE.
Application shall be made on the USDOT’s Uniform Certification Application Form as provided by
these agencies for certification of DBEs. Application need not be made in connection with a particular
bid. Only work contracted to UDBE contractors or subcontracted to UDBEs and independently
performed by UDBEs shall be considered toward contract goals as established elsewhere in these
specifications.
2. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to submit applications so that the certifying agency has
sufficient time to render decisions. The certifying agency will review applications in a timely manner
but is not committed to render decisions about a firm’s DBE status within any given period of time.
3. The Department will publish an online directory of DBE contractors, vendors and suppliers for the
purpose of providing a reference source to assist any bidder in identifying DBEs and UDBEs. Bidders
will be solely responsible for verifying the Certification of DBEs they intend to use prior to submitting a
proposal. The directory is updated daily by the certifying agencies and is accessible online at
http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/ .
4. Bidders shall exercise their own judgments in selecting any subcontractor to perform any portion of
the work.
5. Permission for a DBE/non-DBE joint venture to bid on a specific project may be obtained from the
Business Programs Office based on information provided by the proposed joint venture on Form 893,
“Information For Determining DBE Participation When A Joint Venture Includes A DBE”. Joint
applications should be submitted well in advance of bid openings.
(c) Bidding Requirements
1. All bidders shall submit with their proposals a fully executed Form 714 including a list of the names of
their UDBE subcontractors to meet the contract goal. The apparently successful bidder shall submit
a fully executed Form 715 for each UDBE used to meet the contract goal (sample attached) no later
than 4:00 p.m. on the third work day after the date of bid opening to the Business Programs Office in
the Center for Equal Opportunity. Form 715 may be submitted by FAX, at Fax number (303)757-
9019, with an original copy to follow. If the contract goal is not met, the apparently successful bidder
shall submit a completed Form 718 and corresponding evidence of good faith efforts no later than
4:00 on the day following the bid opening to the Business Programs Office in the Center for Equal
Opportunity. CDOT Form No. 718 may be submitted by FAX, at Fax number (303)757-9019, with an
original copy to follow. A copy of Form 718 is incorporated into this specification.
2. The award of Contract, if awarded, will be made to the lowest responsible bidder that will meet or
exceed the contract goal or, if the goal will not be met, is able to demonstrate that good faith efforts
were made to meet the goal. Good faith efforts are explained in (a) of this special provision.
3. The use of the UDBE firms named on Form 714 or on a Form 715, for the items of work described, is
a condition of award. The replacement of a named UDBE firm will be allowed only as provided for in
(e) of this special provision. Failure to comply will constitute grounds for default and termination of
the Contract.
February 3, 2011
5
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
4. Contractor’s DBE Obligation. The prime Contractor bidding on construction projects advertised by
the Department agrees to ensure that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs), as defined in this
special provision, have equal opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts or
subcontracts financed in whole or in part with Federal or State funds. The prime Contractor shall not
discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the bidding process or the
performance of contracts.
To ensure that UDBEs are offered equal opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts, it
is the responsibility of the prime Contractor to offer and to provide assistance to UDBEs related to the
UDBE performance of the subcontract. However, the UDBE must independently perform a
commercially useful function on the project.
(d) Counting DBE Participation Toward Contract Goals and CDOT’s annual DBE goal
1. Once a firm has been certified as a DBE the total dollar amount of the contract awarded to the firm
shall be counted toward CDOT’s annual DBE goal and the contract goal as explained below, and as
modified for the project in the project special provisions titled “Contract Goal.”
2. The actual dollar total of a proposed subcontract, supply or service contract with any DBE firm shall
be reported to the Department using Form 713. A Form 713 for subcontracts is to be submitted with
the Form 205 and receipt will be a condition of approval. The eligibility of a proposed DBE
subcontractor will be finally established based on the firm’s status at the time of Form 205 approval.
A Form 713 for a supply or service contract is to be submitted once a contract has been fully
executed so the Department will be able to report the DBE participation in a timely manner. The
eligibility of a DBE supplier or service firm will be finally established as of the date the Form 713 is
received by the Department. A Form 205 is not required for a supply or service contract.
If a firm becomes certified as a DBE during performance under a fully executed contract with CDOT
but prior to the DBE performing any work, then 100 percent of the work performed by the firm under
that contract may be claimed as eligible work.
3. The Contractor may count toward its contract goal the percentage of the total dollar amount of a
contract with a Department certified joint venture that equals the percentage of the ownership and
control of the UDBE partner in a joint venture.
4. A The Contractor may count toward its contract goal only that percentage of expenditures to UDBEs
which independently perform a commercially useful function in the work of a contract. A DBE is
considered to be performing a commercially useful function by actually performing, managing, and
supervising the work involved. To determine whether a DBE is performing a commercially useful
function, the Department will evaluate the amount of work subcontracted, work performed solely by
the DBE, industry practices, and other relevant factors.
B. A DBE may enter into subcontracts consistent with normal industry practices. If a DBE does not
perform or exercise responsibility for at least 30 percent of the total cost of its contract with its own
work force, or the DBE subcontracts a greater portion of the work of a contract than would be
expected on the basis of normal industry practice for the type of work involved, the DBE shall be
presumed not to be performing a commercially useful function. The DBE may present evidence to
rebut this presumption to the Department.
5. The Contractor may count toward its contract goal the percentage of expenditures for transportation
services obtained from UDBE trucking firms, provided the UDBE controls the trucking operations for
which it seeks credit. A UDBE trucking firm must have at least one truck and driver of its own, but it
can lease trucks owned by others, both DBEs and non-DBEs, including owner-operators. For work
done with its own trucks and drivers, and for work done with DBE lessees, the UDBE trucking firm
receives credit for all transportation services provided. For work done with non-DBE lessees, the
UDBE trucking firm gets credit only for the fees or commissions it receives for arranging the
transportation services, because the services themselves are being performed by non-DBEs.
February 3, 2011
6
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
6. The Contractor may count toward its contract goal the percentage of expenditures for materials and
supplies obtained from UDBE suppliers (regular dealers) and manufacturers, provided that the
UDBEs assume the actual and contractual responsibility for and actually provide the materials and
supplies.
A. The Contractor may count 100 percent of its expenditures to a UDBE manufacturer. A DBE
manufacturer is a certified firm that operates or maintains a factory or establishment that
produces on the premises the materials or supplies obtained by the Contractor.
B. The Contractor may count 60 percent of its expenditures to UDBE suppliers (regular dealers) that
are not manufacturers, provided that the DBE supplier performs a commercially useful function in
the supply process. A DBE supplier (regular dealer) is a certified firm that owns, operates, or
maintains a store, warehouse, or other establishment in which the materials or supplies required
for the performance of the Contract are bought, kept in stock, and regularly sold to the public in
the usual course of business. To be a supplier (regular dealer) the firm must engage in, as its
principal business and in its own name, the purchase and sale of the products in question. A
supplier in such bulk items as steel, cement, gravel, stone, and petroleum products need not
keep such products in stock, if it owns or operates distribution equipment. Brokers and
packagers shall not be regarded as manufacturers or suppliers within the meaning of this section.
C. The Contractor may count toward its contract goal the following expenditures to UDBE firms that
are not manufacturers or suppliers (regular dealers):
(1) The fees or commissions charged for providing a bona fide service, such as professional,
technical, consultant or managerial services and assistance in the procurement of essential
personnel, facilities, equipment, materials or supplies required for performance of the
Contract, provided that the fee or commission is determined by the Department to be
reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services.
(2) The fees charged for delivery of materials and supplies required to a job site (but not the cost
of the materials and supplies themselves) when the hauler, trucker, or delivery service is not
also the manufacturer of or a supplier of the materials and supplies, provided that the fee is
determined by the Department to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees
customarily allowed for similar services.
(3) The fees or commissions charged for providing any bonds or insurance specifically required
for the performance of the Contract, provided that the fee or commission is determined by the
Department to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed
for similar services.
7. To determine the goals achieved under this Contract the participation as described in (d) of this special
provision shall be divided by the original prime Contract amount and multiplied by 100 to determine the
percentage of performance. The Contractor shall maintain records of payment that show amounts paid to
all DBEs. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit a Form 17 listing all DBEs that
participated in this Contract, the subcontract tier number of each, and the dollar amount paid to each.
This dollar amount shall include payments made by nonDBE subcontractors to DBE subcontractors. The
Contractor shall certify the amount paid, which may be audited by the Department. When there is no
participation by DBEs, the Contractor shall submit a Form 17 that indicates no participation and gives
reasons why there was no participation. CDOT will not count the participation of a DBE subcontractor
toward the prime contractor's UDBE achievements or CDOT’s overall DBE goal until the amount being
counted toward the goal has been paid to the DBE.
(e) Replacement of UDBE Subcontractors used to meet the contract goal
Based upon a showing of good cause the Contractor may request that a UDBE named on Form 714 or on a
Form 715 be replaced with another UDBE pursuant to the terms and conditions of this special provision. In
the event that the Contractor is able to both document the need and to offer a replacement UDBE who can
perform the work at a reasonable cost, the CDOT Region Civil Rights Professional will approve the
replacement at no additional cost to the Department. Replacements will be allowed only with prior written
approval of the Region Civil Rights Professional.
February 3, 2011
7
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
1. If a replacement is to be requested prior to the time that the named UDBE has begun to effectively
prosecute the work under a fully executed subcontract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Region Civil
Rights Professional the following:
A. Written permission of the named UDBE. Written permission may be waived only if such permission
cannot be obtained for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor.
B. A full written disclosure of the circumstances making it impossible for the Contractor to comply with
the condition of award.
C. Documentation of the Contractor’s assistance to the UDBE named on Form 714 or on Form 715.
D. Copies of any pertinent correspondence and documented verbal communications between the
Contractor and the named UDBE.
E. Documentation of the Good Faith Efforts in finding a replacement UDBE subcontractor and the
results of the efforts. It is within the control of the Contractor to locate, prior to award, DBEs that offer
reasonable prices and that could reasonably be expected to perform the work. For this reason,
increased cost shall not, by itself, be considered sufficient reason for not providing an in-kind
replacement.
2. In the event a UDBE subcontractor begins to prosecute the work and is unable to satisfactorily complete
performance of the work, the Contractor shall furnish to the Region Civil Rights Professional the following:
A. Documentation that the subject UDBE subcontractor did not perform in a satisfactory manner.
B. Documentation of the Contractor’s assistance to the UDBE subcontractor prior to finding the UDBE
subcontractor in default.
C. A copy of the certified letter finding the UDBE to be in default or a letter from the UDBE stating that it
cannot complete the work and it is turning the work back to the Contractor.
D. Copy of the contract between the Contractor and the UDBE subcontractor, plus any modifications
thereto.
E. Documentation of the Good Faith Efforts in finding a replacement UDBE subcontractor and the
results of the efforts.
In the event the Contractor is able to locate a replacement UDBE who can perform work at a reasonable
cost to the Contractor, and also demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Department that prior to bid it had
reason to believe that the named UDBE firm was responsible and not expected to default, the
Department may modify or renegotiate the Contract to compensate the Contractor for any reasonable
extra costs, because of a higher price in the proposal of the replacement UDBE subcontractor than that of
the original UDBE subcontractor who failed to perform.
Provided, however, that the Department will not be obligated to participate in any increased cost to the
Contractor if the UDBE that fails to perform has a recent history of performance failure or default that was
either known, or should have been known, to the Contractor prior to award.
3. If the Contractor is unable to locate a UDBE replacement that is both interested in and capable of
performing the work at a reasonable cost, the Department may waive the requirement that the work be
performed by a UDBE and the Contractor shall provide for the satisfactory completion of the work at no
additional cost to the Department.
February 3, 2011
8
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
(f) Sanctions.
It is the obligation of the Contractor to provide DBE firms with equal opportunity to participate in the
performance of the work.
It is the responsibility of DBE firms to perform their work in a responsible manner fully consistent with the
intent of the DBE program, and in substantial compliance with the terms and conditions of these DBE
definitions and requirements.
DBE firms which fail to perform a commercially useful function as described in subsection (d) of these DBE
definitions and requirements or operate in a manner which is not consistent with the intent of the DBE
program may be subject to revocation of certification.
A finding by the Department that the Contractor has failed to comply with the terms and conditions of these
DBE definitions and requirements shall constitute sufficient grounds for default and termination of the
Contract in accordance with subsection 108.09 of the specifications.
Attachments:
Form 714
Form 715
Form 718
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
BIDDERS LIST DATA and UNDERUTILIZED
DBE (UDBE) BID CONDITIONS ASSURANCE
Project #:
Location:
Prime Contractor Instructions: This form has two sections, both must be completed and submitted with your bid. Complete
Section I to list all subcontract quotes received (non-DBE and DBE). Complete Section II to report only Underutilized DBE
(UDBE) participation percentages which qualify under the contract goal specification for this project. Please review CDOT Form
#715 instructions before completing Section II. Attach additional sheets as necessary.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Colorado Department of Transportation that underutilized disadvantaged business enterprises have equal
opportunity to participate on projects financed with federal, state or local entity funds. Consistent with 49 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Part 26.11, the Bidders List data provided by the Contractors will provide CDOT as accurate data as
possible about the universe of DBE and non-DBE firms actively seeking work on its highway construction contracts, for use in
setting overall DBE goals.
SECTION I: CDOT BIDDERS LIST INFORMATION (Non-DBEs and DBEs)
1) Are all subcontract bids (quotes) received by your firm for this project listed below? ❑ Yes ❑ No
2) If No, make certain any additional subcontract bidding information is submitted to the CDOT Business Programs Office
before 4:00 pm on the day after bids are opened to ensure CDOT has the best data possible for setting future DBE goals
(use the same table format as below):
CDOT Business Programs Office
4201 E. Arkansas Ave., Room 200
Denver, Colorado 80222 FAX: 303-757-9019 EMAIL: eo@dot.state.co.us
3) The most recent CDOT Bidders List will be posted online at: www.dot.state.co.us/EEO/DBEProgramPage.htm
Name of firm submitting Bid/Quote
Certified
DBE firm? Work item(s) description
Firm being
used?
Yes No Yes No
Maybe
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Page 1 of 2 Previous editions are obsolete and may not be used CDOT Form #714 4/08
Name of firm submitting Bid/Quote
Certified
DBE firm? Work item(s) description
Firm being
used?
Yes No Yes No
Maybe
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
SECTION II: UNDERUTILIZED DBE (UDBE) PARTICIPATION COMMITMENT
1) Total eligible Underutilized DBE (UDBE) percentage amount from Box A below: . %
2) Will your company’s Underutilized DBE (UDBE) participation commitment meet the contract goal? ❑ Yes ❑ No
3) List the UDBE firms, committed work items, and eligible UDBE percentage of your bid committed to each.
UDBE Firm name Certification # Committed work item(s)
% Commitment
toward DBE Goal*
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
BOX A: TOTAL ELIGIBLE UDBE PERCENTAGE AMOUNT (Round to nearest hundredth)
* Detailed instructions on how to calculate DBE commitment amounts are available on CDOT Form #715 and in the “Counting DBE Participation
Toward Contract Goals and CDOT’s annual DBE goal” section of the “DBE – Definitions and Requirements” in the Standard Special Provisions.
I understand that, if my company is determined to be the low bidder for the contract on this project, I must submit a completed
CDOT Form #715 CERTIFICATION OF UNDERUTILIZED DBE PARTICIPATION for each firm listed in Section II of this form
to the Transportation Department by 4:00 pm on the third work day after the day bids are opened. The actual amounts
submitted on each CDOT Form #715 must equal or exceed the DBE percentage commitments documented on this
form. In addition, if my company does not meet the DBE/UDBE goal for this project, I must submit a completed
CDOT Form #718 DBE GOOD FAITH EFFORT DOCUMENTATION before 4:00 pm on the day after bids are opened.
CDOT Form #715s submitted for firms not included on this form, OR for amounts exceeding those listed on this
form, will be accepted but NOT counted as Good Faith Efforts. Only the efforts the contractor made prior to the bid
opening will count as Good Faith Efforts.
I understand my obligation to abide by the Policy stated above Section I. I shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color,
age, sex, national origin, or handicap in the bidding process or the performance of contracts.
I DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY IN THE SECOND DEGREE, AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE OR
FEDERAL LAWS, THAT THE STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE TRUE AND COMPLETE TO THE BEST
OF MY KNOWLEDGE.
. %
. %
. %
. %
. %
. %
Company Name: Date:
Company Officer Signature: Title:
/ /
Page 2 of 2 Previous editions are obsolete and may not be used CDOT Form #714 4/08
Project No.:
Project Code (SA#):
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
CERTIFICATE OF PROPOSED
UNDERUTILIZED DBE (UDBE)
PARTICIPATION Location: Form #: of
Prime Contractor – Send completed/signed form to the Business Programs Office (instructions on second page). The “Eligible UDBE
Amounts” submitted on this form must equal or exceed the commitment(s) documented on the CDOT Form 714 you submitted with your
bid. For the complete list of certified DBE/UDBE firms and their DBE work codes go to http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/
NOTE: See 49 CFR part 26.55, and the “DBE - Definitions and Requirements” in the Standard Special Provisions, for further information concerning
counting DBE participation of truckers, subcontractors, suppliers and service providers toward the project’s UDBE goal.
PART 1a – TRUCKING CONTRACT
If the UDBE is being used as a trucker for one or more “trucking” DBE work codes (25500, 25505 etc.) then:
ACTUAL UDBE AMOUNT = Actual contract amount for the transportation services provided by the UDBE firm and any UDBE lessees.
ELIGIBLE UDBE TRUCKING AMOUNT = [ (ACTUAL UDBE AMOUNT) – (Any non-UDBE lessee amounts in this contract)* ]
* For work done on this UDBE contract with non-UDBE lessees, credit toward the project UDBE goal is given only for the broker fees or commissions
the UDBE trucker receives for arranging the transportations services, because the services themselves are being performed by non-UDBEs.
NAME OF UDBE FIRM CERTIFICATION # EXPIRATION DATE ELIGIBLE UDBE TRUCKING AMOUNT
/ / $
DBE WORK CODE NUMBER(S) THIS UDBE IS BEING USED FOR :
Complete list of work codes is at http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/
PART 1b – SUBCONTRACT
ELIGIBLE UDBE SUBCONTRACT AMOUNT = [ (Actual UDBE contract amount) – (Any non-UDBE lower tier amounts in this contract)* ]
* Work that a UDBE subcontracts to a lower tier non-UDBE firm does not count toward the project UDBE goal.
NAME OF UDBE FIRM CERTIFICATION # EXPIRATION DATE ELIGIBLE UDBE SUBCONTRACT AMOUNT
/ / $
DBE WORK CODE NUMBER(S) THIS UDBE IS BEING USED FOR :
Complete list of work codes is at http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/
PART 1c – SUPPLY CONTRACT
If the supplier is a UDBE with a “Type” field of “Manufacturer” for the item(s):
ELIGIBLE UDBE SUPPLY AMOUNT = [ (Actual UDBE contract amount) X 100% ]
If the supplier is a UDBE with a “Type” field of “Regular Dealer” for the item(s):
ELIGIBLE UDBE SUPPLY AMOUNT = [ (Actual UDBE contract amount) X 60% ]
NOTE: If the supplier is a UDBE with a “Type” field of “Broker” for the item(s) use PART 1d – BROKER / SERVICE CONTRACT.
NAME OF UDBE FIRM CERTIFICATION # EXPIRATION DATE ELIGIBLE UDBE SUPPLY AMOUNT
/ / $
DBE WORK CODE NUMBER(S) THIS UDBE IS BEING USED FOR :
Complete list of work codes is at http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/
PART 1d – BROKER / SERVICE CONTRACT
If purchasing materials or supplies through a UDBE with a “Type” field of “Broker”, count only the amount of brokerage commission
and/or delivery service fees included in the contract. Other examples of services to include in this section are bonding, brokering,
consulting, security guards, and insurance etc.
ELIGIBLE UDBE SERVICE FEE AMOUNT = Actual compensation retained by the UDBE broker/agent for services rendered*
* The amounts that count toward UDBE goals are limited to the compensation retained by the UDBE broker/agent for services rendered, provided the
fee/commission is determined by CDOT to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily charged for similar services.
NAME OF UDBE FIRM CERTIFICATION # EXPIRATION DATE ELIGIBLE UDBE SERVICE FEE AMOUNT
/ / $
DBE WORK CODE NUMBER(S) THIS UDBE IS BEING USED FOR :
Complete list of work codes is at http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/
Original – Business Programs Office Previous editions may not be used CDOT Form 715 – Page 1 of 2 1/06
PART 2 – UDBE PARTICIPATION SUMMARY
A) What is the total dollar value of this proposed trucking, subcontract, supply, OR broker/service
contract that is eligible for counting toward contract goals?
A = [ TOTAL FROM “ELIGIBLE” COLUMNS IN PART 1 ]
NOTE: Provide in actual subcontractor dollars and not prime contract prices.
A> $
B) What is the total dollar value of proposed subcontracts that are eligible for counting towards
contract goals from prior sheets/forms? B> $
C) What is the accumulative value of proposed subcontracts that are eligible for counting towards
contract goals?
C = [ A + B ]
C> $
D) What is the original contract bid total? D> $
E) What is the accumulative percent of contract bid total subcontracted to all underutilized DBEs?
E = [ (C ÷ D) X 100 ] E> %
PART 3 – UDBE CONFIRMATION
I confirm that my company is participating in this contract as documented in the Prime Contractor’s commitment(s) in PART 1
of this form. Only the value of the work that my company is actually performing is being counted on this form.
UDBE Firm Name: Date: / /
UDBE Representative Signature and Title:
PART 4 – PRIME CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION
I certify that:
• my company has met the contracted UDBE goals or has submitted a completed CDOT Form #718.
• my company has accepted a proposal from the UDBE named above.
• my company has notified the proposed UDBE of the contracted UDBE commitment.
• my company has ensured that the proposed UDBE has signed PART 3 of this form.
• my company's use of the proposed UDBE for the items of work listed above is a condition of the contract award.
• my company will invite the proposed UDBE to attend the preconstruction conference.
• my company will not use a substitute UDBE for the proposed UDBE's failure to perform under a fully executed subcontract,
unless my company complies with the definitions and requirements section of the DBE Special Provisions.
• I understand that failure to comply with the information shown on this form will be considered grounds for contract termination.
I declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree, and any other applicable state or federal laws, that the statements
made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge.
Prime Contractor Name: Date: / /
Officer Signature and Title:
FORM INSTRUCTIONS
Prime Contractor:
1. An officer of the contractor(s) must complete this form.
2. Include only DBE firms which meet the underutilized criteria in
the contract goal specification for this project (i.e., UDBE firms).
3. Complete only relevant section(s) for PART 1.
4. Ensure that the proposed UDBE has signed PART 3 of this form.
5. Complete ALL sections of PART 2 and PART 4.
6. Submit a separate CDOT Form #715 for EACH proposed UDBE.
7. Retain a photocopy for your records.
8. Send original to:
Colorado Department of Transportation
Business Programs Office
4201 E. Arkansas Ave.
Denver, Colorado 80222
FAX: (303) 757-9019
Original – Business Programs Office Previous editions may not be used
CDOT Form 715 – Page 2 of 2 1/06
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
UNDERUTILIZED DBE (UDBE) GOOD FAITH
EFFORT DOCUMENTATION
UDBE CONTRACT GOAL %:
# Of UDBEs
Contacted
# Of UDBEs
"Eligible"
% Of UDBEs
Contacted
Project No.:
Location:
Date:
Project Code (SA#):
No. Of Sheets Attached To Form:
DBE DIRECTORY UPDATES
Go to http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/ and use the
"Directory Updates" button on the DBE Directory to submit any of
the following documented updates on UDBE firms:
• Contact information changes (e.g., phone and address etc.)
• "CDOT GFE Eligibility" status changes (e.g., UDBE firm says they
don't want to be contacted via GFE solicitations etc.)
Note: In order to verify all updates submitted, CDOT may request
additional information from contractors and/or UDBE firms before
posting requested changes to the Directory.
DBE Work Code
From DBE Directory
DBE Work Code
Description
TOTAL CONTRACT %:
The DBE Directory can be found online at:
http://www.dot.state.co.us/app_ucp/
• DBE work codes are 5 digit numbers where the 1st digit
corresponds to the overall section the code belongs to
• The 1st 3 digits of a DBE work code identify its category
• DBE work codes ending in "00" represent certification for the
entire work code category
• DBE work codes NOT ending in "00" represent certification in a
specific sub-category only
II. Complete the following table to summarize all outreach efforts made to UDBE firms. For each subcontract item identified, contact by mail, fax, phone and/or email 100% of the Colorado
certified
UDBEs whose DBE work codes match the type of work being solicited and who are marked as "CDOT GFE Eligible" on the DBE Directory. The Contractor shall ensure that initial solicitations
allow
UDBEs at least 10 calendar days to participate effectively in the bidding process. In order to determine with certainty which UDBEs are interested, the Contractor is also required to
take appropriate steps
to follow-up initial solicitations (e.g., regional follow-up phone calls etc.). If soliciting by telephone, attach a summary telephone log of calls, including topic of discussion, date,
time, name of person
contacted, and the response received. If soliciting by mail, fax, and/or email, attach one example copy of the letter, fax, and/or email sent to UDBEs along with a summary log that documents
all dates and
responses received. Letters, faxes and/or emails must specifically identify the project, the items to be subcontracted, and the bid date. Letters, faxes and/or emails must also provide
an address and
phone number where specific quantities or details will be available to bidders.
The Contractor who is the apparent low bidder on a CDOT construction project, and has failed to meet the Underutilized DBE (UDBE) contract goal, shall use this form to document all good
faith efforts that
were made prior to bid opening by said Contractor to meet the goal. FAILURE TO FULLY / CLEARLY COMPLETE THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF THE BID.
Each portion of this form is to be addressed in the space provided, or on supplemental sheets that follow the same tabular structure and format outlined below. Attach supporting documentation
as required
by CDOT. This completed form and required attachments are to be submitted to the Business Programs Office in the Center for Equal Opportunity prior to 4:00 p.m. on the day after the
day bids are
opened. This form may be submitted by FAX (303 -757-9019) with an original copy to follow. An extension may be granted by the DBE Liaison. Only the efforts the Contractor made prior
Closest
DBE Work
Code
Bid Item Description UDBE
Firm?
THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT DEMONSTRATION OF GOOD FAITH EFFORTS IN ACHIEVING THE UDBE GOALS ESTABLISHED BY CDOT IS REQUIRED THROUGHOUT THE
PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT.
Subcontractor Name
(Place an * next to firm being used)
III. Complete the following table to show all subcontract bids received (non-UDBE and UDBE), bid dollar amounts for each bid item, and the name of the successful bidder. Where bundled
subcontract
bids were received, break out quotes per bid item number. If the UDBE bids were rejected, give reasons for each case. If the work is to be counted as a potential UDBE subcontract item,
the Contractor
cannot elect to perform that work itself when a UDBE bid is competitive or only UDBE bids are received. Cost alone may not be adequate justification for failure to use a UDBE bid. When
a non-UDBE bid
is significantly lower than a UDBE bid, the Contractor may choose to perform the item itself. CDOT will determine whether a subcontractor's bid is "competitive" based on factors such
as the percentage
and dollar difference between quote(s), and/or the percentage the quote(s) represents of the overall contract.
CDOT Bid Item #
(Break Out Bundled Quotes)
Actual Bid Item
Quote Price
% Difference On
Items That
UDBE Firms Bid
IV. The efforts required herein are not exhaustive or exclusive. Other factors or types of efforts may be relevant in appropriate cases. In determining whether Good Faith Efforts have
been made, the
quantity and quality of the efforts made as well as kinds of efforts made may be considered. List any additional efforts to increase UDBE contract participation, such as assisting UDBEs
in obtaining
bonding/insurance/lines of credit, effectively using the services of community organizations/publications, and/or requesting subcontractors to assist with providing UDBE participation.
Report the results of
such efforts. Note: Advertising in a publication with low UDBE subscription rates will not be considered as quality efforts by CDOT.
Company Name: Phone: Fax:
Title: Printed Name: Signature:
Original - Business Programs Office THIS FORM IS CONFIDENTIAL - Previous editions may not be used CDOT Form 718 - Page 2 of 2 1/06
-1-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 Modifications ID
dated January 06, 2012 supersedes Decision Nos.
CO100018, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26 dated
September 30, 2011.
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
MOD Number
1
2
Date
11-18-11
01-06-12
Page Number(s)
14
1, 10, 14, 19, 25,
29, 34, 42 and 50
1
2
General Decision No. CO100016 applies to the following counties: Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek,
Elbert, Gilpin, Jefferson, and Park counties.
General Decision No. CO100016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
ELECTRICIAN (Traffic Signalization Only):
1000 Clear Creek 26.42 4.75% + 8.68
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Drill Rig Caisson
1001 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 23.67 9.22
1002 Watson 2500 similar or larger 23.97 9.22
Crane (50 tons and under)
1003 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 23.82 9.22
Crane (51 - 90 tons)
1004 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 23.97 9.22
Crane (91 - 140 tons)
1005 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 24.12 9.22
1006 Scraper
1007 Single bowl under 40 cubic yards 23.82 9.22
1008 40 cubic yards and over 23.97 9.22
-2-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
CARPENTER:
Excludes Form Work
1009 Adams 16.61 3.88
1010 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Jefferson, Park 19.27 5.08
Form Work Only
1011 Adams 16.78 3.57
1012 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 19.11 5.46
1013 Jefferson 16.88 3.81
1014 Park 17.28 5.38
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1015 Adams 16.05 3.00
1016 Arapahoe 18.70 3.85
1017 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 18.37 3.00
1018 Jefferson 18.02 3.42
1019 Park 17.09 2.85
ELECTRICIAN:
Excludes Traffic Signal Installation
1020 Adams 31.00 14.01
1021 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Jefferson, Park 35.13 6.83
Traffic Signalization Electrician
1022 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Park 27.25 7.10
1023 Jefferson 26.78 5.44
Traffic Signalization Groundsman
1024 Adams 13.96 2.80
1025 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 15.24 3.81
1026 Clear Creek 15.70 2.14
1027 Jefferson 15.19 4.72
-3-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
1028 FENCE ERECTOR 13.02 3.20
1029 FORM WORKER – Arapahoe 15.30 3.90
GUARDRAIL INSTALLER:
1030 Adams 12.89 3.45
1031 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Jefferson, Park 12.89 3.20
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
Painter
1032 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Park 12.62 3.21
1033 Jefferson 14.21 3.21
IRONWORKER:
Reinforcing
1034 Adams 22.14 0.77
1035 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin,
Jefferson 16.69 5.45
1036 Park 19.98 2.89
1037 Structural 18.22 6.01
LABORER:
Asphalt Raker
1038
Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin,
Jefferson
16.29 4.25
1039 Park 17.41 1.86
1040 Asphalt Shoveler 21.21 4.25
1041 Asphalt Spreader 18.58 4.65
Common or General
1042 Adams 16.29 4.25
1043 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 16.67 4.27
1044 Jefferson 16.51 4.27
1045 Park 15.64 2.46
-4-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
Concrete Saw (Hand Held)
1046 Adams 16.29 5.20
1047 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Jefferson, Park 16.29 6.14
Landscape and Irrigation
1048 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Elbert, Gilpin, Jefferson,
Park 12.26 3.16
1049 Clear Creek 14.98 3.16
Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete
1050 Adams 17.71 2.83
1051 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 16.96 4.04
1052 Jefferson 16.29 4.25
1053 Park 15.08 3.10
1054 Pipelayer 13.55 2.41
Traffic Control (Flagger)
1055 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin
9.55 3.05
1056 Jefferson 9.73 3.05
1057 Park 9.42 3.21
Traffic Control (Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Install Signs,
Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags)
1058 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Elbert, Gilpin, Jefferson 12.43 3.22
1059 Clear Creek 13.14 3.20
1060 Park 12.76 3.20
1061 PAINTER (Spray Only) 16.99 2.87
-5-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Asphalt Laydown
1062
Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin,
Jefferson
22.67 8.75
1063 Park 22.67 8.72
1064 Asphalt Paver 24.97 6.13
Asphalt Roller
1065 Adams 24.20 7.70
1066 Arapahoe 22.68 8.72
1067 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 23.41 7.67
1068 Jefferson 22.84 7.69
1069 Park 22.84 8.72
Asphalt Spreader
1070 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Park 22.67 8.67
1071 Jefferson 23.34 8.06
1072 Backhoe/Trackhoe
1073 Adams 20.31 4.24
1074 Arapahoe 24.59 6.24
1075 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 22.19 6.48
1076 Jefferson 21.99 5.60
1077 Park 20.81 4.24
-6-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t):
Bobcat/Skid Loader
1078 Adams, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 15.37 4.28
1079 Arapahoe 18.23 4.28
1080 Jefferson 16.85 4.28
1081 Park 22.46 0.00
1082 Boom 22.67 8.72
Broom/Sweeper
1083 Adams, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 22.70 8.07
1084 Arapahoe 22.67 8.73
1085 Jefferson 22.18 8.36
Bulldozer
1086 Adams 25.20 6.72
1087 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Jefferson, Park 26.90 5.59
1088 Concrete Pump 21.60 5.21
Crane
1089 Adams, Park 22.82 8.72
1090 Jefferson 23.55 6.68
Drill
1091 Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin, Park 20.48 4.71
1092 Jefferson 20.65 5.74
1093 Forklift 15.91 4.68
-7-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t):
Grader/Blade
1094 Adams 23.94 8.23
1095 Arapahoe 22.67 8.72
1096 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 23.90 7.93
1097 Jefferson 23.28 7.73
1098 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
Loader (Front End)
1099 Adams 23.09 8.72
1100 Arapahoe 26.80 4.84
1101 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 23.20 8.33
1102 Jefferson 23.06 7.76
1103 Park 22.67 8.72
Mechanic
1104 Adams 22.82 8.72
1105 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 24.04 7.35
1106 Jefferson 23.56 8.72
Oiler
1107 Adams, Jefferson 21.97 8.72
1108 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 23.73 8.41
Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction)
1109 Adams 16.70 3.30
1110 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin,
Jefferson 20.30 5.51
1111 Park 16.52 3.13
1112 Rotomill 16.22 4.41
-8-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t):
Screed
1113 Adams 27.89 3.50
1114 Arapahoe 22.67 8.72
1115 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 24.67 6.02
1116 Jefferson 22.64 8.43
1117 Park 20.36 3.04
1118 Tractor 13.13 2.95
TRUCK DRIVER:
Distributor
1119 Adams 15.80 5.27
1120 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 19.62 5.27
1121 Jefferson 19.46 6.04
Dump Truck
1122 Adams 16.68 5.27
1123 Arapahoe 18.94 5.27
1124 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin 16.47 5.27
1125 Jefferson 16.97 4.78
1126 Park 15.40 3.21
Lowboy Truck
1127
Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert,
Gilpin,
Park
17.25 5.27
1128 Jefferson 19.80 6.42
1129 Mechanic 26.48 3.50
Multi-Purpose Speciality and Hoisting Truck
1130 Adams, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 17.49 3.17
1131 Arapahoe 15.79 2.48
1132 Jefferson 15.13 3.89
-9-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100016
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate
Fringe Benefits Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER (con’t.):
Semi/Trailer Truck (Includes Pickup and Pilot Car)
1133
Adams, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin,
Jefferson,
Park
18.39 4.13
1134 Arapahoe 16.00 2.60
Single Axle (Includes Pickup and Pilot Car)
1135 Adams, Jefferson 13.93 3.68
1136 Arapahoe 15.10 3.77
1137 Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 14.74 3.68
1138 Truck Mounted Attenuator 12.43 3.22
Water Truck
1139 Adams 17.50 5.19
1140 Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Elbert, Gilpin, Park 19.36 4.07
1141 Jefferson 17.57 5.27
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
======================================================================================
===
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added
after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined
to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO100016
-10-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 Modifications ID
dated January 06, 2012 supersedes Decision Nos.
CO100018, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26 dated
September 30, 2011.
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
MOD Number
1
2
Date
11-18-11
01-06-12
Page Number(s)
14
1, 10, 14, 19, 25,
29, 34, 42 and 50
1
2
General Decision No. CO100017 applies to the following counties: Boulder county.
General Decision No. CO100017
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Drill Rig Caisson
1142 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 23.67 9.22
1143 Watson 2500 similar or larger 23.97 9.22
Crane
1144 50 tons and under 23.82 9.22
1145 51 - 90 tons 23.97 9.22
1146 91 - 140 tons 24.12 9.22
Scraper
1147 Single bowl under 40 cubic yards 23.82 9.22
1148 40 cubic yards and over 23.97 9.22
CARPENTER:
1149 Excludes Form Work 16.61 3.88
1150 Form Work Only 17.06 3.90
1151 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER 17.39 3.00
1152 ELECTRICIAN 33.39 7.64
1153 FENCE ERECTOR 15.96 3.46
1154 GUARDRAIL INSTALLER 16.21 3.63
1155 HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
1156 Painter 12.62 3.21
-11-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100017
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
IRONWORKER:
1157 Reinforcing (Excludes Guardrail Installation) 16.69 5.45
1158 Structural (Excludes Guardrail Installation) 18.22 6.01
LABORER:
1159 Asphalt Raker 16.29 4.25
1160 Asphalt Shoveler 21.21 4.25
1161 Asphalt Spreader 18.58 4.65
1162 Common or General 16.29 4.25
1163 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.29 6.14
1164 Landscape and Irrigation 12.26 3.16
1165 Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete 16.29 4.25
1166 Pipelayer 16.74 1.89
1167 Traffic Control (Flagger) 9.55 3.05
1168
Traffic Control (Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones,
Installs signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags),
(Excludes Flaggers)
12.43 3.22
1169 PAINTER (Spray Only) 16.99 2.87
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
1170 Asphalt Laydown 22.67 8.25
1171 Asphalt Paver 24.19 6.58
1172 Asphalt Roller 23.01 9.22
1173 Asphalt Spreader 22.67 8.72
1174 Backhoe/Trackhoe 21.70 5.51
1175 Bobcat/Skid Loader 15.37 4.28
1176 Boom 22.67 8.72
1177 Broom/Sweeper 22.83 8.72
1178 Bulldozer 26.90 5.59
1179 Drill 21.42 2.88
-12-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100017
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
1180 Forklift 15.91 4.27
1181 Grader/Blade 22.67 8.72
1182 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.54 4.10
1183 Loader (Front End) 22.67 8.72
1184 Mechanic
1185 Oiler 22.77 9.22
1186 Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction) 22.32 8.72
1187 Rotomill 16.22 4.41
1188 Screed 22.67 8.72
1189 Tractor 13.13 2.95
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION:
1190 Groundsman 18.52 3.59
TRUCK DRIVER:
1191 Distributor 21.69 5.27
1192 Dump Truck 16.41 5.27
1193 Lowboy Truck 17.25 5.27
1194 Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck 16.41 4.97
1195 Pickup and Pilot Car 13.93 3.68
1196 Semi/Trailer Truck 18.39 4.13
1197 Truck Mounted Attenuator 12.43 3.22
1198 Water Truck 20.64 5.27
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
======================================================================================
===
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added
after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-13-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined
to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO100017
-14-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 Modifications ID
dated January 06, 2012 supersedes Decision Nos.
CO100018, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26 dated
September 30, 2011.
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
MOD Number
1
2
Date
11-18-11
01-06-12
Page Number(s)
14
1, 10, 14, 19, 25,
29, 34, 42 and 50
1
2
General Decision No. CO100018 applies to the following counties: El Paso, Pueblo, and Teller counties.
General Decision No. CO100018
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
ELECTRICIAN:
1199 El Paso, Teller 28.55 14.46
1200 Pueblo 26.75 11.90 1
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Drill Rig Caisson
1201 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 23.67 9.22
1202 Watson 2500 similar or larger 23.97 9.22
Crane
1203 50 tons and under 23.82 9.22
1204 51 - 90 tons 23.97 9.22
1205 91 - 140 tons 24.12 9.22
General Decision No. CO100018
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
CARPENTER:
1206 Excludes Form Work 24.15 6.25
Form Work Only
1207 El Paso, Teller 19.06 5.84
1208 Pueblo 19.00 5.88
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1209 El Paso, Teller 17.36 3.00
1210 Pueblo 17.74 3.00
1211 FENCE ERECTOR 13.02 3.20
1212 GUARDRAIL INSTALLER 12.89 3.20
-15-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100018
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
1213 Painter 12.62 3.21
IRONWORKER:
Reinforcing (Excludes Guardrail Installation)
1214 El Paso, Teller 20.49 1.65
1215 Pueblo 16.69 5.45
1216 Structural (Excludes Guardrail Installation) 18.22 6.01
LABORER:
1217 Asphalt Raker 17.54 3.16
1218 Asphalt Shoveler 21.21 4.25
1219 Asphalt Spreader 18.58 4.65
Common or General
1220 El Paso 17.05 3.69
1221 Pueblo 16.29 4.25
1222 Teller 16.88 3.61
1223 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.29 6.14
1224 Landscape and Irrigation 12.26 3.16
1225 Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete 16.29 4.25
1226 Pipelayer 18.72 3.24
1227 Traffic Control (Flagger) 9.55 3.05
1228
Traffic Control (Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs
signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags),
(Excludes Flaggers)
12.43 3.22
1229 PAINTER (Spray Only) 16.99 2.87
-16-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100018
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
1230 Asphalt Laydown 22.67 8.72
1231 Asphalt Paver 21.50 3.50
Asphalt Roller
1232 El Paso, Teller 24.42 6.96
1233 Pueblo 23.67 9.22
1234 Asphalt Spreader 22.67 8.72
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1235 El Paso 23.31 5.61
1236 Pueblo 21.82 8.22
1237 Teller 23.32 5.50
1238 Bobcat/Skid Loader 15.37 4.28
1239 Boom 22.67 8.72
Broom/Sweeper
1240 El Paso, Teller 23.43 8.04
1241 Pueblo 23.47 9.22
Bulldozer
1242 El Paso 26.56 7.40
1243 Pueblo, Teller 26.11 6.22
1244 Drill 17.59 3.45
1245 Forklift 15.91 4.68
Grader/Blade
1246 El Paso 22.83 8.72
1247 Pueblo 23.25 6.98
1248 Teller 23.22 8.72
1249 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
-17-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100018
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Loader (Front End)
1250 El Paso 23.61 7.79
1251 Pueblo 21.67 8.22
1252 Teller 23.50 7.64
Mechanic
1253 El Paso 22.35 6.36
1254 Pueblo 24.02 8.43
1255 Teller 22.16 6.17
Oiler
1256 El Paso 23.29 7.48
1257 Pueblo 23.13 7.01
1258 Teller 22.68 7.11
Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction)
1259 El Paso 16.70 3.30
1260 Pueblo, Teller 18.43 4.62
1261 Rotomill 16.22 4.41
1262 Scraper 24.28 4.83
Screed
1263 El Paso, Teller 25.22 5.74
1264 Pueblo 23.67 9.22
1265 Tractor 13.13 2.95
-18-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100018
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER:
Distributor
1266 El Paso, Teller 17.98 3.97
1267 Pueblo 18.35 3.85
Dump Truck
1268 El Paso, Teller 16.85 4.83
1269 Pueblo 16.87 4.79
1270 Lowboy Truck 17.25 5.27
1271 Mechanic 26.69 3.50
1272 Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck 17.27 3.71
1273 Pickup and Pilot Car 13.93 3.68
1274 Semi/Trailer Truck 16.00 2.60
1275 Truck Mounted Attenuator 12.43 3.22
Water Truck
1276 El Paso 17.24 4.15
1277 Pueblo 20.93 4.98
1278 Teller 17.31 4.07
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
======================================================================================
===
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added
after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined
to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO100018
-19-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 Modifications ID
dated January 06, 2012 supersedes Decision Nos.
CO100018, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26 dated
September 30, 2011.
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
MOD Number
1
2
Date
11-18-11
01-06-12
Page Number(s)
14
1, 10, 14, 19, 25,
29, 34, 42 and 50
1
2
General Decision No. CO100019 applies to the following counties: Denver and Douglas counties.
General Decision No. CO100019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
1279 CARPENTER (Form Work Only) 24.00 11.28
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION:
Traffic Signal Installation
1280 Zone 1 26.42 4.75% + 8.68
1281 Zone 2 29.42 4.75% + 8.68
Traffic Installer Zone Definitions
Zone 1 – Within a 35 mile radius measured from the addresses
of the following cities:
Colorado Springs - Nevada & Bijou
Denver - Ellsworth Avenue & Broadway
Ft. Collins - Prospect & College
Grand Junction - 12th & North Avenue
Pueblo - I-25 & Highway 50
Zone 2 - All work outside these areas.
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Hydraulic Backhoe
1282 Wheel Mounted, under ¾ yds. 23.67 9.22
1283 Backhoe/Loader combination 23.67 9.22
Drill Rig Caisson
1284 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 23.67 9.22
1285 Watson 2500 similar or larger 23.97 9.22
Loader
1286 Up to and including 6 cubic yards 23.67 9.22
1287 Denver County - Under 6 cubic yards 23.67 9.22
1288 Denver County - Over 6 cubic yards 23.82 9.22
-20-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Motor Grader
1289 Douglas county - Blade Rough 23.67 9.22
1290 Douglas county - Blade Finish 23.97 9.22
Crane
1291 50 tons and under 23.82 9.22
1292 51 to 90 tons 23.97 9.22
1293 91 to 140 tons 24.12 9.22
Scraper
1294 Single bowl under 40 cubic yards 23.82 9.22
1295 40 cubic yards and over 23.97 9.22
General Decision No. CO100019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
1296 CARPENTER (Excludes Form Work) 19.27 5.08
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1297 Denver 20.18 5.75
1298 Douglas 18.75 3.00
1299 ELECTRICIAN (Excludes Traffic Signal Installation) 35.13 6.83
1300 FENCE ERECTOR (Excludes Link/Cyclone Fence
Erection) 13.02 3.20
1301 GUARDRAIL INSTALLER 12.89 3.20
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
Painter
1302 Denver 12.62 3.21
1303 Douglas 13.89 3.21
IRONWORKERS:
1304 Reinforcing (Excludes Guardrail Installation) 16.69 5.45
1305 Structural (Includes Link/Cyclone Fence Erection),
(Excludes Guardrail Installation) 18.22 6.01
-21-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
LABORERS:
1306 Asphalt Raker 16.29 4.25
1307 Asphalt Shoveler 21.21 4.25
1308 Asphalt Spreader 18.58 4.65
Common or General
1309 Denver 16.76 6.77
1310 Douglas 16.29 4.25
1311 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.29 6.14
1312 Landscape and Irrigation 12.26 3.16
Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete
1313 Denver 16.96 4.04
1314 Douglas 16.29 4.25
Pipelayer
1315 Denver 13.55 2.41
1316 Douglas 16.30 2.18
Traffic Control
1317 Flagger 9.55 3.05
1318 Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Install Signs, Arrow Boards
and Place Stationary Flags, (Excludes Flaggers) 12.43 3.22
PAINTER:
1319 Spray Only 16.99 2.87
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Asphalt Laydown
1320 Denver 22.67 8.72
1321 Douglas 23.67 8.47
Asphalt Paver
1322 Denver 24.97 6.13
1323 Douglas 25.44 3.50
-22-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Asphalt Roller
1324 Denver 23.13 7.55
1325 Douglas 23.63 6.43
1326 Asphalt Spreader 22.67 8.72
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1327 Douglas 23.82 6.00
1328 Bobcat/Skid Loader 15.37 4.28
1329 Boom 22.67 8.72
Broom/Sweeper
1330 Denver 22.47 8.72
1331 Douglas 22.96 8.22
1332 Bulldozer 26.90 5.59
1333 Concrete Pump 21.60 5.21
Drill
1334 Denver 20.48 4.71
1335 Douglas 20.71 2.66
1336 Forklift 15.91 4.68
Grader/Blade
1337 Denver 22.67 8.72
1338 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
Loader (Front End)
1339 Douglas 21.67 8.22
Mechanic
1340 Denver 22.89 8.72
1341 Douglas 23.88 8.22
-23-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Oiler
1342 Denver 23.73 8.41
1343 Douglas 24.90 7.67
Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction)
1344 Denver 20.30 5.51
1345 Douglas 22.78 4.86
1346 Rotomill 16.22 4.41
Screed
1347 Denver 22.67 8.38
1348 Douglas 29.99 1.40
1349 Tractor 13.13 2.95
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION:
Groundsman
1350 Denver 17.90 3.41
1351 Douglas 18.67 7.17
TRUCK DRIVER:
Distributor
1352 Denver 17.81 5.82
1353 Douglas 16.98 5.27
Dump Truck
1354 Denver 15.27 5.27
1355 Douglas 16.39 5.27
1356 Lowboy Truck 17.25 5.27
1357 Mechanic 26.48 3.50
Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck
1358 Denver 17.49 3.17
1359 Douglas 20.05 2.88
-24-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100019
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER (con’t.):
Pickup and Pilot Car
1360 Denver County 14.24 3.77
1361 Douglas County 16.43 3.68
1362 Semi/Trailer Truck 18.39 4.13
1363 Truck Mounted Attenuator 12.43 3.22
Water Truck
1364 Denver County 26.27 5.27
1365 Douglas County 19.46 2.58
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
======================================================================================
===
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added
after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined
to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO100019
-25-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 Modifications ID
dated January 06, 2012 supersedes Decision Nos.
CO100018, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26 dated
September 30, 2011.
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
MOD Number
1
2
Date
11-18-11
01-06-12
Page Number(s)
14
1, 10, 14, 19, 25,
29, 34, 42 and 50
1
2
General Decision No. CO100020 applies to the following counties: Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano,
Kiowa, Las Animas, Otero, and Prowers counties.
General Decision No. CO100020
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
1366 CARPENTER (Form Work Only) 24.00 11.28
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Power Broom/Sweeper
1367 Under 70 hp 22.97 9.22
1368 70 hp and over 23.67 9.22
Drill Rig Caisson
1369 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 23.67 9.22
1370 Watson 2500 similar or larger 23.97 9.22
Crane
1371 50 tons and under 23.82 9.22
1372 51 - 90 tons 23.97 9.22
1373 91 - 140 tons 24.12 9.22
General Decision No. CO100020
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
1374 CARPENTER (Excludes Form Work) 18.96 3.18
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1375 Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano, Kiowa, Otero,
Prowers 17.70 2.53
1376 Las Animas 17.24 2.85
1377 ELECTRICIAN 28.06 8.76
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
1378 Truck Driver (Line Striping Truck) 14.60 3.49
1379 Painter 13.92 3.07
-26-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100020
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
IRONWORKER:
1380 Reinforcing 16.94 6.77
1381 Structural 16.76 6.01
LABORER:
Common or General
1382 Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano, Kiowa, Otero,
Prowers 14.48 3.53
1383 Las Animas 14.52 3.53
1384 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.00 6.14
1385 Landscape and Irrigation 15.37 3.16
1386 Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete 12.44 3.10
1387 Traffic Control (Flagger) 9.42 3.21
1388
Traffic Control (Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs
signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags),
(Excludes Flaggers)
12.39 3.20
1389 PAINTER (Spray Only) 17.54 3.52
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
1390 Asphalt Laydown 24.17 6.73
1391 Asphalt Paver 22.67 8.72
1392 Asphalt Plant 21.13 2.16
1393 Asphalt Roller 23.14 7.51
1394 Asphalt Spreader 23.19 7.66
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1395 Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano, Kiowa, Otero,
Prowers 23.19 4.18
1396 Las Animas 24.70 3.40
-27-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100020
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t):
1397 Bobcat/Skid Loader 18.43 3.12
1398 Bulldozer 26.65 4.46
1399 Chipper 22.04 8.26
1400 Drill 20.49 2.66
1401 Forklift 18.30 5.01
Grader/Blade
1402 Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano, Kiowa, Otero,
Prowers 18.40 4.20
1403 Las Animas 18.88 3.14
1404 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
Loader (Front End)
1405 Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano, Kiowa, Otero,
Prowers 23.58 6.66
1406 Las Animas 23.56 5.93
1407 Mechanic 18.91 4.20
1408 Oiler 22.54 9.22
1409 Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction) 17.78 2.83
1410 Scraper 19.93 5.38
1411 Screed 16.21 3.76
1412 Tractor 16.83 2.95
TRUCK DRIVER:
1413 Distributor 17.98 5.27
1414 Dump Truck 17.61 2.69
Lowboy Truck
1415 Baca, Bent, Costilla, Crowley, Huerfano, Kiowa, Otero,
Prowers 19.95 3.36
1416 Las Animas 19.77 3.25
-28-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100020
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Code Code Code Code
TRUCK DRIVER, (con’t):
1417 Mechanic 17.79 3.51
1418 Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck 18.89 3.49
1419 Pickup and Pilot Car 14.04 3.49
1420 Semi Truck 17.58 4.67
1421 Water Truck 14.88 2.07
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
======================================================================================
===
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added
after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined
to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO100020
-29-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 Modifications ID
dated January 06, 2012 supersedes Decision Nos.
CO100018, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26 dated
September 30, 2011.
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
MOD Number
1
2
Date
11-18-11
01-06-12
Page Number(s)
14
1, 10, 14, 19, 25,
29, 34, 42 and 50
1
2
General Decision No. CO100021 applies to the following counties: Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Logan,
Morgan, Phillips, Sedgwick, Washington, and Yuma counties.
General Decision No. CO100021
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Power Broom/Sweeper
1422 Under 70 hp 22.97 9.22
1423 70 hp and over 23.67 9.22
1424 Boom - -
Drill Rig Caisson
1425 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 23.67 9.22
1426 Watson 2500 similar or larger 23.97 9.22
Asphalt Screed
1427 Kit Carson 23.67 9.22
Crane
1428 50 tons and under 23.82 9.22
1429 51 - 90 tons 23.97 9.22
1430 91 - 140 tons 24.12 9.22
LABORER:
Common or General
1431 Kit Carson 16.05 6.89
TRUCK DRIVER:
Dump Truck
1432 Kit Carson - -
-30-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100021
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
CARPENTER:
1433 Excludes Form Work 18.96 3.18
Form Work Only
1434
Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Logan, Morgan, Phillips,
Sedgwick,
Washington, Yuma
20.28 4.50
1435 Lincoln 20.98 3.89
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1436 Cheyenne, Logan, Morgan, Phillips, Sedgwick,
Washington, Yuma 19.22 2.74
1437 Kit Carson 17.98 2.53
1438 Lincoln 21.00 1.40
1439 ELECTRICIAN 28.06 8.76
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
1440 Truck Driver (Line Striping Truck) 14.60 3.49
1441 Painter 12.90 3.07
1442 IRONWORKER:
1443 Reinforcing 21.12 3.89
1444 Structural 16.76 6.01
LABORER:
Asphalt Raker
1445
Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan,
Phillips,
Washington, Yuma
17.02 5.79
1446 Sedgwick 15.79 4.87
1447 Asphalt Spreader 22.67 8.72
Common or General
1448
Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan,
Phillips,
Sedgwick, Washington, Yuma
12.44 3.53
1449 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.00 6.14
1450 Landscape and Irrigation 12.81 3.16
1451 Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete 14.71 3.29
-31-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100021
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
LABORER (con’t):
Traffic Control
1452 Flagger 9.42 3.21
1453
Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs
signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags,
(Excludes Flaggers)
12.39 3.20
1454 PAINTER (Spray Only) 17.54 3.52
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
1455 Asphalt Laydown 24.56 6.68
1456 Asphalt Paver 22.67 8.72
1457 Asphalt Plant 21.13 2.16
Asphalt Roller
1458
Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan,
Phillips,
Washington, Yuma
23.79 7.59
1459 Sedgwick 23.92 9.22
1460 Asphalt Spreader 23.19 7.66
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1461
Cheyenne, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan, Phillips,
Sedgwick,
Washington, Yuma
25.88 4.18
1462 Kit Carson 28.64 1.40
1463 Bobcat/Skid Loader 20.79 5.36
1464 Bulldozer 29.99 2.90
1465 Chipper 22.04 8.26
1466 Drill 20.49 2.66
1467 Forklift 18.30 2.01
1468 Grader/Blade 19.02 4.20
1469 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
Loader (Front End)
1470
Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan,
Phillips,
Washington, Yuma
27.22 5.85
1471 Sedgwick 27.48 4.87
-32-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100021
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Mechanic
1472 Cheyenne, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan, Phillips,
Washington, Yuma 20.52 5.49
1473 Kit Carson 16.74 4.20
1474 Sedgwick 21.09 4.87
1475 Oiler 22.54 9.22
1476 Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction) 16.52 4.87
1477 Scraper 19.93 5.38
Screed
1478
Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Logan, Morgan,
Phillips,
Sedgwick, Washington, Yuma
21.30 6.40
1479 Tractor 16.83 2.95
TRUCK DRIVER:
1480 Distributor 17.98 5.27
Dump Truck
1481 Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Logan, Morgan, Phillips,
Washington, Yuma 18.52 5.96
1482 Lincoln 14.15 3.83
1483 Sedgwick 18.92 6.19
1484 Lowboy Truck 18.29 4.87
1485 Mechanic 17.79 3.51
1486 Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck 18.79 3.49
1487 Pickup and Pilot Car 14.04 3.49
Semi Truck
1488 Cheyenne, Kit Carson, Lincoln, Morgan 17.58 4.67
1489 Logan, Phillips, Sedgwick, Washington, Yuma 15.80 4.67
1490 Water Truck 14.88 2.07
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental
.
======================================================================================
===
-33-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
======================================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added
after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined
to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO100021
-34-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 Modifications ID
dated January 06, 2012 supersedes Decision Nos.
CO100018, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26 dated
September 30, 2011.
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
MOD Number
1
2
Date
11-18-11
01-06-12
Page Number(s)
14
1, 10, 14, 19, 25,
29, 34, 42 and 50
1
2
General Decision No. CO100022 applies to the following counties: Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer,
Delta, Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, La Plata, Mineral, Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande,
Saguache, San Juan, and San Miguel counties.
General Decision No. CO100022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
1491 CARPENTER (Excludes Form Work) 24.00 11.28
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Drill Rig Caisson
1492 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 23.67 9.22
1493 Watson 2500 similar or larger 23.97 9.22
Mechanic
1494 La Plata County 23.82 9.22
General Decision No. CO100022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
CARPENTER:
Form Work Only
1495
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer,
Delta, Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
18.57 5.38
1496 La Plata 18.60 5.38
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1497
Alamosa, Archuleta, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
-35-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
1501 ELECTRICIAN 28.06 8.76
1502 GUARDRAIL INSTALLER 12.78 3.31
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
1503 Truck Driver (Line Striping Truck) 14.60 3.49
1504 Painter 12.90 3.07
IRONWORKER:
1505 Reinforcing (Excludes Guardrail Installation) 16.94 6.77
1506 Structural (Excludes Guardrail Installation) 16.76 6.01
LABORER:
Asphalt Raker
1507 Alamosa 17.53 3.75
1508
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer,
Delta, Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
16.43 3.42
1509 La Plata 15.38 3.12
Common or General
1510 Alamosa, Chaffee, Montezuma, Montrose 12.44 3.53
1511 Archuleta, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores, Gunnison,
Hinsdale, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Miguel 13.70 3.53
1512 Fremont 15.19 3.00
1513 La Plata 14.07 3.53
1514 Mineral 14.84 3.53
1515 San Juan 13.73 3.53
1516 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.00 6.14
Landscape and Irrigation
1517
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer,
Delta, Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
14.02 3.16
1518 La Plata 13.54 3.16
-36-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
LABORER (con’t):
Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete
1519
Alamosa, Archuleta, Conejos, Custer,
Delta, Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
14.59 3.10
1520 Chaffee 12.44 3.10
1521 La Plata 15.67 3.10
Traffic Control
1522 Flagger 9.42 3.21
1523
Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs
signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags,
(Excludes Flaggers)
12.39 3.20
1524 PAINTER (Spray Only) 17.54 3.52
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Asphalt Laydown
1525 Alamosa, La Plata 22.67 8.72
1526
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
23.13 8.64
1527 Asphalt Paver 22.67 8.72
1528 Asphalt Plant 17.23 4.07
Asphalt Roller
1529 Alamosa 21.67 8.22
1530
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montrose,
Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel
22.77 8.36
1531 La Plata 22.68 7.30
1532 Montezuma 22.67 8.72
1533 Asphalt Spreader 22.67 8.72
-37-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t):
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1534 Alamosa 21.03 3.75
1535
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montrose,
Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel
19.75 3.75
1536 La Plata 19.79 5.13
1537 Mineral 19.17 5.53
1538 Montezuma 16.42 4.42
Bobcat/Skid Loader
1539
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
18.20 4.54
1540 La Plata 19.98 4.88
1541 Mineral 17.94 4.62
Broom/Sweeper
1542 Alamosa 20.67 9.22
1543
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, La Plata, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
21.70 9.22
Bulldozer
1544
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
23.28 9.22
1545 Fremont 23.67 9.22
1546 La Plata 23.57 8.72
1547 Chipper 22.04 8.26
Crane
1548
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
25.01 8.22
1549 La Plata 25.21 8.22
-38-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
1550 Drill 20.84 2.66
1551 Forklift 18.30 5.01
1552 Grade Checker 23.91 7.89
Grader/Blade
1553
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
16.39 4.20
1554 Fremont 19.68 3.37
1555 La Plata 19.83 4.20
1556 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
Loader (Front End)
1557
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montrose,
Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan
23.38 8.22
1558 Fremont 23.67 9.22
1559 La Plata 23.36 7.09
1560 Montezuma 22.82 8.72
1561 San Miguel 23.82 9.22
Mechanic
1562
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Gunnison, Hinsdale, La Plata, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande,
Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel
16.74 4.20
1563 Fremont 18.79 3.51
Oiler
1564
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
22.97 7.88
1565 Fremont 22.97 8.56
1566 La Plata 24.08 5.49
1567 San Miguel 22.97 9.22
-39-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction)
1568
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
19.24 4.96
1569 Fremont 16.52 5.28
1570 La Plata 18.33 2.98
1571 Rotomill 16.28 4.41
1572 Scraper 17.62 2.96
Screed
1573 Alamosa 20.33 6.81
1574
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montezuma,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
19.58 4.96
1575 La Plata 17.86 2.75
1576 Tractor 15.08 2.95
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION:
1577 Groundsman 17.04 2.28
TRUCK DRIVER:
Distributor
1578 Alamosa 18.40 4.51
1579
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, La Plata, Mineral,
Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan,
San Miguel
17.62 5.27
1580 Montezuma 15.80 5.27
-40-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100022
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER (con’t.):
Dump Truck
1581 Alamosa 14.15 3.83
1582
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Gunnison, Hinsdale, Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray,
Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel
16.56 4.03
1583 Fremont 16.55 4.34
1584 La Plata 16.90 3.83
1585 Mineral 16.97 4.61
1586 Lowboy Truck 17.25 5.84
1587 Mechanic 17.79 3.51
1588 Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck 14.60 3.49
Pickup and Pilot Car
1589
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta,
Dolores, Fremont, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
14.04 3.49
1590 La Plata 15.47 3.49
Semi Truck
1591
Alamosa, Archuleta, Chaffee, Gunnison, Mineral,
Montezuma, Montrose, Ouray, Rio Grande, Saguache,
San Juan, San Miguel
19.42 5.41
1592 Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores, Fremont, Hinsdale, La
Plata 17.25 5.41
Water Truck
1593 Alamosa 17.58 3.75
1594
Archuleta, Chaffee, Conejos, Custer, Delta, Dolores,
Gunnison, Hinsdale, Mineral, Montrose, Ouray,
Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel
16.75 3.04
1595 Fremont 16.15 3.14
1596 La Plata 17.67 3.43
1597 Montezuma 14.88 2.07
-41-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
======================================================================================
===
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added
after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined
to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO100022
-42-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 Modifications ID
dated January 06, 2012 supersedes Decision Nos.
CO100018, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26 dated
September 30, 2011.
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
MOD Number
1
2
Date
11-18-11
01-06-12
Page Number(s)
14
1, 10, 14, 19, 25,
29, 34, 42 and 50
1
2
General Decision No. CO100023 applies to the following counties: Eagle, Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat,
Pitkin, Rio Blanco, Routt and Summit counties.
General Decision No. CO100023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
1598 CARPENTER (Excludes Form Work) 24.00 11.28
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION:
SUMMIT COUNTY
Traffic Signal Installation
1599 Zone 1 26.42 4.75% + 8.68
1600 Zone 2 29.42 4.75% + 8.68
Traffic Installer Zone Definitions
Zone 1 – Within a 35 mile radius measured from the addresses
of the following cities:
Colorado Springs - Nevada & Bijou
Denver - Ellsworth Avenue & Broadway
Ft. Collins - Prospect & College
Grand Junction - 12th & North Avenue
Pueblo - I-25 & Highway 50
Zone 2 - All work outside these areas.
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Drill Rig Caisson
1601 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 23.67 9.22
1602 Watson 2500 similar or larger 23.97 9.22
IRONWORKER:
Structural
1603 Garfield 23.80 18.07
-43-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
CARPENTER (Form Work Only):
1604
Eagle, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio
Blanco,
Routt, Summit
15.92 5.38
1605 Garfield 19.55 4.09
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1606 Eagle 17.59 2.85
1607 Garfield 17.27 2.16
1608 Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco, Routt 18.23 2.85
1609 Summit 15.55 2.85
ELECTRICIAN:
1610 Excludes Traffic Signalization 28.06 8.76
Traffic Signalization Electrician
1611 Eagle, Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 28.24 8.52
Traffic Signalization Groundsman
1612 Eagle, Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt 15.93 4.01
1613 Summit 16.75 4.10
GUARDRAIL INSTALLER:
1614 Eagle 12.78 3.46
1615 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 12.78 3.31
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
1616 Truck Driver (Line Striping Truck) 14.60 3.49
Painter
1617 Eagle, 13.85 3.07
1618 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 13.97 3.07
IRONWORKER:
Excludes Guardrail Installation
1619 Reinforcing 16.94 6.77
1620 Structural 22.22 6.01
-44-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
LABORER:
Asphalt Raker
1621 Eagle 16.36 3.26
1622 Garfield 18.66 3.53
1623 Grand 17.90 3.02
1624 Jackson, Lake, Moffatt, Routt 17.75 3.75
1625 Pitkin 17.50 3.75
1626 Rio Blanco 18.97 3.75
1627 Summit 16.77 3.26
Common or General
1628 Eagle, Garfield, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 12.44 3.53
1629 Grand 19.14 3.53
1630 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.00 6.14
Landscape and Irrigation
1631 Eagle 14.84 3.16
1632 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffatt, Rio Blanco,
Routt 13.54 3.16
1633 Pitkin 14.16 3.16
1634 Summit 13.09 3.16
Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete
1635
Eagle, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio
Blanco,
Routt, Summit
12.44 3.10
1636 Garfield 14.87 3.10
Traffic Control
1637 Flagger 9.42 3.21
Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs
signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags,
(Excludes Flaggers)
1638 Eagle, Garfield, Grand, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 12.39 3.20
1639 Jackson 12.93 3.22
-45-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
PAINTER: (Spray Only)
1640 Eagle 17.49 3.52
1641
Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio
Blanco,
Routt
17.54 3.52
1642 Summit 19.96 3.52
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Asphalt Laydown
1643 Eagle, Summit 22.67 8.72
1644 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Routt 24.09 7.93
1645 Rio Blanco 23.67 9.22
1646 Asphalt Paver 22.67 8.72
1647 Asphalt Plant 19.27 4.47
Asphalt Roller
1648 Eagle 23.01 8.72
1649 Garfield, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco,
Routt, Summit 23.15 8.07
1650 Grand 22.67 8.72
1651 Asphalt Spreader 25.61 6.96
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1652 Eagle 22.56 7.02
1653 Garfield 19.40 4.42
1654 Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco, Routt 22.92 6.15
1655 Summit 24.30 5.75
Bobcat/Skid Loader
1656 Eagle 18.25 4.32
1657 Garfield 24.63 0.00
1658 Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco, Routt 21.04 5.18
1659 Summit 19.77 4.28
-46-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Broom/Sweeper
1660 Eagle 23.35 7.78
1661 Garfield, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Routt 21.92 7.66
1662 Grand 21.67 8.22
1663 Rio Blanco 21.66 0.00
1664 Summit 22.67 8.72
1665 Bulldozer 26.78 7.05
1666 Chipper 22.04 8.26
1667 Crane 23.82 9.22
1668 Drill 20.84 2.66
1669 Forklift 18.30 5.01
1670 Grade Checker 23.82 9.22
1671 Grader/Blade 23.05 6.45
1672 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
Loader (Front End)
1673 Eagle 24.98 7.55
1674 Garfield 21.93 9.22
1675 Grand, Pitkin, 22.67 8.72
1676 Jackson, Lake, Moffatt, Routt 24.07 7.92
1677 Rio Blanco 23.67 9.22
1678 Summit 25.88 7.01
Mechanic
1679 Eagle, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 23.31 3.93
1680 Garfield 19.80 4.20
Oiler
1681 Eagle 23.82 7.62
1682 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 24.04 7.77
-47-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction)
1683 Eagle, Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Routt 22.72 5.98
1684 Rio Blanco 23.67 9.22
1685 Summit 24.38 6.11
Rotomill
1686 Eagle 18.86 4.41
1687 Garfield, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco,
Routt 20.70 4.41
1688 Grand 23.48 4.41
1689 Summit 16.28 4.41
1690 Scraper 20.60 7.99
Screed
1691 Eagle 17.04 3.98
1692
Garfield, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin, Rio Blanco,
Routt,
Summit
23.76 5.05
1693 Grand 23.29 4.05
1694 Tractor 15.08 2.95
-48-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100023
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER:
Distributor
1695 Eagle, Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Routt, Summit 19.07 4.35
1696 Rio Blanco 15.80 5.27
Dump Truck
1697 Eagle 16.17 3.83
1698 Garfield 16.29 3.83
1699 Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Routt 17.79 4.02
1700 Pitkin 20.13 4.15
1701 Rio Blanco 17.26 4.63
1702 Summit 15.27 5.27
Lowboy Truck
1703 Eagle 18.89 4.56
1704 Garfield, Grand, Jackson, Lake, Moffat, Pitkin,
Rio Blanco, Routt, Summit 18.43 4.56
1705 Mechanic 17.79 3.51
1706 Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck 14.60 3.49
1707 Pickup and Pilot Car 14.04 3.49
1708 Semi Truck 20.72 0.00
Water Truck
1709 Eagle 23.05 2.90
1710 Garfield 21.00 5.88
1711 Grand 21.19 3.01
1712 Jackson, Lake, Moffatt, Pitkin, Routt, Summit 20.39 3.43
1713 Rio Blanco 17.25 3.75
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
======================================================================================
===
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added
after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-49-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined
to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO100023
-50-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Decision Nos. CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 Modifications ID
dated January 06, 2012 supersedes Decision Nos.
CO100018, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26 dated
September 30, 2011.
When work within a project is located in two or more counties and
the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more
job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits
shall apply throughout the project.
MOD Number
1
2
Date
11-18-11
01-06-12
Page Number(s)
14
1, 10, 14, 19, 25,
29, 34, 42 and 50
1
2
General Decision No. CO100024 applies to the following counties: Larimer, Mesa, and Weld counties.
General Decision No. CO100024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Drill Rig Caisson
1714 Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar 23.67 9.22
1715 Watson 2500 similar or larger 23.97 9.22
Oiler
1716 Weld 23.82 9.22
General Decision No. CO100024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
CARPENTER:
1717 Excludes Form Work 20.72 5.34
Form Work Only
1718 Larimer, Mesa 18.79 3.67
1719 Weld 15.54 3.90
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER:
1720 Larimer 16.05 3.00
1721 Mesa 17.53 3.00
1722 Weld 17.48 3.00
ELECTRICIAN:
Excludes Traffic Signalization
1723 Weld 33.45 7.58
Traffic Signalization
1724 Weld 25.84 6.66
-51-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
FENCE ERECTOR:
1725 Weld 17.46 3.47
GUARDRAIL INSTALLER:
1726 Larimer, Weld 12.89 3.39
HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING:
Painter
1727 Larimer 14.79 3.98
1728 Mesa 14.75 3.21
1729 Weld 14.66 3.21
IRONWORKER:
Reinforcing (Excludes Guardrail Installation)
1730 Larimer, Weld 16.69 5.45
Structural (Excludes Guardrail Installation)
1731 Larimer, Weld 18.22 6.01
LABORER:
Asphalt Raker
1732 Larimer 18.66 4.66
1733 Weld 16.72 4.25
1734 Asphalt Shoveler 21.21 4.25
1735 Asphalt Spreader 18.58 4.65
1736 Common or General 16.29 4.25
1737 Concrete Saw (Hand Held) 16.29 6.14
1738 Landscape and Irrigation 12.26 3.16
1739 Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete 16.29 4.25
Pipelayer
1740 Larimer 17.27 3.83
1741 Mesa, Weld 16.23 3.36
1742 Traffic Control (Flagger) 9.55 3.05
-52-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
LABORER (con’t):
Traffic Control (Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs
signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags),
(Excludes Flaggers)
1743 Larimer, Weld 12.43 3.22
1744 PAINTER (Spray Only) 16.99 2.87
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Asphalt Laydown
1745 Larimer 26.75 5.39
1746 Mesa, Weld 23.93 7.72
1747 Asphalt Paver 21.50 3.50
Asphalt Roller
1748 Larimer 23.57 3.50
1749 Mesa 24.25 3.50
1750 Weld 27.23 3.50
Asphalt Spreader
1751 Larimer 25.88 6.80
1752 Mesa, Weld 23.66 7.36
Backhoe/Trackhoe
1753 Larimer 21.46 4.85
1754 Mesa 19.81 6.34
1755 Weld 20.98 6.33
Bobcat/Skid Loader
1756 Larimer 17.13 4.46
1757 Mesa, Weld 15.37 4.28
1758 Boom 22.67 8.72
Broom/Sweeper
1759 Larimer 23.55 6.20
1760 Mesa 23.38 6.58
1761 Weld 23.23 6.89
-53-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t):
Bulldozer
1762 Larimer, Weld 22.05 6.23
1763 Mesa 22.67 8.72
1764 Crane 26.75 6.16
Drill
1765 Larimer, Weld 31.39 0.00
1766 Mesa 35.06 0.00
1767 Forklift 15.91 4.68
Grader/Blade
1768 Larimer 24.82 5.75
1769 Mesa 23.42 9.22
1770 Weld 24.53 6.15
1771 Guardrail/Post Driver 16.07 4.41
1772 Loader (Front End)
1773 Larimer 20.45 3.50
1774 Mesa 22.44 9.22
1775 Weld 23.92 6.67
Mechanic
1776 Larimer 27.68 4.57
1777 Mesa 25.50 5.38
1778 Weld 24.67 5.68
Oiler
1779 Larimer 24.16 8.35
1780 Mesa 23.93 9.22
Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction)
1781 Larimer 23.67 8.22
1782 Mesa, Weld 21.33 6.99
-54-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.):
Rotomill
1783 Larimer 18.59 4.41
1784 Weld 16.22 4.41
Scraper
1785 Larimer 21.33 3.50
1786 Mesa 24.06 4.13
1787 Weld 30.14 1.40
Screed
1788 Larimer 27.20 5.52
1789 Mesa 27.24 5.04
1790 Weld 27.95 3.50
1791 Tractor 13.13 2.95
TRAFFIC SIGNALIZATION:
Groundsman
1792 Larimer 11.44 2.84
1793 Mesa 16.00 5.85
1794 Weld 16.93 3.58
TRUCK DRIVER:
Distributor
1795 Larimer 19.28 4.89
1796 Mesa 19.17 4.84
1797 Weld 20.61 5.27
Dump Truck
1798 Larimer 18.86 3.50
1799 Mesa 15.27 4.28
1800 Weld 15.27 5.27
-55-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
General Decision No. CO100024
The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates.
Code Classification Basic Hourly
Rate Fringe Benefits
Last
Mod
TRUCK DRIVER (con’t.):
Lowboy Truck
1801 Larimer 18.96 5.30
1802 Mesa, Weld 18.84 5.17
1803 Mechanic 26.48 3.50
Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck
1804 Larimer, Mesa 16.65 5.46
1805 Weld 16.87 5.56
1806 Pickup and Pilot Car 13.93 3.68
1807 Semi/Trailer Truck 18.39 4.13
1808 Truck Mounted Attenuator 12.43 3.22
Water Truck
1809 Larimer 19.14 4.99
1810 Mesa 15.96 5.27
1811 Weld 19.28 5.04
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
======================================================================================
===
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added
after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined
to be prevailing.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-56-
U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR, DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES, COLORADO DATE 01-06-12
GENERAL DECISION NUMBER CO100016, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24 HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be:
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage
and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have
responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program.
If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in
2.) and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with
the Branch of
Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request
review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7).
Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information
(wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the
issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the
Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.
END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO100024
July 29, 2011
1
ON THE JOB TRAINING
This training special provision is an implementation of 23 U.S.C. 140 (a). The Contractor shall meet the
requirements of the FHWA 1273 for all apprentices and trainees.
As part of the Contractor's Equal Employment Opportunity Affirmative Action Program, training shall be provided
on projects as follows:
1. The Contractor shall provide on the job training aimed at developing full journey workers in the skilled
craft identified in the approved training plan. The Contractor shall provide at a minimum, required training
hours listed in the Project Special Provisions for each project.
2. The primary objective of this specification is to train and upgrade women and minority candidates to full
journey worker status. The Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to enroll and train minority and
women workers. This training commitment shall not be used to discriminate against any applicant for
training whether or not the applicant is a woman or minority.
3. The Contractor may employ temporary workers from CDOT supportive services providers to meet OJT
requirements. Information pertaining to supportive services providers may be obtained by calling the
CDOT OJT Coordinator at the number shown on the link http://www.coloradodot.info/business/equal-
opportunity/training.html
4. An employee shall not be employed or utilized as a trainee in a skilled craft in which the employee has
achieved journey status.
5. The minimum length and type of training for each skilled craft shall be as established in the training
program selected by the Contractor and approved by the Department and the Colorado Division of the
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), or the U. S Department of Labor (DOL), Office of
Apprenticeship or recognized state apprenticeship agency. To obtain assistance or program approval
contact:
CDOT Center for Equal Opportunity
4201 East Arkansas Avenue
Denver, CO 80222
eo@dot.state.co.us
1-800-925-3427
6. The Contractor shall pay the training program wage rates and the correct fringe benefits to each
approved trainee employed on the project and enrolled in an approved program. The minimum trainee
wage shall be no less than the wage for the Guardrail Laborer classification as indicated in the wage
decision for the project.
7. The CDOT Regional Civil Rights Manager must approve all proposed apprentices and trainees for the
participation to be counted toward the project goal and reimbursement. Approval must occur before
training begins. Approval for the apprentice or trainee to begin work on a CDOT project will be based on:
A. Evidence of the registration of the trainee or apprentice into the approved training program.
B. The completed Form 838 for each trainee or apprentice as submitted to the Engineer.
8. Before training begins, the Contractor shall provide each trainee with a copy of the approved training
program, pay scale, pension and retirement benefits, health and disability benefits, promotional
opportunities, and company policies and complaint procedures.
9. Before training begins, the Contractor shall submit a copy of the approved training program and CDOT
Form 1337 to the Engineer. Progress payments may be withheld until this is submitted and approved and
may be withheld if the approved program is not followed.
July 29, 2011
2
ON THE JOB TRAINING
10. On a monthly basis, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a completed On the Job Training
Progress Report (Form 832) for each approved trainee or apprentice on the project. The Form 832 will
be reviewed and approved by the Engineer before reimbursement will be made. The Contractor will be
reimbursed for no more than the OJT Force Account budget. At the discretion of the Engineer and if
funds are available, the Engineer may increase the force account budget and the number of reimbursable
training hours through a Change Order. The request to increase the force account must be approved by
the Engineer prior to the training.
11. Upon completion of training, transfer to another project, termination of the trainee or notification of final
acceptance of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a “final” completed Form 832 for
each approved apprentice or trainee.
12. All forms are available from the CDOT Center for Equal Opportunity, through the CDOT Regional Civil
Rights Manager, or on CDOT’s website at
http://www.coloradodot.info/business/bidding/Bidding%20Forms/Bid%20Winner%20Forms
13. Forms 838 and 832 shall be completed in full by the Contractor. Reimbursement for training is based on
the number of hours of on the job training documented on the Form 832 and approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall explain discrepancies between the hours documented on Form 832 and the
corresponding certified payrolls.
14. The OJT goal (# of training hours required) for the project will be included in the Project Special
Provisions and will be determined by the Regional Civil Rights Manager after considering:
A. Availability of minorities, women, and disadvantaged for training;
B. The potential for effective training;
C. Duration of the Contract;
D. Dollar value of the Contract;
E. Total normal work force that the average bidder could be expected to use;
F. Geographic location;
G. Type of work; and
H. The need for additional journey workers in the area
I. The general guidelines for minimum total training hours are as follows:
Contract dollar value
Minimum total training
hours to be provided
on the project
Up to 1 million 0
>1 - 2 million 320
>2 - 4 million 640
>4 - 6 million 1280
>6 - 8 million 1600
>8 - 12 million 1920
>12 - 16 million 2240
>16 - 20 million 2560
For each increment of
$5 million, over $20
million
1280
July 29, 2011
3
ON THE JOB TRAINING
15. The number of training hours for the trainees to be employed on the project shall be as shown in the
Contract. The trainees or apprentices employed under the Contract shall be registered with the
Department using Form 838, and must be approved by the Regional Civil Rights Manager before
training begins for the participation to be counted toward the OJT project goal. The goal will be met
by an approved trainee or apprentice working on that project; or, if a Contractor’s apprentice is
enrolled in a DOL approved apprenticeship program and registered with CDOT using Form 838 and
working for the Contractor on a non-CDOT project. The hours worked on the non-CDOT project may
be counted toward the project goal with approved documentation on Form 832. Training hours will be
counted toward one project goal.
16. Subcontractor trainees who are enrolled in an approved Program may be used by the Contractor to
satisfy the requirements of this specification.
17. The Contractor will be reimbursed $2.00per hour worked for each apprentice or trainee working on a
CDOT project and whose participation toward the OJT project goal has been approved
18. The Contractor shall have fulfilled its responsibilities under this specification if the CDOT Regional
Civil Rights Manager has determined that it has provided acceptable number of training hours.
19. Failure to provide the required training will result in the following disincentives: A sum representing
the number of training hours specified in the Contract, minus the number of training hours worked as
certified on Form 832, multiplied by the journey worker hourly wages plus fringe benefits [(A hours –
B hours worked) x (C dollar per hour + D fringe benefits)] = Disincentives Assessed. Wage rate will
be determined by averaging the wages for the crafts listed on Form 1337. The Engineer will provide
the Contractor with a written notice at Final Acceptance of the project informing the Contractor of the
noncompliance with this specification which will include a calculation of the disincentives to be
assessed.
February 3, 2011
1
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Attached is Form FHWA 1273 titled Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts. As
described in Section I. General, the provisions of Form FHWA 1273 apply to all work performed under the
Contract and are to be included in all subcontracts with the following modification:
The weekly payrolls submitted by contractors and subcontractors in accordance with Part V., paragraph 2c shall
not include full social security numbers and home addresses. Instead, the payrolls shall only need to include an
individually identifying number for each employee (e.g. the last four digits of the employee’s social security
number). Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of
each covered worker, and shall provide them to the SHA upon request.
February 3, 2011
2
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
FHWA-1273 Electronic version -- March 10, 1994
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Page
I. General 1
II. Nondiscrimination 1
III. Nonsegrated Facilities 3
IV. Payment of Predetermined Minimum Wage 3
V. Statements and Payrolls 6
VI. Record of Materials, Supplies, and Labor 6
VII. GeneralSubletting or Assigning the Contract 7
VIII. Safety: Accident Prevention 7
IX. False Statements Concerning Highway Projects 7
X. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal
Water Pollution Control Act 8
XI. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension
Ineligibility, and Voluntary Exclusion 8
XII. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for
Lobbying 9
ATTACHMENTS
A. Employment Preference for Appalachian Contracts
(included in Appalachian contracts only)
I. GENERAL
1. These contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on
the contract by the contractor's own organization and with the
assistance of workers under the contractor's immediate superin-
tendence and to all work performed on the contract by piecework,
station work, or by subcontract.
2. Except as otherwise provided for in each section, the contrac-
tor shall insert in each subcontract all of the stipulations contained
in these Required Contract Provisions, and further require their
inclusion in any lower tier subcontract or purchase order that may
in turn be made. The Required Contract Provisions shall not be
incorporated by reference in any case. The prime contractor shall
be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier
subcontractor with these Required Contract Provisions.
3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required
Contract Provisions shall be sufficient grounds for termination of
the contract.
4. A breach of the following clauses of the Required Contract
Provisions may also be grounds for debarment as provided in 29
CFR 5.12:
Section I, paragraph 2;
Section IV, paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4, and 7;
Section V, paragraphs 1 and 2a through 2g.
5. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of
Section IV (except paragraph 5) and Section V of these Required
Contract Provisions shall not be subject to the general disputes
clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accor-
dance with the procedures of the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL)
as set forth in 29 CFR 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of
this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its
subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the DOL, or the
contractor's employees or their representatives.
6. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract,
the contractor shall not:
February 3, 2011
3
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
less often than once every six months, at which time the contractor's
EEO policy and its implementation will be reviewed and explained.
The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer.
b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will
be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all
major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days
following their reporting for duty with the contractor.
c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for
the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the contractor's
procedures for locating and hiring minority group employees.
d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO
policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees,
applicants for employment and potential employees.
e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to
implement such policy will be brought to the attention of employees
by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or other appropriate
means.
4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the contractor
will include in all advertisements for employees the notation: "An
Equal Opportunity Employer." All such advertisements will be
placed in publications having a large circulation among minority
groups in the area from which the project work force would normally
be derived.
a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargain-
ing agreement, conduct systematic and direct recruitment through
public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified
minority group applicants. To meet this requirement, the contractor
will identify sources of potential minority group employees, and
establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority
group applicants may be referred to the contractor for employment
consideration.
b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining
agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, he is
expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent
that the system permits the contractor's compliance with EEO
contract provisions. (The DOL has held that where implementation
of such agreements have the effect of discriminating against
minorities or women, or obligates the contractor to do the same,
such implementation violates Executive Order 11246, as amended.)
c. The contractor will encourage his present employees to
refer minority group applicants for employment. Information and
procedures with regard to referring minority group applicants will be
discussed with employees.
5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employee
benefits shall be established and administered, and personnel
actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion,
transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without
regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability.
The following procedures shall be followed:
a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of
project sites to insure that working conditions and employee facilities
do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel.
b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of
wages paid within each classification to determine any evidence of
discriminatory wage practices.
c. The contractor will periodically review selected person-
February 3, 2011
4
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified
and/or qualifiable minority group persons and women. (The DOL
has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the
contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for
exclusive referral failed to refer minority employees.) In the event
the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting
the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended,
and these special provisions, such contractor shall immediately
notify the SHA.
8. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials
and Leasing of Equipment: The contractor shall not
discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, national
origin, age or disability in the selection and retention of
subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of
equipment.
a. The contractor shall notify all potential
subcontractors and suppliers of his/her EEO obligations under
this contract.
b. Disadvantaged business enterprises (DBE), as
defined in 49 CFR 23, shall have equal opportunity to compete for
and perform subcontracts which the contractor enters into
pursuant to this contract. The contractor will use his best efforts
to solicit bids from and to utilize DBE subcontractors or
subcontractors with meaningful minority group and female
representation among their employees. Contractors shall obtain
lists of DBE construction firms from SHA personnel.
c. The contractor will use his best efforts to ensure
subcontractor compliance with their EEO obligations.
9. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such
records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO
requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three
years following completion of the contract work and shall be
available at reasonable times and places for inspection by autho-
rized representatives of the SHA and the FHWA.
a. The records kept by the contractor shall document
the following:
(1) The number of minority and non-minority group
members and women employed in each work classification on the
project;
(2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation
with unions, when applicable, to increase employment opportuni-
ties for minorities and women;
(3) The progress and efforts being made in locating,
hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minority and female
employees; and
(4) The progress and efforts being made in securing
the services of DBE subcontractors or subcontractors with
meaningful minority and female representation among their
employees.
b. The contractors will submit an annual report to the
SHA each July for the duration of the project, indicating the
number of minority, women, and non-minority group employees
currently engaged in each work classification required by the
contract work. This information is to be reported on Form FHWA-
1391. If on-the job training is being required by special provision,
the contractor will be required to collect and report training data.
February 3, 2011
5
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
determination for the classification of work actually performed,
without regard to skill, except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5
of this Section IV.
b. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more
than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified
for each classification for the time actually worked therein,
provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth
the time spent in each classification in which work is performed.
c. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon Act
and related acts contained in 29 CFR 1, 3, and 5 are herein
incorporated by reference in this contract.
2. Classification:
a. The SHA contracting officer shall require that any
class of laborers or mechanics employed under the contract,
which is not listed in the wage determination, shall be classified in
conformance with the wage determination.
b. The contracting officer shall approve an additional
classification, wage rate and fringe benefits only when the
following criteria have been met:
(1) the work to be performed by the
additional classification requested is not performed by a classifi-
cation in the wage determination;
(2) the additional classification is utilized in
the area by the construction industry;
(3) the proposed wage rate, including any
bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the
wage rates contained in the wage determination; and
(4) with respect to helpers, when such a
classification prevails in the area in which the work is performed.
c. If the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate,
the laborers and mechanics (if known) to be employed in the
additional classification or their representatives, and the contract-
ing officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the
amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report
of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the
DOL, Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment
Standards Administration, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Wage
and Hour Administrator, or an authorized representative, will
approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification
action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting
officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period
that additional time is necessary.
d. In the event the contractor or subcontractors, as
appropriate, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the
additional classification or their representatives, and the
contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and
wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits,
where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the
questions, including the views of all interested parties and the
recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour
Administrator for determination. Said Administrator, or an
authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30
days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify
the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time
is necessary
e. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where
February 3, 2011
6
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall
be paid in accordance with that determination.
(4) In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship
and Training, or a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the
Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the
contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize
apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the
comparable work performed by regular employees until an
acceptable program is approved.
b. Trainees:
(1) Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, train-
ees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined
rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to
and individually registered in a program which has received prior
approval, evidenced by formal certification by the DOL, Employ-
ment and Training Administration.
(2) The ratio of trainees to journeyman-level
employees on the job site shall not be greater than permitted
under the plan approved by the Employment and Training
Administration. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee
rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan
approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be
paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determi-
nation for the classification of work actually performed. In
addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of
the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not
less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for
the work actually performed.
(3) Every trainee must be paid at not less
than the rate specified in the approved program for his/her level of
progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman-level
hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination.
Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the
provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not
mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of
fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the
Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that
there is an apprenticeship program associated with the
corresponding journeyman-level wage rate on the wage
determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for
apprentices, in which case such trainees shall receive the same
fringe benefits as apprentices.
(4) In the event the Employment and
Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program,
the contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to
utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for
the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
c. Helpers:
Helpers will be permitted to work on a project
if the helper classification is specified and defined on the
applicable wage determination or is approved pursuant to the
conformance procedure set forth in Section IV.2. Any worker
listed on a payroll at a helper wage rate, who is not a helper under
a approved definition, shall be paid not less than the applicable
wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work
actually performed.
February 3, 2011
7
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts exceeding
$2,000 and to all related subcontracts, except for projects located
on roadways classified as local roads or rural collectors, which
are exempt.)
1. Compliance with Copeland Regulations (29 CFR 3):
The contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations of the
Secretary of Labor which are herein incorporated by reference.
2. Payrolls and Payroll Records:
a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be
maintained by the contractor and each subcontractor during the
course of the work and preserved for a period of 3 years from the
date of completion of the contract for all laborers, mechanics,
apprentices, trainees, watchmen, helpers, and guards working at
the site of the work.
b. The payroll records shall contain the name,
social security number, and address of each such employee; his
or her correct classification; hourly rates of wages paid (including
rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe
benefits or cash equivalent thereof the types described in Section
1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of
hours worked; deductions made; and actual wages paid. In
addition, for Appalachian contracts, the payroll records shall
contain a notation indicating whether the employee does, or does
not, normally reside in the labor area as defined in Attachment A,
paragraph 1. Whenever the Secretary of Labor, pursuant to
Section IV, paragraph 3b, has found that the wages of any laborer
or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably
anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program de-
scribed in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis Bacon Act, the contrac-
tor and each subcontractor shall maintain records which show
that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that
the plan or program is financially responsible, that the plan or
program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or
mechanics affected, and show the cost anticipated or the actual
cost incurred in providing benefits. Contractors or subcontractors
employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall
maintain written evidence of the registration of apprentices and
trainees, and ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable
programs.
c. Each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish,
each week in which any contract work is performed, to the SHA
resident engineer a payroll of wages paid each of its employees
(including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, described in Section
IV, paragraphs 4 and 5, and watchmen and guards engaged on
work during the preceding weekly payroll period). The payroll
submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the
information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of this
Section V. This information may be submitted in any form
desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and
may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents
(Federal stock number 029-005-0014-1), U.S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The prime contractor is
responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all
subcontractors.
d. Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a
"Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcon-
February 3, 2011
8
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization contract
work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a greater percent-
age if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total original
contract price, excluding any specialty items designated by the
State. Specialty items may be performed by subcontract and the
amount of any such specialty items performed may be deducted
from the total original contract price before computing the amount
of work required to be performed by the contractor's own organiza-
tion (23 CFR 635).
a. "Its own organization" shall be construed to
include only workers employed and paid directly by the prime
contractor and equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor,
with or without operators. Such term does not include employees
or equipment of a subcontractor, assignee, or agent of the prime
contractor.
b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be
limited to work that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities,
or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting
organizations qualified and expected to bid on the contract as a
whole and in general are to be limited to minor components of the
overall contract.
2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in
paragraph 1 of Section VII is computed includes the cost of
material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or
produced by the contractor under the contract provisions.
3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or
supervisor who is employed by the firm, has full authority to direct
performance of the work in accordance with the contract require-
ments, and is in charge of all construction operations (regardless of
who performs the work) and (b) such other of its own
organizational resources (supervision, management, and engineer-
ing services) as the SHA contracting officer determines is neces-
sary to assure the performance of the contract.
4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise
disposed of except with the written consent of the SHA contracting
officer, or authorized representative, and such consent when given
shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of any responsibility
for the fulfillment of the contract. Written consent will be given only
after the SHA has assured that each subcontract is evidenced in
writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and
requirements of the prime contract.
VIII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION
1. In the performance of this contract the contractor shall comply
with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws governing safety,
health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The contractor shall provide
all safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take
any other needed actions as it determines, or as the SHA contract-
ing officer may determine, to be reasonably necessary to protect
the life and health of employees on the job and the safety of the
public and to protect property in connection with the performance
of the work covered by the contract.
2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of
each subcontract, which the contractor enters into pursuant to this
contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shall not permit
any employee, in performance of the contract, to work in surround-
ings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or
February 3, 2011
9
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
amended (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq., as amended by Pub.L. 92-500),
Executive Order 11738, and regulations in implementation thereof
(40 CFR 15) is not listed, on the date of contract award, on the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating
Facilities pursuant to 40 CFR 15.20.
2. That the firm agrees to comply and remain in compliance with
all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and
Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all
regulations and guidelines listed thereunder.
3. That the firm shall promptly notify the SHA of the receipt of any
communication from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA,
indicating that a facility that is or will be utilized for the contract is
under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating
Facilities.
4. That the firm agrees to include or cause to be included the
requirements of paragraph 1 through 4 of this Section X in every
nonexempt subcontract, and further agrees to take such action as
the government may direct as a means of enforcing such require-
ments.
XI. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION,
INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION
1. Instructions for Certification - Primary Covered Transac-
tions:
(Applicable to all Federal-aid contracts - 49 CFR 29)
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the
prospective primary participant is providing the certification set out
below.
b. The inability of a person to provide the
certification set out below will not necessarily result in denial of
participation in this covered transaction. The prospective
participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the
certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be
considered in connection with the department or agency's
determination whether to enter into this transaction. However,
failure of the prospective primary participant to furnish a
certification or an explanation shall disqualify such a person from
participation in this transaction.
c. The certification in this clause is a material
representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the
department or agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it
is later determined that the prospective primary participant
knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other
remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or
agency may terminate this transaction for cause of default.
d. The prospective primary participant shall provide
immediate written notice to the department or agency to whom this
proposal is submitted if any time the prospective primary partici-
pant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or
has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred,"
"suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction,"
"participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal,"
"proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have
the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of
rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the
department or agency to which this proposal is submitted for
February 3, 2011
10
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
2. Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to
any of the statements in this certification, such prospective
participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
* * * * *
2. Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Covered
Transactions:
(Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower
tier transactions of $25,000 or more - 49 CFR 29)
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the
prospective lower tier is providing the certification set out below.
b. The certification in this clause is a material
representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this
transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the
prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous
certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal
Government, the department, or agency with which this transaction
originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension
and/or debarment.
c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide
immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is
submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns
that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circum-
stances.
d. The terms "covered transaction,"
"debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "primary covered transac-
tion," "participant," "person," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily
excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the
Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive
Order 12549. You may contact the person to which this proposal is
submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by
submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered
transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any
lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred,
suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the
department or agency with which this transaction originated.
f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by
submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled
"Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and
Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without
modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all
solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a
certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered
transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or volun-
tarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that
the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method
and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals.
Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocure-
ment List.
h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed
to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in
good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge
and information of participant is not required to exceed that which
is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course
1
BID CONTRACT
NO. ITEM NO. PLAN AS CONST. PLAN AS CONST. PLAN AS CONST.
1 201-00000 CLEARING AND GRUBBING (ARTHURS DITCH) L S 1 1
2 201-00000 CLEARING AND GRUBBING (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1 1
3 202-00010 REMOVAL OF TREE EACH 4 4
4 202-00019 REMOVAL OF INLET EACH 5 5
5 202-00200 REMOVAL OF SIDEWALK SY 38 229 267
6 202-00203 REMOVAL OF CURB AND GUTTER LF 448 320 768
7 202-00206 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE CURB RAMP SY 13 13
8 202-00210 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT SY 1,045 1,045
9 202-00220 REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT SY 1,127 1,169 2,296
10 202-00250 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKING LS 1 1
11 202-00400 REMOVAL OF BRIDGE LS 1 1
12 202-00495 REMOVAL OF PORTIONS OF PRESENT STRUCTURE (CONCRETE BOX CULVERT) L S 1 1
13 203-00010 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION (COMPLETE IN PLACE) CY 409 180 589
14 203-00100 MUCK EXCAVATION CY 123 200 323
15 203-01597 POTHOLING (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1 1
16 203-01597 POTHOLING (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1 1
17 206-00000 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CY 502 1,502 2,004
18 206-00100 STRUCTURE BACKFILL (CLASS 1) CY 154 1,450 1,604
19 206-00200 STRUCTURE BACKFILL (CLASS 2) CY 58 58
20 206-00520 FILTER MATERIAL (CLASS B) CY 200 200
21 206-01750 SHORING (AREA 1) L S 1 1
22 206-01750 SHORING (AREA 2) L S 1 1
23 208-00002 EROSION LOG (12 INCH) LF 42 675 717
24 208-00034 GRAVEL BAG LF 42 20 62
25 208-00045 CONCRETE WASHOUT STRUCTURE EACH 1 2 3
26 208-00070 VEHICLE TRACKING PAD EACH 1 4 5
27 208-00205 EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1 1
28 208-00205 EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1 1
29 210-04010 ADJUST MANHOLE EACH 2 2
30 210-04050 ADJUST VALVE BOX EACH 2 2
31 210-00810 RESET GROUND SIGN EACH 2 2
32 212-00006 SEEDING (NATIVE) ACRE 0.2 0.5 0.7
33 212-00032 SOIL CONDITIONING ACRE 0.2 0.5 0.7
34 212-00100 TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1 1
35 212-00100 TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1 1
36 213-00002 MULCHING (WEED FREE HAY) ACRE 0.2 0.5 0.7
37 214-00230 DECIDUOUS TREE (3 INCH CALIPER) EACH 9 9
38 304-05000 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE (CLASS 5) TON 393 390 783
39 403-32821 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING SG) (100) (PG 58-28) (TEMPORARY PAVEMENT) TON 95 95
40 403-32821 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING SG) (100) (PG 58-28) TON 250 119 369
41 403-33851 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING S) (100) (PG 64-28) TON 125 60 185
42 412-00600 CONCRETE PAVEMENT (6-INCH) SY 23 23
PROJECT - SUMMARY OF APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES
CONTRACT ITEM UNIT
ARTHURS DITCH SHIELDS BRIDGE TOTALS
2
BID CONTRACT
NO. ITEM NO. PLAN AS CONST. PLAN AS CONST. PLAN AS CONST.
43 412-00950 CONCRETE PAVEMENT (9-1/2 INCH) SY 1,098 1,098
44 420-00112 GEOTEXTILE (DRAINAGE) (CLASS 1) SY 264 264
45 420-00133 GEOTEXTILE (SEPARATOR) (CLASS 2) SY 150 150
46 502-00460 PILE TIP EACH 22 22
47 502-11274 STEELL PILING (HP 12X74) LF 803 803
48 506-00218 RIPRAP (18 INCH) CY 240 240
49 506-01020 GEOGRID REINFORCEMENT SY 550 550
50 514-00200 PEDESTRIAN RAILING (STEEL) (SPECIAL) LF 139 139
51 515-00400 CONCRETE SEALER SY 301 301
52 601-03030 CONCRETE CLASS D (BOX CULVERT) CY 444 444
53 601-03040 CONCRETE CLASS D (BRIDGE) CY 493 493
54 601-05540 CONCRETE CLASS HT (DECK TOPPING) CY 36 36
55 601-40300 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE COATING SY 307 307
56 602-00000 REINFORCING STEEL LB 65,546 65,546
57 602-00020 REINFORCING STEEL (EPOXY COATED) LB 68,610 12,126 80,736
58 602-00060 REINFORCING STEEL SPLICE EACH 138 138
59 604-19000 INLET SPECIAL EACH 4 4
60 604-50200 MANHOLE RING AND COVER EACH 2 2
61 606-30010 DECORATIVE COLUMN TYPE 1 EACH 6 6
62 606-30020 DECORATIVE COLUMN TYPE 2 EACH 4 4
63 608-00006 CONCRETE SIDEWALK (6 INCH) SY 129 92 221
64 608-00010 CONCRETE CURB RAMP SY 32 32
65 609-21020 CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 2 (SECTION II-B) LF 421 150 571
66 610-00020 MEDIAN COVER MATERIAL (PATTERNED CONCRETE) SF 1,482 1,482
67 613-00300 3 INCH ELECTRICAL CONDUIT LF 743 743
68 618-00000 PRESTRESSING STEEL BAR LB 2,397 2,397
69 618-06036 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE SLAB (DEPTH GREATER THAN 13 INCHES) SF 4,254 4,254
70 620-00020 SANITARY FACILITY EACH 1 1 2
71 626-00000 MOBILIZATION (ARTHURS DITCH) L S 1 1
72 626-00000 MOBILIZATION (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1 1
73 627-00011 PAVEMENT MARKING PAINT (WATERBORNE) GAL 8 8
74 630-00000 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1 1
75 630-00000 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1 1
76 630-00000 FLAGGING HOUR 3,200 3,200
77 630-00007 TRAFFIC CONTROL INSPECTION DAY 30 75 105
78 630-00012 TRAFFIC CONTROL MANAGEMENT DAY 90 200 290
79 630-80359 PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL DAY 10 10
80 630-85006 IMPACT ATTENUATOR (SAND FILLED PLASTIC BARREL) (TEMPORARY) EACH 15 15
81 700-70010 F/A MINOR CONTRACT REVISIONS F A 0.5 0.5 1
82 700-70011 F/A PARTNERING FA 0.5 0.5 1
83 700-70016 F/A FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT F A 0.5 0.5 1
84 700-70018 F/A ROADWAY SMOOTHNESS INCENTIVE F A 0.5 0.5 1
85 700-70019 F/A ASPHALT CEMENT COST ADJUSTMENT F A 0.5 0.5 1
86 700-70023 F/A ON-THE-JOB TRAINEE F A 0.5 0.5 1
87 700-70380 F/A EROSION CONTROL F A 0.5 0.5 1
PROJECT - SUMMARY OF APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES
CONTRACT ITEM UNIT
ARTHURS DITCH SHIELDS BRIDGE TOTALS
3
4
5
6
7
BID CONTRACT
NO. ITEM NO. PLAN AS CONST. PLAN AS CONST. PLAN AS CONST.
1 201-00000 CLEARING AND GRUBBING (ARTHURS DITCH) L S 1 1
2 202-00019 REMOVAL OF INLET EACH 5 5
3 202-00200 REMOVAL OF SIDEWALK SY 38 38
4 202-00203 REMOVAL OF CURB AND GUTTER LF 448 448
5 202-00206 REMOVAL OF CURB RAMP SY 13 13
6 202-00210 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT SY 1045 1,045
7 202-00220 REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT SY 1127 1,127
8 202-00495 REMOVAL OF PORTIONS OF PRESENT STRUCTURE (CONCRETE BOX CULVERT) L S 1 1
9 203-00010 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION (COMPLETE IN PLACE) CY 409 409
10 203-01597 POTHOLING (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1 1
11 203-00100 MUCK EXCAVATION CY 123 123
12 206-00000 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CY 502 502
13 206-00100 STRUCTURE BACKFILL (CLASS 1) CY 154 154
14 208-00002 EROSION LOG (12 INCH) LF 42 42
15 208-00034 GRAVEL BAG LF 42 42
16 208-00045 CONCRETE WASHOUT STRUCTURE EACH 1 1
17 208-00070 VEHICLE TRACKING PAD EACH 1 1
18 208-00205 EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1 1
19 210-04010 ADJUST MANHOLE EACH 2 2
20 210-0450 ADJUST VALVE BOX EACH 2 2
21 210-00810 RESET GROUND SIGN EACH 2 2
22 212-00006 SEEDING (NATIVE) ACRE 0.2 0.2
23 212-00032 SOILD CONDITIONING ACRE 0.2 0.2
24 212-00100 TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1 1
25 213-00002 MULCHING (WEED FREE HAY) ACRE 0.2 0.2
26 304-05000 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE (CLASS 5) TON 393 393
27 304-32821 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING SG) (100) (PG 58-28) TON 250 250
28 403-33851 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING S) (100) (PG 64-28) TON 125 125
29 412-00600 CONCRETE PAVEMENT (6 INCH) SY 23 23
30 412-00950 CONCRETE PAVEMENT (9-1/2 INCH) SY 1098 1,098
31 601-03030 CONCRETE CLASS D (BOX CULVERT) CY 444 444
32 602-00020 REINFORCING STEEL (EPOXY COATED) LB 68,610 68,610
33 604-19000 INLET SPECIAL EACH 4 4
34 604-50200 MANHOLE RING AND COVER EACH 2 2
35 608-00006 CONCRETE SIDEWALK (6 INCH) SY 129 129
36 608-00010 CONCRETE CURB RAMP SY 32 32
37 609-21020 CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 2 (SECTION II-B) LF 421 421
38 620-00020 SANITARY FACILITY EACH 1 1
39 626-00000 MOBILIZATION (ARTHURS DITCH) L S 1 1
40 630-00000 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL (ARTHURS DITCH) LS 1 1
41 630-00007 TRAFFIC CONTROL INSPECTION DAY 30 30
42 630-00012 TRAFFIC CONTROL MANAGEMENT DAY 90 90
PROJECT - SUMMARY OF APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES
CONTRACT ITEM UNIT
ROADWAY BRIDGE TOTALS
8
BID CONTRACT
NO. ITEM NO. PLAN AS CONST. PLAN AS CONST. PLAN AS CONST.
43 700-70010 F/A MINOR CONTRACT REVISIONS F A 0.5 0.5
44 700-70011 PARTNERING FA 0.5 0.5
45 700-70016 F/A FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT F A 0.5 0.5
46 700-70018 FA ROADWAY SMOOTHNESS INCENTIVE FA 0.5 0.5
47 700-70019 F/A ASPHALT CEMENT COST ADJUSTMENT F A 0.5 0.5
48 700-70023 F/A ON-THE JOB TRAINEE F A 0.5 0.5
49 700-70380 F/A EROSION CONTOL F A 0.5 0.5
PROJECT - SUMMARY OF APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES
CONTRACT ITEM UNIT
ROADWAY BRIDGE TOTALS
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
BID CONTRACT
NO. ITEM NO. PLAN AS CONST. PLAN AS CONST. PLAN AS CONST.
1 201-00000 CLEARING AND GRUBBING (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1 1
2 202-00010 REMOVAL OF TREE EA 4 4
3 202-00200 REMOVAL OF SIDEWALK SY 229 229
4 202-00203 REMOVAL OF CURB & GUTTER LF 320 320
5 202-00220 REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT SY 1,169 1,169
6 202-00250 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKING LS 1 1
7 202-00400 REMOVAL OF BRIDGE LS 1 1
8 203-00000 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION (COMPLETE IN PLACE) CY 180 180
9 203-00100 MUCK EXCAVATION CY 200 200
10 203-01597 POTHOLING (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1 1
11 206-00000 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CY 1,502 1,502
12 206-00100 STRUCTURE BACKFILL (CLASS 1) CY 1,450 1,450
13 206-00200 STRUCTURE BACKFILL (CLASS 2) CY 58 58
14 206-00520 FILTER MATERIAL (CLASS B) CY 200 200
15 206-01750 SHORING (AREA 1) LS 1 1
16 206-01750 SHORING (AREA 2) LS 1 1
17 208-00002 EROSION LOG (12 INCH) LF 675 675
18 208-00034 GRAVEL BAG LF 20 20
19 208-00045 CONCRETE WASHOUT STRUCTURE EA 2 2
20 208-00070 VEHICLE TRACKING PAD EA 4 4
21 208-00205 EROSION CONTROL SUPERVISOR (SHIELDS STREET) LS 1 1
22 212-00006 SEEDING (NATIVE) ACRE 0.5 0.5
23 212-00032 SOIL CONDITIONING ACRE 0.5 0.5
24 212-00100 TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1 1
25 213-00002 MULCHING (WEED FREE HAY) ACRE 0.5 0.5
26 214-00230 DECIDUOUS TREE (3 INCH CALIPER) EA 9 9
27 304-05000 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE (CLASS 5) TON 390 390
28 403-32821 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING SG) (100) (PG 58-28) (TEMPORARY PAVEMENT) TON 95 95
29 403-32821 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING SG) (100) (PG 58-28) TON 119 119
30 403-33851 HOT MIX ASPHALT (GRADING S) (100) (PG 64-28) TON 60 60
31 420-00112 GEOTEXTILE (DRAINAGE) (CLASS 1) SY 264 264
32 420-00133 GEOTEXTILE (SEPARATOR) (CLASS 2) SY 150 150
33 502-00460 PILE TIP EA 22 22
34 502-11274 STEEL PILING (HP 12X74) LF 803 803
35 506-00218 RIPRAP (18 INCH) CY 240 240
36 506-01020 GEOGRID REINFORCEMENT SY 550 550
37 514-00200 PEDESTRIAN RAILING (STEEL) (SPECIAL) LF 139 139
38 515-00400 CONCRETE SEALER SY 301 301
39 601-03040 CONCRETE CLASS D (BRIDGE) CY 493 493
40 601-05540 CONCRETE CLASS HT (DECK TOPPING) CY 36 36
41 601-40300 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE COATING SY 307 307
42 602-00000 REINFORCING STEEL LB 65,546 65,546
SUMMARY OF APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES
ROADWAY TOTALS
CONTRACT ITEM UNIT
BRIDGE
30
BID CONTRACT
NO. ITEM NO. PLAN AS CONST. PLAN AS CONST. PLAN AS CONST.
43 602-00020 REINFORCING STEEL (EPOXY COATED) LB 12,126 12,126
44 602-00060 REINFORCING STEEL SPLICE EA 138 138
45 606-30010 DECORATIVE COLUMN TYPE 1 EA 6 6
46 606-30020 DECORATIVE COLUMN TYPE 2 EA 4 4
47 608-00006 CONCRETE SIDEWALK (6 INCH) SY 92 92
48 609-21020 CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 2 (SECTION II-B) LF 150 150
49 610-00020 MEDIAN COVER MATERIAL (PATTERNED CONCRETE) SF 1,482 1,482
50 613-00300 3 INCH ELECTRICAL CONDUIT LF 743 743
51 618-00000 PRESTRESSING STEEL BAR LB 2,397 2,397
52 618-06036 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE SLAB (DEPTH GREATER THAN 13 INCHES) SF 4,254 4,254
53 620-00020 SANITARY FACILITY EA 1 1
54 626-00000 MOBILIZATION LS 1 1
55 627-00011 PAVEMENT MARKING PAINT (WATERBORNE) GAL 8 8
56 630-00000 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL (SHIELDS BRIDGE) LS 1 1
57 630-00000 FLAGGING HR 3,200 3,200
58 630-00007 TRAFFIC CONTROL INSPECTION DAY 75 75
59 630-00012 TRAFFIC CONTROL MANAGEMENT DAY 200 200
60 630-80359 PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL DAY 10 10
61 630-85006 IMPACT ATTENUATOR (SAND FILLED PLASTIC BARREL) (TEMPORARY) EA 15 15
62 700-00010 F/A MINOR CONTRACT REVISIONS FA 0.5 0.5
63 700-70011 F/A PARTNERING FA 0.5 0.5
64 700-70016 F/A FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT FA 0.5 0.5
65 700-70018 F/A ROADWAY SMOOTHNESS INCENTIVE FA 0.5 0.5
66 700-70019 F/A ASPHALT CEMENT COST ADJUSTMENT FA 0.5 0.5
67 700-70023 F/A ON-THE-JOB TRAINEE FA 0.5 0.5
68 700-70380 F/A EROSION CONTROL FA 0.5 0.5
SUMMARY OF APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES
ROADWAYTOTALS
CONTRACTUNIT ITEM
BRIDGE
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
of business dealings.
I. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph e
of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction
knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person
who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies
available to the Federal Government, the department or agency
with which this transaction originated may pursue available
remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
* * * * *
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility
and Voluntary Exclusion--Lower Tier Covered Transactions:
1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of
this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred,
suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or
voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any
Federal department or agency.
2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify
to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective
participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
* * * * *
XII. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT FUNDS
FOR LOBBYING
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all
related subcontracts which exceed $100,000 - 49 CFR 20)
1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting
this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief,
that:
a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will
be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for
influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any
Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of
Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection
with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any
Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of
any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation,
renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract,
grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds
have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or
attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal
agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of
Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection
with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement,
the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL,
"Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its
instructions.
2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which
reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered
into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or
entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Any
person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to
a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000
for each such failure.
3. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her
bid or proposal that he or she shall require that the language of this
certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed
$100,000 and that all such recipients shall certify and disclose
accordingly.
assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
f. The prospective primary participant agrees by
submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered
transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any
lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred,
suspended, declared
ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered
transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency
entering into this transaction.
g. The prospective primary participant further agrees by
submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certifi-
cation Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Volun-
tary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," provided by the
department or agency entering into this covered transaction,
without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all
solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a
certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered
transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or volun-
tarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that
the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method
and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals.
Each participant may, but is not required to, check the nonprocure-
ment portion of the "Lists of Parties Excluded From Federal
Procurement or Nonprocurement Programs" (Nonprocurement List)
which is compiled by the General Services Administration.
I. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed
to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in
good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge
and information of participant is not required to exceed that which
is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course
of business dealings.
j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph f
of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction
knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person
who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies
available to the Federal Government, the department or agency
may terminate this transaction for cause or default.
* * * * *
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility
and Voluntary Exclusion--Primary Covered Transactions
1. The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its
knowledge and belief, that it and its principals:
a. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for
debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
covered transactions by any Federal department or agency;
b. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this
proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgement rendered
against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in
connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a
public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a
public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or
commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or
destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen
property;
c. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally
or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local)
with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph
1b of this certification; and
d. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this applica-
tion/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State
or local) terminated for cause or default.
dangerous to his/her health or safety, as determined under
construction safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926)
promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section
107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act
(40 U.S.C. 333).
3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract that
the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative thereof, shall
have right of entry to any site of contract performance to inspect or
investigate the matter of compliance with the construction safety
and health standards and to carry out the duties of the Secretary
under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety
Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333).
IX.FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY PROJECTS
In order to assure high quality and durable construction in
conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high
degree of reliability on statements and representations made by
engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal-aid
highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned with the
project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and
honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or misrepre-
sentation with respect to any facts related to the project is a
violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding
regarding the seriousness of these and similar acts, the following
notice shall be posted on each Federal-aid highway project (23
CFR 635) in one or more places where it is readily available to all
persons concerned with the project:
NOTICE TO ALL PERSONNEL ENGAGED ON FEDERAL-AID
HIGHWAY PROJECTS
18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows:
"Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United
States, or of any State or Territory, or whoever, whether a person,
association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any false
statement, false representation, or false report as to the character,
quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or to be used, or the
quantity or quality of the work performed or to be performed, or the
cost thereof in connection with the submission of plans, maps,
specifications, contracts, or costs of construction on any highway
or related project submitted for approval to the Secretary of
Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false represen-
tation, false report or false claim with respect to the character,
quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be performed,
or materials furnished or to be furnished, in connection with the
construction of any highway or related project approved by the
Secretary of Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false repre-
sentation as to material fact in any statement, certificate, or report
submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal-aid Roads Act
approved July 21, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and supple-
mented;
Shall be fined not more that $10,000 or imprisoned not more than 5
years or both."
X. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all
related subcontracts of $100,000 or more.)
By submission of this bid or the execution of this contract, or
subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, Federal-aid construction
contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deemed to
have stipulated as follows:
1. That any facility that is or will be utilized in the performance of
this contract, unless such contract is exempt under the Clean Air
Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq., as amended by Pub.L.
91-604), and under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as
tractor or his/her agent who pays or supervises the payment of
the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the
following:
(1) that the payroll for the payroll period
contains the information required to be maintained under
paragraph 2b of this Section V and that such information is
correct and complete;
(2) that such laborer or mechanic (including
each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract
during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages
earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no
deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the
full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth
in the Regulations, 29 CFR 3;
(3) that each laborer or mechanic has been
paid not less that the applicable wage rate and fringe benefits or
cash equivalent for the classification of worked performed, as
specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into
the contract.
e. The weekly submission of a properly executed
certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-
347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement
of Compliance" required by paragraph 2d of this Section V.
f. The falsification of any of the above certifications
may subject the contractor to civil or criminal prosecution under
18 U.S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C. 231.
g. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the
records required under paragraph 2b of this Section V available
for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized
representatives of the SHA, the FHWA, or the DOL, and shall
permit such representatives to interview employees during
working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails
to submit the required records or to make them available, the
SHA, the FHWA, the DOL, or all may, after written notice to the
contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such actions as
may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further
payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to
submit the required records upon request or to make such
records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant
to 29 CFR 5.12.
VI. RECORD OF MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, AND LABOR
1. On all Federal-aid contracts on the National Highway
System, except those which provide solely for the installation of
protective devices at railroad grade crossings, those which are
constructed on a force account or direct labor basis, highway
beautification contracts, and contracts for which the total final
construction cost for roadway and bridge is less than $1,000,000
(23 CFR 635) the contractor shall:
a. Become familiar with the list of specific
materials and supplies contained in Form FHWA-47, "Statement
of Materials and Labor Used by Contractor of Highway
Construction Involving Federal Funds," prior to the
commencement of work under this contract.
b. Maintain a record of the total cost of all
materials and supplies purchased for and incorporated in the
work, and also of the quantities of those specific materials and
supplies listed on Form FHWA-47, and in the units shown on
Form FHWA-47.
c. Furnish, upon the completion of the contract,
to the SHA resident engineer on Form FHWA-47 together with the
data required in paragraph 1b relative to materials and supplies, a
final labor summary of all contract work indicating the total hours
worked and the total amount earned.
2. At the prime contractor's option, either a single report covering
all contract work or separate reports for the contractor and for
each subcontract shall be submitted.
VII. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT
5. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOT):
Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and
skill training programs which have been certified by the Secretary
of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection with Federal-
aid highway construction programs are not subject to the require-
ments of paragraph 4 of this Section IV. The straight time hourly
wage rates for apprentices and trainees under such programs will
be established by the particular programs. The ratio of apprentic-
es and trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted
by the terms of the particular program.
6. Withholding:
The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written
request of an authorized representative of the DOL withhold, or
cause to be withheld, from the contractor or subcontractor under
this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime
contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to
Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements which is held by the
same prime contractor, as much of the accrued payments or
advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and
mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, em-
ployed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of
wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any
laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper,
employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the
wages required by the contract, the SHA contracting officer may,
after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be
necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment,
advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
7. Overtime Requirements:
No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any
part of the contract work which may require or involve the employ-
ment of laborers, mechanics, watchmen, or guards (including
apprentices, trainees, and helpers described in paragraphs 4 and
5 above) shall require or permit any laborer, mechanic, watch-
man, or guard in any workweek in which he/she is employed on
such work, to work in excess of 40 hours in such workweek
unless such laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard receives
compensation at a rate not less than one-and-one-half times
his/her basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40
hours in such workweek.
8. Violation:
Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages: In
the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph 7
above, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible thereof
shall be liable to the affected employee for his/her unpaid wages.
In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to
the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the
District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such
territory) for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall
be computed with respect to each individual laborer, mechanic,
watchman, or guard employed in violation of the clause set forth
in paragraph 7, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which
such employee was required or permitted to work in excess of the
standard work week of 40 hours without payment of the overtime
wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph 7.
9. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages:
The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written
request of any authorized representative of the DOL withhold, or
cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of
work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any
such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime
contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to the
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by
the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to
be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or
subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as
provided in the clause set forth in paragraph 8 above.
V. STATEMENTS AND PAYROLLS
appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraph 2c or 2d of this
Section IV shall be paid to all workers performing work in the
additional
classification from the first day on which work is performed in the
classification.
3. Payment of Fringe Benefits:
a. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the
contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe
benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor or
subcontractors, as appropriate, shall either pay the benefit as
stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide
fringe benefit or an hourly case equivalent thereof.
b. If the contractor or subcontractor, as appropriate,
does not make payments to a trustee or other third person,
he/she may consider as a part of the wages of any laborer or
mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in
providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program,
provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written
request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the
Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may
require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets
for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program.
4. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOL) and
Helpers:
a. Apprentices:
(1) Apprentices will be permitted to work at
less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed
when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in
a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the DOL,
Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State apprenticeship
agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in
his/her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice
in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually
registered in the program, but who has been certified by the
Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State apprenticeship
agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary
employment as an apprentice.
(2) The allowable ratio of apprentices to
journeyman-level employees on the job site in any craft
classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the
contractor as to the entire work force under the registered
program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage
rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated
above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate listed
in the wage determination for the classification of work actually
performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job
site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program
shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage
determination for the work actually performed. Where a
contractor or subcontractor is performing construction on a project
in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the
ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the
journeyman-level hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or
subcontractor's registered program shall be observed.
(3) Every apprentice must be paid at not less
than the rate specified in the registered program for the
apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the
journeyman-level hourly rate specified in the applicable wage
determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in
accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If
the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits,
apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed
on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the
Administrator for the Wage and Hour Division determines that a
different practice
III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all
related subcontracts of $10,000 or more.)
a. By submission of this bid, the execution of this
contract or subcontract, or the consummation of this material
supply agreement or purchase order, as appropriate, the bidder,
Federal-aid construction contractor, subcontractor, material
supplier, or vendor, as appropriate, certifies that the firm does not
maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at
any of its establishments, and that the firm does not permit its
employees to perform their services at any location, under its
control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The firm
agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EEO
provisions of this contract. The firm further certifies that no
employee will be denied access to adequate facilities on the basis
of sex or disability.
b. As used in this certification, the term "segregated
facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and
washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks,
locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots,
drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transpor-
tation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are
segregated by explicit directive, or are, in fact, segregated on the
basis of race, color, religion, national origin, age or disability,
because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The only exception
will be for the disabled when the demands for accessibility
override (e.g. disabled parking).
c. The contractor agrees that it has obtained or will
obtain identical certification from proposed subcontractors or
material suppliers prior to award of subcontracts or consummation
of material supply agreements of $10,000 or more and that it will
retain such certifications in its files.
IV. PAYMENT OF PREDETERMINED MINIMUM WAGE
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts exceeding
$2,000 and to all related subcontracts, except for projects located
on roadways classified as local roads or rural minor collectors,
which are exempt.)
1. General:
a. All mechanics and laborers employed or working
upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less
often than once a week and without subsequent deduction or
rebate on any account [except such payroll deductions as are
permitted by regulations (29 CFR 3) issued by the Secretary of
Labor under the Copeland Act (40 U.S.C. 276c)] the full amounts
of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents
thereof) due at time of payment. The payment shall be computed
at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determi-
nation of the Secretary of Labor (hereinafter "the wage determi-
nation") which is attached hereto and made a part hereof,
regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to
exist between the contractor or its subcontractors and such
laborers and mechanics. The wage determination (including any
additional classifications and wage rates conformed under
paragraph 2 of this Section IV and the DOL poster (WH-1321) or
Form FHWA-1495) shall be posted at all times by the contractor
and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and
accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. For
the purpose of this Section, contributions made or costs reason-
ably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1(b)(2)
of the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a) on behalf of laborers or
mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or
mechanics, subject to the provisions of Section IV, paragraph 3b,
hereof. Also, for the purpose of this Section, regular contributions
made or costs incurred for more
than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under
plans, funds, or programs, which cover the particular weekly
period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during
such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid
the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage
nel
actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of discrimi-
nation. Where evidence is found, the contractor will promptly take
corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination
may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action
shall include all affected persons.
d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of
alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection with his
obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such com-
plaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a reason-
able time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination may
affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action
shall include such other persons. Upon completion of each
investigation, the contractor will inform every complainant of all of
his avenues of appeal.
6. Training and Promotion:
a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and
increasing the skills of minority group and women employees, and
applicants for employment.
b. Consistent with the contractor's work force require-
ments and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the
contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., appren-
ticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the geographical area
of contract performance. Where feasible, 25 percent of apprentices
or trainees in each occupation shall be in their first year of appren-
ticeship or training. In the event a special provision for training is
provided under this contract, this subparagraph will be superseded
as indicated in the special provision.
c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for
employment of available training programs and entrance require-
ments for each.
d. The contractor will periodically review the training and
promotion potential of minority group and women employees and
will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and
promotion.
7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions
as a source of employees, the contractor will use his/her best efforts
to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for
minority groups and women within the unions, and to effect referrals
by such unions of minority and female employees. Actions by the
contractor either directly or through a contractor's association acting
as agent will include the procedures set forth below:
a. The contractor will use best efforts to develop, in
cooperation with the unions, joint training programs aimed toward
qualifying more minority group members and women for member-
ship in the unions and increasing the skills of minority group
employees and women so that they may qualify for higher paying
employment.
b. The contractor will use best efforts to incorporate an
EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such union
will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their
race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability.
c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral
practices and policies of the labor union except that to the extent
such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor
union and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the
contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the SHA and shall set
forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information.
d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contrac-
tor with a reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within the
time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the
contractor will, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the
employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex,
national
a. discriminate against labor from any other State,
possession, or territory of the United States (except for
employment preference for Appalachian contracts, when
applicable, as specified in Attachment A), or
b. employ convict labor for any purpose within the
limits of the project unless it is labor performed by convicts who
are on parole, supervised release, or probation.
II. NONDISCRIMINATION
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all
related subcontracts of $10,000 or more.)
1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment
opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take
affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under
laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFR
1630 and 41 CFR 60) and orders of the Secretary of Labor as
modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed
pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific
affirmative action standards for the contractor's project activities
under this contract. The Equal Opportunity Construction Contract
Specifications set forth under 41 CFR 60-4.3 and the provisions of
the American Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.)
set forth under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by
reference in this contract. In the execution of this contract, the
contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific
requirement activities of EEO:
a. The contractor will work with the State highway
agency (SHA) and the Federal Government in carrying out EEO
obligations and in their review of his/her activities under the
contract.
b. The contractor will accept as his operating policy the
following statement:
"It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are
employed, and that employees are treated during employment,
without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, national origin,
age or disability. Such action shall include: employment,
upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment
advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of
compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship,
preapprenticeship, and/or on-the-job training."
2. EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make known
to the SHA contracting officers an EEO Officer who will have the
responsibility for and must be capable of effectively administering
and promoting an active contractor program of EEO and who
must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so.
3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's
staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and dis-
charge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are
substantially involved in such action, will be made fully cognizant
of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy and contractu-
al responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification
of employment. To ensure that the above agreement will be met,
the following actions will be taken as a minimum:
a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel
office employees will be conducted before the start of work and
then not
17.67 2.85
1498 Chaffee 15.55 2.85
1499 La Plata 18.99 2.85
1500 Montrose 16.95 2.85
to bid opening
will count as Good Faith Efforts consistent with the instructions on CDOT Form #714.
I. Complete the following table to document sufficient bid items identified as subcontract work to be performed by UDBEs to achieve the contract goal. This includes, where appropriate,
breaking out
contract work items into economically feasibly units to facilitate DBE participation, even when the Contractor might otherwise prefer to perform these work items with its own forces.
The total percentage of
subcontract items identified for UDBE participation must equal or exceed the percentage UDBE goal set by CDOT.
Closest Matching
CDOT Bid Item #
DBE Work Code
Description
DBE Work Code
From DBE Directory
Actual % Amount
Of Final Contract DBE DIRECTORY WORK CODES
Original - Business Programs Office THIS FORM IS CONFIDENTIAL - Previous editions may not be used CDOT Form 718 - Page 1 of 2 1/06
initiates DRB
30/ 45 days
–
0.8 – 1.6
Note: AI MS-2 = Asphalt Institute Manual Series 2
Note: The current version of CPL 5115 is available from the Region Materials Engineer.
Note: Mixes with gradations having less than 40% passing the 4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve shall be approached with caution
because of constructability problems.
Note: Gradations for mixes with a nominal maximum aggregate size of one-inch or larger are considered a coarse
gradation if they pass below the maximum density line at the #4 screen.
Gradations for mixes with a nominal maximum aggregate size of ¾ inch or smaller are considered a coarse
gradation if they pass below the maximum density line at the #8 screen.
to bid opening
will count as Good Faith Efforts consistent with the instructions on CDOT Form #714.
I. Complete the following table to document sufficient bid items identified as subcontract work to be performed by UDBEs to achieve the contract goal. This includes, where appropriate,
breaking out
contract work items into economically feasibly units to facilitate DBE participation, even when the Contractor might otherwise prefer to perform these work items with its own forces.
The total percentage of
subcontract items identified for UDBE participation must equal or exceed the percentage UDBE goal set by CDOT.
Closest Matching
CDOT Bid Item #
DBE Work Code
Description
DBE Work Code
From DBE Directory
Actual % Amount
Of Final Contract DBE DIRECTORY WORK CODES
Original - Business Programs Office THIS FORM IS CONFIDENTIAL - Previous editions may not be used CDOT Form 718 - Page 1 of 2 1/06